Program Specification 2013-2014 - cupt.cu.edu.eg/under/prog_Combine.pdf · Program Specification...
Transcript of Program Specification 2013-2014 - cupt.cu.edu.eg/under/prog_Combine.pdf · Program Specification...
1
University: Cairo
Faculty: Physical Therapy
Department: Basic Science of Physical Therapy
Program Specification
2013-2014
A- Basic Information
1- Program Title: Diploma in physical therapy, specialty of basic science for physical therapy.
2-Program Type: Single
3-Department (s): Physical Therapy for Basic Science
4- Program Co-ordinator: Dr. Salah Eldin Bassit / Dr. Abeer Mahmoud
5- Program External Evaluator: Dr. Diaa Ramzy Ismail
6-Date of program specifications approval: Department council: 17/12 / 2013
7- Faculty council approval: 8 / 4 / 2014
B- Professional Information
Graduate Attributes:
The graduate of the diploma program of in physical therapy for basic science, Faculty of
Physical Therapy, Cairo University will be able to apply the gained specialized knowledge
for professional practice in the basic science for physical therapy, identify the professional
problems and suggest solutions, have perfection of professional skills and use the appropriate
technology in the basic science for physical therapy, have communication and leadership of
teamwork through the systematized professional work. Take decisions in accordance with
the available information, utilize the available resources effectively, aware of his/her role in
developing the society and the environment, act honestly and stick to profession's rules and
realize the necessity to develop him/herself as well as involvement in continuing education.
1- Program over all aims:
This program aims to provide the graduate of post graduate diploma program in physical
therapy for basic science to:
The program aims to provide the graduate with suitable and enough knowledge, skills
and attitude to ensure that graduate to:
1.Propose acquired specialized knowledge in his/her professional practice.
2.Differentiate professional problems and find suitable solution to solve it.
3.Develop a professional manual skill in application of therapeutic modalities.
4.Organize team work in management of different disorder through oral and written
communication of scientific information in the field of physical therapy for basic science
effectively.
5.Plan a decision for solution of practical problem according to available information.
6.Design a comprehensive treatment programs through selection of appropriate therapeutic
2
modalities for treatment of different patients problems.
7.Point out his /her responsibility toward community and conserving the environment by
explaining the precaution and risks of therapeutic modalities.
8.Justify the ethical principles of application of advanced evaluation and treatment
techniques of patient problems.
9.Modify his /her professional knowledge through continuous education.
2- Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs)
2:1 Knowledge and understanding
The program aims to prepare the graduate to be able to:
For mandatory courses:
a1- Demonstrate proficiency the basic exercise physiology underlying the normal and deranged
structure and function.
a2- Describe the basic functional anatomy of the body.
a3- Illustrate the different aspects of valid and reliable instruments for objective patient
evaluation and the basic principles of conducting reliability study.
a4- Restate the fundamental concepts and theoretical basis of different therapeutic modalities,
peripheral joint manipulation and soft tissue mobilization in physical therapy rehabilitation.
a5- Define motor development and factors affecting child growth.
a6- Recognize the different aspects of disabilities and handicapping.
a7- Describe the nature and electrophysical principles of electrical current and its roles in
rehabilitation.
a8- Explain the theoretical basic of isokinetic devices and its roles in evaluation and
rehabilitation.
For elective courses:
The graduate will be also able to do some of the following, according to the chosen elective
course:
a9- Identify pain theories and the principles for practice evaluation and application of
therapeutic modalities for pain modulation.(BAS 508)
a10- Define basic concepts of ethics and laws of physical therapy for evaluation and treatment
of patient problems. (BAS 507)
a11- Describe a specific physical therapy program based on moral principles of therapeutic
exercises and electrotherapy. (BAS 509)
a12- Label quality examples in the field of basic science of physical therapy.(BAS 511)
a13- Select the framework of quality assurance mechanisms in the field of basic science of
physical therapy practices. (BAS 509)
a14- Explain the impact of professional practice of physical rehabilitation modalities on
solving the patients’ problems and safeguarding and maintenance of the
environment.(BAS 507)
2:2 Intellectual Skills
The program aims to prepare the graduate to be able to:
For mandatory courses:
b1: Interpret the most important physiological laboratory results (blood, respiratory,
neuromuscular), to distinguish a physiological from a pathological condition.
b2: Organize the functional anatomy of the patient problems.
3
b3: Assess the practical outcomes of therapeutic modalities for patient’s rehabilitation.
b4: Categorize objective and subjective evaluation of each case.
b5: Differentiate between valid and reliable instruments for patient evaluation.
b6: Distinguish between different modes of isokinetic training in the management of
patient problems.
b7: Explain the social factors affecting child growth and distinguish between different
nutrition diseases.
b8: Analyze different types of physical disabilities.
b9: Conclude the underlying cause of pain and relating the results of treatment.
b10: Select the proper physical management programs of musculoskeletal system disorders,
neurological problems, pain management, orthopedic medical conditions, and other
practical cases.
b11: Design electro rehabilitation programs using appropriate techniques and procedures.
For elective courses
The graduate will be also able to do some of the following, according to the chosen
elective course:
b12: Infer practical issues that provide opportunities for research in the field of basic science
of physical therapy.(BAS 507)
b13: Judge the priorities in selecting the therapeutic modalities techniques in the
management of patient problems and disabilities.(BAS 511)
b14: Compare between absolute and relative contraindication of therapeutic
modalities.(BAS 510)
b15: Point out the precaution used for each exercise training.(BAS 510)
b16: Explain the decision making in treating patient with the most effective physical
modality. (BAS 510)
b17: Illustrate errors of decision making and methods of avoidance. (BAS 509)
b18: Create a rehabilitation program based on physical evaluation findings. (BAS 507)
2:3 Professional and Practical Skills
The program aims to prepare the graduate to be able to:
For mandatory courses:
c1: Apply the most important function tests and measurement to identify patient`s problems.
c2: Draw the different anatomical aspects of patient problem.
c3: Use different instruments and tools to identify the presence of pain and dysfunction.
c4: Classify electrotherapeutic modalities based on the therapeutic use of electrical, thermal,
light, sonic and magnetic energy.
c5: Report the different aspects of therapeutic exercise programs.
c6: Apply the skills of manual therapy including manipulation, soft tissue and peripheral
manipulation and different manual therapy techniques with continual analysis and
evaluation of outcome.
c7: Utilize different types of exercises in different rehabilitation programs of musculoskeletal
disorders, neurological problems, orthopedic medical conditions, and other practical
cases.
c8: Evaluate the applicability of different physical therapy tools and their usefulness across a
variety of practice settings.
For elective courses
The graduate will be also able to do some of the following, according to the chosen
4
elective course:
c9: Use appropriate physical skills to relief pain in clinical practice.(BAS 510)
c10: Utilize different therapeutic modalities to rehabilitate physical disabilities.(BAS 507)
c11: Construct report design.(BAS 508)
c12: Select a plan of treatment using therapeutic modalities for pain modulation in specific
cases.(BAS 508)
c13: Report all important information valuable for treating patients.(BAS 508)
2:4 General and Transferable skills
The program aims to prepare the graduate to be able to:
d1: Develop Communication verbally and nonverbally with patients, health care team and
others in an appropriate, effective and capable manner establishing professional and ethical
relationship.
d2: Improve competence in the use of computer based information handling and data processing
,tools through using internet as a mean of communication and source of information.
d3: Develop self assessment and manage changes and respond to changing demands.
d4: Plan different methods and resources to gain knowledge and information.
d5: Improve working as a member of a team and participate constructively in groups with
managing time, personal emotions, and stress.
d6: Organize team work cooperation in favors of patient services.
d7: Persuade Self Development and continual education.
3: General Standards:
3:1 Knowledge and Understanding:
A graduate of post graduate diploma program in physical therapy for basic science
should be able to understand:
1. Principles and theories in the field of physical therapy for basic science, as well as of
the other related fields.
2. Ethical and legal principles regarding the professional practices in the field of
physical therapy for basic science.
3. Principles and basic quality assurance concerning the professional practices in the
field of physical therapy for basic science.
4. The impact of professional practice in the field of physical therapy for basic science
on the environment and safeguarding and maintenance of the environment.
3:2 Intellectual Skills:
A graduate of post graduate diploma program in physical therapy for basic science
should be able to: 1. Identify and analyze the problems in the field of physical therapy for basic science, as
well as arrange them according to their priorities. Investigate specialized problems in
the field of physical therapy for basic science.
2. Solve specialized problems in the field of physical therapy for basic science.
3. Read and analyze researches and subjects in the field physical therapy for basic
science.
4. Assess risks of the professional practices in the field of physical therapy for basic
science.
5. Take professional decisions in the field of physical therapy for basic science in
different professional situations.
5
3:3 Professional and practical skills:
A graduate of post graduate diploma program in physical therapy for basic science
should be able to: 1. Implement professional skills in the field of physical therapy for basic science.
2. Write professional reports in the field of physical therapy for basic science.
3:4 General and Transferable Skills:
A graduate of post graduate diploma program in physical therapy for basic science
should be able to: 1. Communicate effectively verbally and nonverbally in the field of physical therapy for
basic science.
2. Use of information technology to serve the development of professional practice in
the field of physical therapy for basic science.
3. Assess him/ herself and identify personal learning needs in the field of physical
therapy for basic science.
4. Use different sources to obtain information and knowledge in the field of physical
therapy for basic science.
5. Work in a team of physical therapy for basic science and manage time.
6. Leadership a team of physical therapy for basic science in familiar professional
contexts.
7. Learn him / herself in the field of physical therapy for basic science and continue
education.
3-Academic Standards:
General Academic Reference Standards for the Postgraduate Studies Programs of the
National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education (NAQAAE).
For professional standards:
Faculty academic standards were approved on faculty council in: / /201
External evaluator approval: / /201
6
Comparison between the Postgraduate Diploma Academic Standards of the National
Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education and Intended
Learning Outcomes (ILOs) of the Postgraduate Diploma Programme For Physical
Therapy for Basic Science
Program Specification Academic Standards الهيئة القىمية لضمبن جىدة
التعليم
1-Program aims A graduate who will gain the
diploma degree of the basic science
of physical therapy should be able
to:
1-Graduate's
Qualifications:
A graduate who will gain the
diploma degree of the basic
science of physical therapy
should be able to:
:مىاصفبت الخزيج-1خشج بشبيج انذبهىو ف أي
حخصص جب أ كى لبدسا
:عه
1. Propose acquired specialized
knowledge in his/her professional
practice.
1. Apply the gained
specialized knowledge for
professional practice in
the basic science of
physical therapy.
حطبك انعبسف .1
انخخصصت انخ أكخسبهب ف
.يبسسخه انهت
2. Differentiate professional
problems and find creative
solution to solve it.
2. Identify the professional
problems in the field of
physical therapy for basic
science and suggest
solutions.
ححذذ انشكالث انهت و .2
.يبسبه نهب الخشاح حهىل
3. Develop professional manual
skills in application of therapeutic
modalities.
3. Have perfection of
professional skills and use
the appropriate technology
in the basic science of
physical therapy.
انهت و ثإحمب انهبسا .3
اسخخذاو انىسبئم انخكىنىجت
.انبسبت ف يبسسخه انهت
4. Organize team work in
management of different disorder
through oral and written
communication of scientific
information in the field of physical
therapy for basic science
effectively.
4. Have communication and
leadership of teamwork in
the field of physical
therapy for basic science
through the systematized
professional work.
انخىاصم و لبدة فشق انعم .4
ي خالل انعم انه
.انظىي
5. Plan a decision for solution of 5. Take decisions in 5. انمشاس ف ضىء راحخب
7
practical problem according to
available information.
accordance with the
available information in
the field of physical
therapy for basic science.
.انعهىيبث انخبحت
6. Design a comprehensive
treatment programs through
selection of appropriate therapeutic
modalities for treatment of
different patients.
6. Utilize the available
resources in the field of
physical therapy for basic
science effectively.
حىظف انىاسد انخبحت .6
.بكفبءة
7. Point out his /her responsibility
toward community and conserving the
environment by explaining the
precaution and risks of therapeutic
modalities.
7. Aware of his/her role in
developing the society and
the environment.
انىع بذوسة ف حت .7
.انجخع و انحفبظ عهى انبئت
8. Take apart the ethical principles of
application of advanced evaluation
and treatment techniques of patient
problems.
8. Act honestly and stick to
profession's rules in the
field of physical therapy
for basic science
effectively.
انخصشف بب عكس االنخزاو .8
ببنزاهت و انصذالت و لىاعذ
انهت و حمبم انسبئهت و
.انحبسبت
9. Modify his /her professional
Knowledge through continuous
education.
9. Realize the necessity to
develop him / herself as
well as involvement in
continuing education in
the field of physical
therapy for basic science
effectively.
حت راحت و ةإدسان ضشوس .9
.االخشاط ف انخعهى انسخش
2- Intended Learning
Outcomes (ILOs)
2/1 Knowledge and understanding
By the end of the diploma program
of basic science of physical therapy
the graduate should be able to
understand:
2-Academic Standards
2.1-Knowledge and
Understanding
By the end of the diploma
program the graduate should
be able to understand:
المعبييز القيبسية العبمة - 2
المعزفة و الفهم2-1
ببخهبء دساست بشبيج انذبهىو جب
أ كى انخشج لبدسا عهى انفهى و
:انذسات بكم ي
a1, a2,a3,a4,a5,a6,a7,a8,a9 1. Principles and theories in the
field of physical therapy for
basic science, as well as of the
other related fields.
انظشبث و األسبسبث و .1
انعبسف انخخصصت ف
يجبل انخعهى وكزا انعهىو راث
انعاللت ببسست انهت
a10, a11 2. Ethical and legal principles
regarding the professional
practices in the field of
physical therapy for basic
science.
انببدئ األخاللت و .2
انمبىت نبسست انهت ف
.يجبل انخخصص
a12, a13 3. Principles and basic quality
assurance concerning the
professional practices in the
field of physical therapy for
basic science.
يببدئ و أسبسبث انجىدة .3
ف انبسست انهت ف
.يجبل انخخصص
8
a14 4. The impact of professional
practice in the field of physical
therapy for basic science on
the environment and
safeguarding and maintenance
of the environment.
حؤثش انبسست انهت عهى .4
انبئت و انعم عه انحفبظ
.عه انبئت و صبخهب
2/2- Intellectual Skills
By the end of the diploma
program the graduate should be
able to:
2.2- Intellectual Skills
By the end of the diploma
program the graduate should
be able to:
المهبرات الذهنية
ببخهبء دساست بشبيج انذبهىو جب
:أ كى انخشج لبدسا عهى
b1, b2, b3, b4, b5, b6, b7. b8,b9 1- Identify and analyze the
problems in the field of
physical therapy for basic
science, as well as arrange
them according to their
priorities.
ححذذ و ححهم انشبكم ف . 1
يجبل انخخصص و حشحبهب و
. فمآ ألونىخهب
b10,b11 2- Solve specialized problems
in the field of physical therapy
for basic science.
حم انشبكم انخخصصت ف .2
.يجبل حخصصه
b12, b13 3- Read and analyze researches
and subjects in the field
physical therapy for basic
science.
انمشاءة انخحههت نألبحبد و .3
انىاضع راث انعاللت
.ببنخخصص
b14,b15 4- Assess risks of the
professional practices in the
field of physical therapy for
basic science.
حمى انخبطش ف انبسسبث .4
. انهت
b16,b17, b18 5-.Take professional decisions in
the field of physical therapy for
basic science in different
professional situations.
انهت ف ثاحخبر انمشاسا.5
.ضىء انعهىيبث انخبحت
2/3- Professional and Practical skills
By the end of the diploma program
the graduate should be able to:
2.3- Professional and Practical skills
By the end of the diploma
program the graduate should
be able to:
:المهبرات المهنية
ببخهبء دساست بشبيج انذبهىو جب
: أ كى انخشج لبدسا عهى
c1,c2,c3,c4,c5,c6,c7,c8,c9,c10 1- Implement professional
skills in the field of physical
therapy for basic science.
حطبك انهبساث انهت ف .1
يجبل
. انخخصص
c11, c12, c13 2- Write professional
reports in the field of
physical therapy for basic
science.
.كخببت انخمبسش انهت.2
2/4 -General and Transferable skills
By the end of the diploma program
the graduate should be able to:
4- General and Transferable
skills
By the end of the diploma
program the graduate should
be able to:
المهبرات العبمة و المتنقلة
ببخهبء دساست بشبيج انذبهىو جب
:أ كى انخشج لبدسا عهى
d1. 1.Communicate effectively
verbally and nonverbally in
انخىاصم انفعبل بؤىاعه -1
. انخخهفت
9
the field of physical therapy
for basic science.
d2, 2.Use of information
technology to serve the
development of professional
practice in the field of
physical therapy for basic
science.
اسخخذاو حكىنىجب -2
انعهىيبث بب خذو حطىش
.انبسست انهت
d3, 3. Assess him /herself and identify
personal learning needs in the
field of physical therapy for
basic science.
انخمى انزاحى و ححذذ -3
.احخبجبحه انخعهت انشخصت
d4 4. Use different sources to obtain
information and knowledge in
the field of physical therapy for
basic science.
اسخخذاو انصبدس انخخهفت -4
نهحصىل عه انعهىيبث و
.انعبسف
d5 5. Work in a team of physical
therapy for basic science and
manage time.
انعم ف فشك و إداسة -5
.انىلج
d6 6. Leadership a team of physical
therapy for basic science in
familiar professional contexts.
لبدة فشك ف سبلبث يهت -6
.يؤنىفت
d7 7. Learn him/her in the field of
physical therapy for basic
science and continue education.
. انخعهى انزاحى و انسخش -7
3- Program Structure and Contents
a. Program duration: The programme is conducted in two semesters:
1- First semester: Extends for six months; starts in October 1st and ends in March
31st. Exams are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies two courses from the faculty requirements’
courses in addition to other department mandatory courses.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be filled from March
1st to March 15
th.
- The student fills a form about the elective courses he/she wants to take in the
second semester from March 16th
to March 30th
.
2- Second semester: Extends for six months; starts in May 1st and ends in October
31st. Exams are conducted in November.
- In this semester the student studies the remaining courses of the department
mandatory courses in addition to elective courses equivalent to eight credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
October 1st to October 15
th .
10
b. Programme structure:
Credit hours: 42 Mandatory Courses: 9 Elective Courses: 6
Semesters
Courses Credit Hours Percentage
1st and 2
nd
semesters Basic Physical Therapy sciences
Social sciences & Humanities
Medical sciences
Specialization sciences
Other sciences (computer, )
11
5
5
21
0
26.2%
11.9%
11.9%
50.0%
0%
Total 42 100%
Basic Physical Therapy sciences (PT 500, PT 502, BAS 500, BAS 501, BAS 508)
Social sciences & Humanities (BAS 506, BAS 507)
Medical sciences(PT 501, BAS 500)
Specialization sciences (BAS 502, BAS 503, BAS 504, BAS 505, BAS 509, BAS 510, BAS
511)
i. Program Courses (1st semester )
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
PT
500
Evaluation
and
Measurement
3 2 2 - 3,10,13 3,4,5 1,3,6 1,2,3
PT
501
Functional
anatomy 3 2 2 - 2 2 2 4
PT
502
P.T.
Practicum
(Specialty)
1 - - 3 11,12 10,12,18 8,11,12,13 4,5,6,7
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
BAS
500
Exercise
physiology
3 2 2 - 1 1 1,11 4
BAS
501
Instrumentation
and
measurement in
physical
therapy
3 2 - 2 3,10,13 3,4,5,6 1,3,6 1,2,3
BAS
502
Independent
study and
seminar
3 2 - 2 6,8,11,12,14 10,12,18 8,11,12,13 4,5,6,7
11
ii. Program Courses (2nd
semester)
1. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
BAS
503
Manipulation
and pain
management
3 2 2 - 2,4,7,9 2,10,11,13,14 2,4,6,9,10
1,2,5
BAS
504
Advanced
therapeutic
exercise
3 2 2 - 1,4, 11 9,13,15 5,7,9 1,2,5
BAS
505
Advanced
electrotherapy 3 2 2 - 7,11 11,14,16 4,12 1,2,5
2. Department elective courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lect. Lab/pr. Clin a b c d
BAS
506
Human
development 2 2 - - 5 7,8 3,5 4
BAS
507
Rehabilitation
and disabled 3 2 2 - 4,5,6,14 1,7,8,13,16,17,18 10 1,4
BAS
508
Pain
measurement 3 2 2 - 3,9,10 9,15,17 3,6 1,2,5
BAS
509
Peripheral
manipulation 3 2 2 - 4,10 13,14 6 1,2,5
BAS
510
Soft tissue
mobilization 3 2 2 - 4,10 13,14 6 1,2,5
BAS
511
Isokinetic
rehabilitation 3 2 2 - 8,10 6,14 3,7 1,2,5
6- Program Admission Requirements
The applicant must hold a bachelor's degree in physical therapy from any Egyptian
universities under the law regulating universities or other equivalent university with
grade (fair) at least in the general grade.
Student must have spent a period of training for at least a calendar year in the area of
specialization he/she wants to join.
12
Student must pass an exam for English language in accordance to the rules laid down
by the College council.
The date of admission and registration of students is the date of approval by the
competent vice president of the university as a commissioner of the graduate studies
and research council.
The college is entitled to impose supplementary courses to offset the preparatory year
of master’s degree that the student should reimburse 500 pounds for each course with
maximum of 2000 pounds with the exception of demonstrators from the payment of
such fees.
7- Regulations for Progression and Programme Completion
The student must pass all the prescribed courses (mandatory - elective) successfully.
The student enrollment is to be terminated if he/she failed to study diploma more than
three years in case of failure or in case of non-entry exam excuse is unacceptable.
The university grants specialist diploma in physical therapy upon approval by the
college council according to the specialties of the various departments.
8-learning methods:
Method Intended Learning Outcomes(ILOs)to be measured
Lectures a 1 to a 14
b 1,b2,b3,b4,b8
Active learning: Project-
Presentation - Small group
discussion.- Brain storming,
a 9,10,11,12
b 5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18
d 2,3,6,7
Practical training
c 1,2,5,6,7,8,9,10,12.13
d 1,2,4,5,7
Lab sessions
c 3,4,11,
d 4,6,7
9- Learning facilities:
9-1-Teaching halls
9-2-Equipped labs
9-3- Library- Internet
9-4-Tools: Board and data show
13
10- Evaluation of Program Intended Learning Outcomes
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
1-Written exams Knowledge and Understanding and Intellectual skills
a1 to a14
b1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8, 10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18
2-Oral exams Knowledge and Understanding, Intellectual Skills and
Communication Skills
a1,2,3,4,5,10,11,12
b1,2,3,4,5,7,8,14,15,16,17,18
d1
4-Practical exam Professional and Practical Skills, Inter Personal and
Teamwork Skills and Self Management Skills
c1,2,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13
d1,d3,4,5,6,7
6-Applied exam Professional and Practical Skills
c3,4
d7
10 - Ways of program evaluation
Evaluator
Tool
Sample
1- Senior students
Focus group
25%
2- Alumni
Focus group 25%
3- Stakeholders ( Employers)
Questionnaire 28
4-External Evaluator(s) Examiner(s)) Report 1
5- Other
14
Program coordinator: Dr.: Salah Eldin Bassit /Dr.: Abeer Mahmoud
Signature:
Date: / /201
The Program specification is revised and approved in the department council: Date: / / 201
The Program specification is revised and approved in the faculty council: Date: / / 201
Head of Department: Prof. Dr: Maher ElKabalawy
Signature:
Attachment: Course Specifications
Annex 1: Courses of the Diploma (1st and 2
nd semesters)
1
University: Cairo
Faculty: Physical Therapy
Department: Physical Therapy for Cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and Geriatrics
Program Specification
(2013/ 2014 year)
A- Basic Information
1- Program Title: Diploma in physical therapy in specialty of Cardiovascular/respiratory
disorder and geriatrics
2-Program Type: Single
3- Department (s): Physical Therapy for Cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and Geriatrics.
4- Program coordinator: Dr. Mariam El-Sayed Mohamed
5- External evaluator: Dr. Amany Raafat
6- Date of program specifications departmental council update approval: 17 / 9 / 2013
7- Faculty council approval: 8 / 4 / 2014
B- Professional Information
Graduate attributes:
The graduate of the diploma program of physical therapy for cardiovascular / respiratory
disorders and geriatrics, Faculty of Physical Therapy, Cairo University will be able to
implement evidence based practice, organize clinical seminars, utilize information from
available resources and use it to enhance clinical skills in evaluation and treatment of
different cardiovascular / respiratory disorders and geriatrics with high level of
professionalism based on ethical and legal issues. He/ She will also be able to serve
community through arranging of and participating in awareness campaigns and medical
convoys.
The graduate who will gain the diploma degree in physical therapy in specialty of Physical
Therapy for Cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics should be able to:
1. Apply specialized information acquired by his practice.
2. Detect professional problems and suggest their solutions
3. Use the most suitable technique of technology in his practice.
4. Work within a team through systematic professional practice.
5. Take decision through available information.
6. Employ available resources efficiently
7. Be aware about his role in social development and environment conservation.
2
8. Behave honestly to ensure the professional roles and laws and be able to accept being
judged by the others.
9. Realize the importance of self development and continuous learning
1- Program aims: The program aims to:
1/1 Propose the graduate with acquired specialized knowledge in his/ her professional
practice
1/2 Enable the graduate to differentiate professional problems and propose creative
solution to solve it.
1/3 Develop a professional manual skills to the graduate in application of therapeutic
modalities
1/4 Enable the graduate to organize team work in management of different cardiovascular
/ respiratory disorders and geriatrics through oral and written communication of
scientific information in the field of physical therapy for cardiovascular / respiratory
disorders effectively
1/5 Prepare the graduate to plan a decision for solution of practical problem according to
available information.
1/6 Provide the graduate a comprehensive treatment programs through selection of
appropriate therapeutic modalities for treatment of different cardiovascular,
respiratory disorders patients and geriatrics.
1/7 Point out to the graduate the responsibility toward community and conserving the
environment by explaining the precaution and risks of therapeutic modalities 1/8 Identify to the graduate the ethical principles of application of advanced evaluation and
treatment techniques of cardiovascular / respiratory disorders patient’s problems and
geriatrics’ issues.
1/9 Enable the graduate to modify his/ her professional Knowledge through continuous
education.
2- Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs)
2:1 Knowledge and understanding
By successful completion of the program the graduate will be able to:
a1 Describe different anatomical principles of central and peripheral nervous systems,
musculoskeletal system and thorax as well as anatomical changes occur with aging.
a2 Explain the comprehensive and effective principals of physiology and histology of intra
pulmonary and extra pulmonary system.
a3 Describe the different physiological and medical basics concerning cardiopulmonary
and vascular diseases and different selected cardiopulmonary surgery.
a4 Define the ethical and legal principles for rehabilitation of different cardiopulmonary,
vascular diseases and dealing with elderly.
a5 Discuss knowledge about the theoretical and basic principles of evaluation and selected
instrumented measurements
For elective courses: - The graduate will be able to do some of the following, according to the
chosen elective courses:
a6 List Radiological Anatomy of pathological pulmonary conditions as well as
pharmacological medications for such conditions.( CPG 506,CPG 507,CPG 508)
2:2 Intellectual Skills
By successful completion of the program the graduate will be able to:
b1 Distinguish the appropriate methodology for assessment of patient with different
internal disorders, cardiopulmonary and vascular diseases,
3
b2 Formulate a solid treatment plan for geriatrics as well as patient with cardiopulmonary
diseases based on accurate understanding of different changes in the lungs and heart
after physiological and pathological events.
b3 Analyze accurately the patient medical report including history taking, physical
examination, laboratory, radiological findings as well as the underlying
pharmacological action.
b4 Analyze the key concept in health promotion and disease prevention for cardiac
patients and geriatric.
b5 Distinguish appropriately the candidate patient for physical therapy programs in the
metabolic conditions.
b6 Integrate specific treatment plan of the patient using problem solving and clinical
reasoning skills.
For elective courses: - The graduate will be able to do some of the following, according to the
chosen elective courses:
b7 Formulate comprehensive and effective treatment plan for geriatrics as well as patient
with different cardiopulmonary surgery.( CPG 509,CPG 510)
2/3 Professional and Practical Skills
By successful completion of the program the graduate shall be able to:
c1 Perform evaluation based on information from the laboratory, radiological findings, the
underlying pharmacological action and case studies.
c2 Apply different measurement techniques for assessment of different cardiopulmonary
diseases as pulmonary function tests and exercise testing.
c3 Perform comprehensive reports concerning assessment outcomes and constructed
treatment plane along with preventive measures.
2/4 General and transferable skills
By successful completion of the program the graduate shall be able to:
d1 Demonstrate competence in based information handling and data processing tools.
d2 Use internet efficiently as mean of communication and source of information.
d3 Manage changes and respond to changing demands.
d4 Establish and maintain collaborative relationships with other clinical staff members
d5 Work effectively as a member of a team and participate constructively in groups.
d6 Manage time, personal emotions and stress and prioritize workloads.
d7 Communicate respectively with teaching staff, other medical staff and other
demonstrators.
d8 Communicate effectively with patients and their relatives.
d9 Investigate the new developing physical therapy techniques for different conditions and its
practical outcomes.
3- Academic Standards
3/1General Standards:
3/1/1 Knowledge and understanding
By the end of this program, the student should be able to understand:
1. Principles and theories in the field of physical therapy for cardiovascular/respiratory
disorder and geriatrics, as well as of the other related fields.
2. Ethical and legal principles regarding the professional practices in the field of
physical therapy for cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics.
3. Principles and basic quality assurance concerning the professional practices in the
field of physical therapy for cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics.
4
4. The impact of professional practice on the environment and safeguarding and
maintenance of the environment.
3/2/2 Intellectual skills:
By the end of this program, the student should be able to:
1. Identify and analyze the problems in the field of physical therapy for
cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics, as well as arrange them according
to their priorities.
2. Solve specialized problems in the field of physical therapy for
cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics.
3. Combine different knowledge to solve professional problems.
4. Read and analyze researches and subjects in the field physical therapy for
cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics.
5. Assess risks of the professional practices in the field of physical therapy for
cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics.
6. Take professional decisions in different professional situations.
3/2/3 Professional skills:
By the end of this program, the student should be able to:
1. Implement professional skills in the field of physical therapy for
cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics.
2. Write professional reports.
3/2/4 General and transferable skills:
By the end of this program, the student should be able to:
1. Communicate effectively verbally and nonverbally.
2. Use of information technology to serve the development of professional practice.
3. Self evaluation and identify personal learning needs.
4. Use different sources to obtain information and knowledge.
5. Work in a team and manage time.
6. Leadership a team in familiar professional contexts.
7. Self learning and continual education.
4- External References for Standards (Benchmarks)
- General Academic Reference Standards for the Postgraduate Studies Programs of the
National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education (NAQAAE).
5- Program Structure and Contents
a. Program duration:
The program is conducted in two semesters:
1- First semester: Extends for six months; starts in October 1st and ends in March 31
st.
Exams are conducted in April.
5
- In this semester the student studies two courses from the faculty requirements’
courses in addition to other department mandatory courses.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
March 1st to March 15
th.
- The student fills a form about the elective courses he/she wants to take in the
second semester from March 16th
to March 30th
.
2- Second semester: Extends for six months; starts in May 1st and ends in October
31st. Exams are conducted in November.
- In this semester the student studies the remaining courses of the department
mandatory courses in addition to elective courses equivalent to eight credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
October 1st to October 15
th .
b. Program structure:
Credit hours: 35 Mandatory Cr.H: 23 Elective Cr.H: 12
Semesters
Courses Credit Hours Percentage
1st and 2
nd
semesters Basic Physical Therapy sciences
Social sciences & Humanities
Medical sciences
Specialization sciences
Other sciences (computer,)
3
0
27
5
0
8.57%
0%
77.15%
14.38%
0%
Total 35 100%
Basic Physical Therapy sciences : ( PT 500 )
Social sciences & Humanities
Medical sciences : (PT 501, CPG 500, CPG 501,CPG 502, CPG 503,CPG 504, CPG
506, CPG 507,CPG 508,CPG 509)
Specialization sciences : ( CPG 510)
Other sciences (computer,)
Field Training: ( PT 502, CPG 505)
i. Program Courses (1st semester )
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
PT 500 Evaluation 3 2 2 - 1 1 1,2 4,9
6
and
Measurement
PT 501 Functional
anatomy 3 2 2 - 1 2 1,2 2,3
PT 502
P.T.
Practicum
(Specialty)
1 - - 3 4,5 1,2 1,2 7,8
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
CPG
500
Anatomy of the
chest 3 2 2 - 1 1,3 1 3,9
CPG
501
Physiology of
respiration 3 2 2 - 2,3 1,5 1,2 1,2
CPG
502
Histology of
respiration system 3 2 2 - 2 1,3 1 1,2
ii. Program Courses (2nd
semester)
1. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
CPG
503
Chest and heart
disease 3 2 2 - 3, 1,2 1,2 1,2,3
CPG
504
Physiology for
chest and heart
disease
3 2 2 - 3, 1,2,4 1,2 2,3
CPG
505
Techniques of
physical therapy
in different
internal medicine
sections
1 - - 3 4,5 2,5,6 2.3 4,5,6
7
2. Department elective courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr Clin a b c d
CPG
506
Pathology of
chest 2 2 - - 3 3,7 1,3 1,2
CPG
507
Radiology plane
X-rays for chest 2 2 - - 4,6 1,3 1 1,2
CPG
508
Pharmacolgy
related to
internal
medicine
2 2 - - 6 3 1 1,2,9
CPG
509
Cardiothoracic
surgery 3 2 - 3 3 1,2,4,7 1,2 1,3,5
CPG
510 Gerentology 3 2 - 3 1,4,6 1,4,6,7 1,3 6,7,8
6- Program Admission Requirements
The applicant must hold a bachelor's degree in physical therapy from any egyptian
universalities under the law regulating universities or other equivalent university with
grade (fair) at least in the general grade.
Student must have spent a period of training for at least a calendar year in the area of
specialization he/she wants to join.
Student must pass an exam for English language in accordance to the rules laid down
by the College council.
The date of admission and registration of students is the date of approval by the
competent vice president of the university as a commissioner of the graduate studies
and research council.
The college is entitled to impose supplementary courses to offset the preparatory year
of master’s degree that the student should reimburse 500 pounds for each course with
maximum of 2000 pounds with the exception of demonstrators from the payment of
such fees.
7- Regulations for Progression and Program Completion
8
The student must pass all the prescribed courses (mandatory - elective) successfully.
The student enrollment is to be terminated if he/she failed to study diploma more than
three years in case of failure or in case of non-entry exam excuse is unacceptable.
The university grants specialist diploma in physical therapy upon approval by the
college council according to the specialties of the various departments.
8- Learning and Teaching:
8-1-Lectures: knowledge and understanding
8-2-Active learning: knowledge, understanding and intellectual skills. (Project-
Presentation - Small group discussion- Brain storming)
8-3- Practical training: professional, practical and general transferable skills.
8-4-Lab sections professional, practical and intellectual skills
9- Learning Facilities:
9-1-Teaching halls
9-2-Equipped labs
9-3- Library- Internet
9-4-Tools: Board and data show
8- Evaluation of Program Intended Learning Outcomes
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
1-Written exams a1→ a7 , b1→b7
2-Oral exams a1→ a7 , b1→b7,d1→ d9.
4-Practical exam b1→b7, c1→ c3, d1→ d9.
6-Applied exam a1→ a7 , b1→b7, c1→ c3, d1→ d9.
9- Ways of program evaluation
9
Evaluator
Tool
Sample
1- Senior students
Focus group
100%
2- Alumni
Focus group 100%
3- Stakeholders ( Employers)
Questionnaire 10% Police hospitals, and
10% Military hospitals
10% Medical insurance hospitals.
4-External Evaluator(s) Report 1
Attachment: Course Specifications
Annex 1: Courses of the Diploma (1st and 2
nd semesters)
Program coordinator: Dr. Mariam El-Sayed Mohamed
Signature: Date: / /
Approval of the department council / / 2013
Head of department: Prof. Hala M. Ezz El-Deen
Signature : Date: / /
1
University: Cairo
Faculty: Physical Therapy
Department: Physical therapy for Gynecology and Obstetrics
Program Specification
(2013/2014 year)
A- Basic Information
1- Program Title: Diploma in Physical Therapy specialty of Gynecology and Obstetrics
2-Program Type: Single
3-Department (s): Physical therapy for Gynecology and Obstetrics
4-Program coordinator: Dr. Mohamed awad, Dr. Gehan abd El samea
5-Program external evaluator: Prof. Dr. Fayz Farouk
6- Date of program specifications departmental council approval: 25 / 8 / 2013
7- Faculty council approval: 8 / 4 / 2014
B- Professional Information
Graduate attributes:
The graduate of the diploma program of physical therapy for Gynecology and
Obstetrics, Faculty of Physical Therapy, Cairo University will be able to apply the gained
specialized knowledge for professional practice in the field of P.T for obstetrics and
gynecology, identify the professional problems and suggesting solutions, apply
professional skills perfectly and use the appropriate technology in the field of P.T for
Gynecology and Obstetrics. He/She will also be able to have communication, and lead a
team work through the systematized professional work, make decisions in accordance with
the available information, use the available resources effectively, aware of his/her role
community development and environmental conservation, also act to reflect the commitment
to integrity and credibility, and the rules of the profession, and be conscious of the necessity to
develop his/her self as well as, continue education in the field of gynecology and
Obstetrics.
1-Program over all aims
The program aims to prepare the graduate to be able to:
The program aims to provide the graduate with suitable and enough knowledge, skills
and attitude to ensure that graduate to:
√
2
1/1 Acquire knowledge based on evidence for professional practice in the field of Physical
Therapy for Gynecology and Obstetrics.
1/2 Identify the female related disorders at different life span and suggest the evaluative and
treatment solutions for such cases.
1/3 Apply clinical skills in evaluation and treatment of female related disorders and use the
appropriate technological resources to enhance these skills.
1/4 Develop the ability to communicate effectively with other team members, be able to work
as a member and leader.
1/5 Develop skills of decision making in the presence of information to solve female related
disorders.
1/6 Use effectively available electrical modalities and physical tools in management of
different gynecological and obstetrical cases.
1/7 Aware of his role in society and help to maintain patient independency.
1/8 Consider ethical, legal and social issues during evaluation and treatment of obstetrical and
gynecological cases.
1/9 Recognize the importance of self development and continuous education in the field of
physical therapy for gynecology and obstetrics.
Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs)
2/1 Knowledge and understanding
The program aims to prepare the graduate to be able to:
For mandatory courses:
a1: Define muscle test, range of motion measurement, length and round measurement.
a2: Describe different anatomical principles of nerves and muscles of upper and lower limbs
as well as, different anatomical parts of central nervous system.
a3: Identify the scope of physical therapy in treatment of obstetrical and Gynecological
problems.
a4: Describe anatomy of thorax, abdomen, and different types of the female bony pelvic,
internal, external genital organs of the female and female lower urinary system as well as
anatomy of musculoskeletal system.
a5: Identify physiology of neuromuscular, endocrine and female reproductive systems
a6: Describe the basic concepts and fundamentals of kinesiology.
a7: Describe the main physiological, mechanical, and pathological changes that can affect the
woman throughout her life.
3
a8: Describe medical evaluative and treatment procedures as well as modalities for obstetrical
and gynecological problems.
a9: Describe physical therapy evaluative and treatment methods used for treating obstetrical
and gynecological problems.
a10: Identify moral, social and legal principles for professional practice in obstetrics and
gynecology.
a11: Identify principles of physical therapy assessment and treatment (tools and techniques)
regarding gynecological and obstetrical problems.
a12: Explain the role of P.T in preventing and treating different Obstetrical and Gynecological
problems.
For elective courses:
The graduate will be also able to do some of the following, according to the chosen elective
course:
a13: Describe the basic concept of female psychology in the field of Obstetrics (GYOB507).
a14: Describe the histological structure of female nerves, muscles, genital system and
endocrine system and lymphatic system (GYOB508).
a15: Describe recent methods of evaluation for gynecological and obstetrical problems.
(GYOB 509)
a16: List physiological principles, values and uses of exercises in obstetrics and
gynecology. (GYOB 510).
a17: Identify the basic concepts and principles of electromyography (EMG) for evaluation of
abdominal and pelvic floor muscles (GYOB 511).
a18: Explain the role of electrotherapy in treating gynecological and obstetrical problems.
(GYOB 512).
2/2 Intellectual Skills
The program aims to prepare the graduate to be able to:
For mandatory courses:
b1: Select the convenient positions for specific patient's muscle & grade tested.
b2: Differentiate between normal and abnormal anatomy of upper and lower extremities
b3: Select suitable methods of evaluation and treatment for women suffering from obstetrical
and gynecological problems.
b4: Differentiate between anatomical positions of bones and muscles of thorax, abdomen and
4
pelvis as well as, genital organs.
b5: Differentiae between normal and abnormal physiology of neuromuscular system and endocrine.
b6: Solve obstetrical and gynecological problems with a suitable physical therapy treatment.
b7: Formulate realistic goals taking into consideration the individual variation of patients.
b8: Judge the progression or regression of the preplanned treatment program.
b9: Analyze the researches of selected topics in the field of Gynecology and Obstetrics.
For elective courses:
The graduate will be also able to do some of the following, according to the chosen elective
course:
b10: Estimate the change of female psychological state and its reflection on her performance
and her general health. (GYOB507)
b11: Differentiate between female genital organs, nerves and muscles from histological point of
view. (GYOB 508)
b12: Interpret and differentiate between new methods of evaluation of various obstetrical and
gynecological problems. (GYOB 509)
b13: Select a suitable type of exercise program according to its physiological basis. (GYOB
510)
b14: Differentiate between normal and abnormal EMG data and correlate it to the current
pathological condition. (GYOB 511)
b15: Justify uses of the current and advanced electrotherapy modalities in treating different
cases of Gynecology and Obstetrics. (GYOB 512)
2/3 Professional and Practical Skills
The program aims to prepare the graduate to be able to:
For mandatory courses:
c1: Measure length and round measurement for upper limb by using tap measurement and
measure range of movement for the upper limb using conventional goniometer.
c2: Perform muscle test grades for upper limb muscles, record the results and fill out the
muscle test for, also, perform range of motion measurements and record its results in
specified charts.
c3: Illustrate different muscles supplied by nerves of upper and lower limbs.
c4: Handle the cadaver properly to follow the nerve along its course.
5
c5: Illustrates and demonstrate muscles and bones of thorax, abdomen and pelvis and female
internal and external genital organs, as well as the lower urinary system.
c6: Apply physiological knowledge in differentiation of genital organs, nerves, muscles and
endocrine.
c7: Use different tools (vaginal cones and inflated cuffed catheter) to evaluate and treat cases.
c8: Apply practical skills in treatment of various obstetrical and gynecological problems.
c9: Evaluate and write the professional report to judge the progression or regression of the
preplanned treatment program.
For elective courses
The graduate will be also able to do some of the following, according to the chosen elective
course:
c10: Use EMG to measure the neurophysiological activity of abdominal and pelvic floor
muscles. (GYOB 511)
2/4 General and transferable skills
The program aims to prepare the graduate to be able to:
d1: Communicate effectively with patient relatives and health care professionals establishing
professional and ethical relationship.
d2: Communicate accurately, clearly, confidently, and effectively in writing and orally.
d3: Use information technology for continuous education and correct development.
d4: Work effectively as a leader.
d5: Evaluate him/her self and identify practical issues that provide opportunities for research.
d6: Use internet critically as a mean of communication and source of information.
d7: Work effectively as a member of a team and manage time.
3-Academic Standards:
General Academic Reference Standards for the Postgraduate Studies Programs of the
National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education (NAQAAE).
For professional standards:
Faculty academic standards were approved on faculty council in: 10/ 12 /2013
External evaluator approval: 1/ 12 /2013
6
Comparison Between The Diploma Academic Standards of The National Authority For
Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education and Intended Learning Outcomes
(ILOs) Of The Diploma Program of Physical Therapy for Obstetrics and Gynecology
Corresponding ILO's Of The
Diploma Program For
Physical Therapy for
Obstetrics and Gynecology
Academic Standards Of The
Diploma Program For Physical
Therapy for Obstetrics and
Gynecology
Academic Standards of The
National Authority For
Quality Assurance and
Accreditation of Education
Program aims:
This program aims to prepare
the graduate to be able to:
Graduate's attributes:
A graduate who will gain the
diploma degree of the Obstetrics
and Gynecology of physical
therapy should be able to:
:ياصفبث انخشج
خشج بشبيج انذبهيت ف أي حخصص
:جب أ ك لبدسا عه
1/1Acquire knowledge based
on evidence for
professional practice in
the field of physical
therapy for obstetrics and
gynecology.
1- Apply the gained specialized
knowledge for professional practice
in the field of physical therapy for
obstetrics and gynecology.
حطبك انعبسف انخخصصت .1.1
انخى اكخسبب فى يبسسخت
انت
1/2 Identify the female related
disorders at different life
span and suggest the
evaluative and treatment
solutions for such cases.
2- Identify the professional
problems and suggesting solutions.
ححذذ انشكالث انت الخشاح 2.1
حهال نب
1/3 Apply clinical skills in
evaluation and treatment
of female related
disorders and use the
appropriate technological
resources to enhance
these skills.
3- Apply professional skills and use
the appropriate technology in the
field of physical therapy for
obstetrics and gynecology.
احمب انبساث انت اسخخذاو . 3.1
انسبئم انخكنجت انبسبت فى
يبسسخت انت
1/4 Develop the ability to
communicate effectively
with other team members,
be able to work as a
member and leader.
4- Have communication, and lead a
team work through a systematized
professional work.
انخاصم لبدة فشق انعم 4.1
انى انظيى
1/5 Develop skills of decision
making in the presence of
information to solve
female related disorders.
5- Make decisions in accordance
with the available information.
احخبر انمشاس فى ضء . 5.1
انعهيبث انخبحت
1/6 Use effectively available
electrical modalities and
physical tools in
management of different
gynecological and
obstetrical cases.
6- Use the available resources
effectively.
حظف اناسد انخبحت . 6.1
بكفبءة
1/7 Aware of his role in society 7- Aware of his/her role in 7.1 انعى بذس فى حت
7
and help to maintain
patient independency.
community development and
environmental conservation in the
field of physical therapy for
obstetrics and gynecology.
انجخع انحفبظ عهى انبئت
1/8 Consider ethical, legal and
social issues during
evaluation and treatment
of obstetrical and
gynecological cases.
8- Act to reflect the commitment to
integrity and credibility, and
the rules of the profession.
انخصشف بب عكس االنخزاو 8.1
ببنزات انصذلت لاعذ
انت حمبم انسبئهت انحبسبت
1/9 Recognize the importance
of self development and
continuous education in
the field of physical
therapy for obstetrics and
gynecology.
9- Be conscious of the necessity to
develop his/her self and
continue education.
ادسان ضشسة حت راحت 9.1
االخشاط فى انخعهى انسخش
2- Intended Learning
Outcomes (ILOs)
2/1 Knowledge and
understanding
2-Academic Standards
2.1-Knowledge and
Understanding By the end of the diploma
program the graduate should be
able to understand:
المعاييز القياسية العامة- 2
المعزفة و الفهم2-1
ببخبء دساست بشبيج انذبهيت جب أ
ك انخشج لبدسا عهى انفى انذسات
:بكم ي
a1: Define muscle test, range
of motion measurement,
length and round
measurement.
a2: Describe different
anatomical principles of
nerves and muscles of
upper and lower limbs
as well as different
anatomical parts of
central nervous system.
a3: Identify the scope of
physical therapy in
treatment of obstetrical
and Gynecological
problems.
a4: Describe anatomy of
thorax, abdomen, and
different types of the
female bony pelvic,
external genital organs
of the female and female
lower urinary system as
well as anatomy of
musculoskeletal system.
(GYOB 500) a5: Identify physiology of
neuromuscular,
1.Identify principles, theories and
specialized knowledge in the field
of physical therapy for obstetrics
and gynecology, as well as of the
other related fields.
انظشبث األسبسبث 1.1.2
انعبسف انخخصصت ف يجبل انخعهى
كزا انعهو راث انعاللت ببسسخت انت
8
endocrine and female
reproductive systems
(GOB 501)
a6: Describe the basic
concepts and
fundamentals of
kinesiology.
a7: Describe the main
physiological,
mechanical and
pathological changes
that can affect the
woman throughout her
life
a8: Describe medical
evaluative and treatment
procedures as well as
modalities for obstetrical
and gynecological
problems.
a9: Describe physical therapy
evaluative and treatment
methods used for
treating obstetrical and
gynecological problems.
For elective course
a13: Describe the basic
concept of female
psychology in the field
of Obstetrics .(GYOB
507) a14: Describe the histological
structure of female
nerves, muscles, genital
system and endocrine
system. (GYOB 508)
a17: Identify the basic
concepts and principles
of electromyography
(EMG) for evaluation of
abdominal and pelvic
floor muscles (GYOB
511).
a10: Identify moral, social and
legal principles for
professional practice in
obstetrics and
gynecology.
2.Recognize moral and legal
principles for professional practice
in the field of physical therapy for
gynecology and obstetrics.
انببدئ األخاللت انمبت 2.1.2
نهبسست انت ف يجبل انخخصص
a11: Identify principles of
3.Recognize principles and basic
quality assurance regarding the
يببدئ أسبسبث انجدة ف 3.1.2
يجبل انخخصص انبسست انت ف
9
physical therapy
assessment and treatment
(tools and techniques)
regarding obstetrical and
gynecological problems.
For elective course
a15: Describe recent methods
of evaluation for
Gynecological and
obstetrical problems.
(GYOB 509)
a16: List physiological
principles, values and
uses of exercises in
obstetrics and
gynecology. (GYOB
510).
professional practices in the field of
physical therapy for obstetrics and
gynecology.
a12 Explain the role of P.T in
preventing and treating
different Obstetrical and
Gynecological problems.
For elective course
a18: Explain the role of
electrotherapy in treating
gynecological and
obstetrical problems.
(GYOB 512).
4.Recognize the impact of
professional practice on the
environment and work on the
environment maintenance
حأثش انبسست انت عهى انبئت 4.1.2
انعم عهى انبئت صبخب
2/2- Intellectual Skills
By the end of the diploma
program the graduate should be
able to:
2.2- Intellectual Skills
By the end of the diploma program
the graduate should be able to:
المهارات الذهنية
ببخبء دساست بشبيج انذبهيت جب أ
:ك انخشج لبدسا عهى
b1: Select the convenient
positions for specific
patient's muscle & grade
tested.
b2: Differentiate between
normal and abnormal
anatomy of upper and
lower extremities.
b4: Differentiate between
anatomical positions of
bones and muscles of
thorax, abdomen and
pelvis as well as, genital
organs.
1. Analyze and detect the problems in
the field of physical therapy for
obstetrics and gynecology and
organize them according to their
priorities.
ححهم ححذذ انشبكم ف يجبل 1.2.2
انخخصص حشحبب فمب ألنخب
10
b5: Differentiae between normal
and abnormal physiology
of neuromuscular system
and endocrine.
b7: Formulate realistic goals
taking into consideration
the individual variation of
patients.
For elective course
b11: Differentiate between
female genital organs,
nerves and muscles from
histological point of view.
(GYOB 508)
b6: Solve obstetrical and
gynecological problems
with a suitable physical
therapy treatment.
For elective course
b15: Justify uses of the current
and advanced
electrotherapy modalities
in treating different cases
of Gynecology and
Obstetrics. (GYOB 512)
2. Solve specialized problems
depending on the available
information
فى حم انشبكم انخخصصت 2.2.2
يجبل يخ
b8: Judge the progression or
regression of the
preplanned treatment
program.
For elective course
b10: Estimate the change of
female psychological
state and its reflection on
her performance and her
general health.
(GYOB507) b12: Interpret and differentiate
between new methods of
evaluation of various
obstetrical and
gynecological problems.
(GYOB 509)
b14: Differentiate between
normal and abnormal
EMG data and correlate it
to the current
pathological condition.
(GYOB 511)
3. Assess the risks of professional
practice.
حمى انخبطش ف انبسسبث 5.2.2
انت
4. Make professional decision in 6.2.2 احخبر انمشاساث انت ف ضء
11
b3: Select suitable methods of
evaluation and treatment
for women suffering from
obstetrical and
gynecological problems.
For elective course
b13: Select a suitable type of
exercise program
according to its
physiological basis.
(GYOB 510)
accordance with available
information.
انعهيبث انخبحت
b9: Analyze the researches of
selected topics in the field
of Obstetrics and
Gynecology.
5. Analysis the researches in the field
of physical therapy for obstetrics
and gynecology.
انمشاءة انخحههت نالبحبد 7.2.2
اناضع راث انعاللت ببنخخصص
2/3- Professional skills
By the end of the diploma
program the graduate should be
able to:
2.3- Professional skills
By the end of the diploma
program the graduate should be
able to:
:المهارات المهنية
ببخبء دساست بشبيج انذبهيت جب أ
:ك انخشج لبدسا عهى
c1: Measure length and round
measurement for upper
limb by using tap
measurement and
measure range of
movement for the upper
limb using conventional
goniometer.
c2: Perform muscle test grades
for upper limb muscles,
record the results and fill
out the muscle test for,
also, perform range of
motion measurements
and record its results in
specified charts.
c3: Illustrate different muscles
supplied by nerves of
upper and lower limbs.
c4: Handle the cadaver
properly to follow the
nerve along its course.
c5: Illustrates and demonstrate
muscles and bones of
thorax, abdomen and
pelvis and female internal
and external genital
1- Apply professional skills in
the field of physical therapy
for obstetrics and
gynecology.
حطبك انبساث انت ف 1.3.2
يجبل انخخصص
12
organs, as well as the
lower urinary system.
c6: Apply physiological
knowledge in
differentiation of genital
organs, nerves, muscles
and endocrine.
c7: Use different tools (vaginal
cones and inflated calfed
catheter) to evaluate and
treat cases.
c8: Apply practical skills in
treatment of various
obstetrical and
gynecological problems.
For elective course
c10: Use EMG to measure the
neurophysiological activity
of abdominal and pelvic
floor muscles.
c9: Evaluate and write the
professional report to
judge the progression or
regression of the
preplanned treatment
program.
2- Write and evaluate
professional reports
كخببت حمى انخمبسش انت 2.3.2
2/4- General Skills
By the end of the diploma
program the graduate should be
able to:
4- General Skills
By the end of the diploma program
the graduate should be able to:
المهارات العامة و المتنقلة
ببخبء دساست بشبيج انذبهيت جب أ
:ك انخشج لبدسا عهى
d1: Communicate effectively
with patient relatives and
health care professionals
establishing professional
and ethical relationship.
d2: Communicate accurately,
clearly, confidently, and
effectively in writing and
orally.
1. Communicate verbally and
nonverbally with patients,
health care team and others in
an appropriate, effective and
capable manner
انخاصم انفعبل بأاع 1.4.2
انخخهفت
d3: Use information technology
for continuous education
and correct development.
2- Use information technology to
develop professional
practice
اسخخذاو حكنجب انعهيبث 2.4.2
بب خذو حطش انبسست انت
d4: Work effectively as a leader
3. Lead a team work in ordinary
professional context.
لبدة فشك فى سبلبث يبت 3.4.2
يأنفت
d5: Evaluate him/her self and
identify practical issues
that provide opportunities
for research.
4. Evaluate him/herself and
specify educational and
personal needs.
انخمى انزاح ححذذ احخبجبحت 4.4.2
انخعهت انشخصت
13
d6: Use internet critically as a
mean of communication
and source of information.
5. Use different resources for
information and knowledge
اسخخذاو انصبدس انخخهفت 5.4.2
نهحصل عهى انعهيبث انعبسف
d7: Work effectively as a
member of a team and
manage time
6. Work in a team and manage
time
انعم ف فشك إداسة انلج 6,4.2
d3: Use information technology
for continuous education
and correct development.
7. Continuous self learning
انخعهى انزاحى ا انسخش7.4.2
5-Program Structure and Contents:
a. Program duration:
The program is conducted in two semesters:
1- First semester: Extends for six months; starts in October 1st and ends in March 31
st.
Exams are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies two courses from the faculty requirements’
courses in addition to other department mandatory courses.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
March 1st to March 15th.
- An application to choose the elective courses in the second semester should be
conducted before the end of the first semester from March 16th to March 30th
.
2- Second semester: Extends for six months; starts in May 1st and ends in October 31
st.
Exams are conducted in November.
- In this semester the student studies the remaining courses of the department
mandatory courses in addition to elective courses equivalent to eight credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
October 1st to October 15
th.
b. Program structure:
Credit hours: 31 Mandatory Courses: 23 Elective Courses: 8
14
Semesters
Courses Credit Hours Percentage
1st and 2
nd Semesters
Basic Physical Therapy sciences
Social sciences & Humanities
Medical sciences
Specialization sciences
Other sciences (computer)
7
2
10
12
0
22.6%
6.5%
32.2%
38.7%
0
Total 31 100%
i. Program Courses (1st semester )
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
PT
500 Evaluation and Measurement 3 2 2 - 1 1 1,2 4,6,7
PT
501 Functional anatomy 3 2 2 - 2 2 3,4 4,6,7
PT
502 P.T. Practicum (Specialty) 1 - - 3 3 3 7,8 1,2,3,5
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
GYOB 500 Regional anatomy for thorax,
abdomen and pelvis. 3 2 2 - 4 4 4,5 2,7
GYOB 501 Physiology of nerve, muscle
and endocrine 3 2 2 - 5 5 6 2,6,7
GYOB 502 Kinesiology in the field of
gynecology and obstetrics 2 2 - - 6,7,8 6 --- 6,7
ii. Program Courses (2nd
semester)
15
1. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
GYOB503 Gynecology and obstetrics 2 2 - - 8 6,7 --- 6,7
GYOB504 New area in PT for gynecology
and obstetrics 2 2 - - 7,9 6,7 --- 3,6,7
GYOB505 Research seminar in PT for
gynecology & Obstetrics 2 2 - -
9,10,
11,12 6,7,9 ---
2,3,4,
5,6,7
GYOB506 Clinical training for obstetrics
and gynecology 2 - - 6 10,11,12 7,8 8,9
1,2,
6,7
2. Department elective courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
GYOB507 Introduction of female
psychology 2 2 - - 13 10 --- 6,7
GYOB508 Histology for female genital
organs 2 2 - - 14 11 --- 6,7
GYOB 509 New methods for evaluation
in gynecology and obstetrics 2 2 - - 15 8,12 --- 6,7
GYOB 510 Exercise physiology 2 2 - - 16 13 --- 6,7
GYOB 511
Introduction for EMG of the
abdominal and pelvic floor
muscles
2 1 2 - 17 14 9,10 2,6,7
GYOB 512 Electrotherapy for
gynecology and obstetrics 2 2 - -
10,11,
18 15 --- 2,6,7
6- Program Admission Requirements
The applicant must hold a bachelor's degree in physical therapy from any Egyptian
universities under the law regulating universities or other equivalent university with
grade (fair) at least in the general grade.
Student must have spent a period of training for at least a calendar year in the area of
specialization he/she wants to join.
Student must pass an exam for English language in accordance to the rules laid down
by the faculty council.
16
The date of admission and registration of students is the date of approval by the
competent vice president of the university as a commissioner of the graduate studies
and research council.
The faculty is entitled to impose supplementary courses to offset the preparatory year
of master’s degree that the student should reimburse 500 pounds for each course with
maximum of 2000 pounds with the exception of demonstrators from the payment of
such fees.
7- Regulations for Progression and Program Completion
The student must pass all the prescribed courses (mandatory - elective) successfully.
The student enrollment is to be terminated if he/she failed to study diploma more than
three years in case of failure or in case of non-entry exam excuse is unacceptable.
The university grants specialist diploma in physical therapy upon approval by the
faculty council according to the specialties of the various departments.
8- Learning Methods:
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
Lectures a1 to a18
b1,b2,b3,b4,b8
Active learning:
Project- Presentation -
Small group
discussion.- Brain
storming
a9,10,11,12
b5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15
d2,3,6,7
Practical training c1,2,5,6,7,8,9,10
d1,2,4,5,7
Lab sessions c3,4
d4,6,7
9- Learning facilities:
9-1-Teaching halls
9-2-Equipped labs
9-3- Library- Internet
9-4-Tools: Board and data show
9-5- patients
17
10- Evaluation of Program Intended Learning Outcomes
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
1-Written exams Knowledge and Understanding, Intellectual Skills
a1 to a18
b1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8, 10,11,12,13,14,15
2-Oral exams Knowledge and Understanding, Intellectual Skills and
Communication Skills
a1,2,3,4,5,10,11,12,17
b1,2,3,4,5,7,8,14
d1
3-Practical exam Professional and Practical Skills, Inter Personal and
Teamwork Skills and Self Management Skills
c1,2,5,6,7,8,9,10
d1
4-Applied exam Professional and Practical Skills
c3,4
d7
5-Log book General skills
d3,4,5,6,7
9- Ways of program evaluation
Evaluator
Tool
Sample
1- Senior students
Focus group
25%
2- Alumni
Focus group 25%
3- Stakeholders ( Employers)
Questionnaire 28
4-External Evaluator(s) (External Examiner(s)) Report 1
5- Other
Program coordinator: Signature: Date: / /
Attachment: Course Specifications Annex 1: Courses of the Diploma (1
st and 2
nd semesters)
1
University: Cairo
Faculty: Physical Therapy
Department: Physical therapy for musculoskeletal disorders and its surgery.
Program Specification
( 2013-2014 year)
A- Basic Information
1- Program Title: Diploma in physical therapy specialty of musculoskeletal disorders and its
surgery
2-Programme Type: Single
3- Department: Physical therapy for musculoskeletal disorders and its surgery
4- Program coordinator: Dr Mona Hassan Gamal
5- External evaluator: Prof.Dr Bassem Elnahass
6- Date of program specifications approval: 25/9/2014
7- Faculty council approval: 8 / 4 / 2014
B- Professional Information
Graduate attributes:
The graduate who will gain postgraduate diploma in physical therapy in specialty of
physical therapy for musculoskeletal disorders and its surgery should be able to:
1. Apply the gained specialized knowledge for professional practice in the field of
physical therapy for musculoskeletal disorders and its surgery.
2. Identify the professional problems and suggest solutions.
3. Have professional skills and use the appropriate technology in the field of physical
therapy for musculoskeletal disorders and its surgery.
4. Have communication and leadership of teamwork through the systematized
professional work.
5. Take decisions in accordance with the available information.
6. Utilize the available resources effectively.
7. Aware of his/her role in developing the society and the environment.
8. Act honestly and stick to profession's rules.
9. Realize the necessity to develop him/herself as well as involvement in continuing
education.
2
1- Program over all aims: This program aims to prepare the graduate to be able to:
1/1 Provide the post graduates with the ability to construct treatment program
depending on gained data from assessment tacking in to account the level of
physiological fitness, different body system reactions, different activities,
functional anatomy and mechanical principles of human movement.
1/2 Develop enough medical knowledge required for proper physical therapy
intervention
1/3 Understand different types of orthotics prosthetics and Prescribe appropriate device
for each case
1/4 Develop the ability to communicate effectively with other team members, be able to
work as a member and leader and develop skills of decision making in the presence
of information to solve female related disorders.
1/5 Establish an advanced base for data collection from different resources.
1/6 Aware of his role in society and help to maintain patient independency considering
ethical, legal and social issues during evaluation and treatment of patients.
1/7 Recognize the importance of self development and continuous education in the field
of physical therapy for obstetrics and gynecology.
2- Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs)
2/1 Knowledge and understanding By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
a1 Identify and recognize specific principles of objective and valid methods of measurement
a2 Identify kinetics formulas to calculate force and torque involved in movements of each
joint Describe kinematics analysis of athletic activities.
a3 Record the principles of constructing plan of treatment and setting goals taking into
account the relevant contextual factors.
a4 Promote research awareness and its application to physiotherapy practice and list
reference used in research.
a5 Recognize and understand anatomical and physiological relationship to physical therapy
practice emphasizing the dynamic relationships of human structures and function.
a6 Recognize specific principles and the goals of assessment and treatment based on
functional anatomy, exercise physiology and pathomechanics.
a7 Recognize the mechanical principles of orthotics and prosthetics and describe different
components of orthotics and prosthetics.
For elective courses the graduate should achieve one of the following
a8 Understand the importance of the application of biomechanical principles during daily
activities
a9 Recognize different sources of getting information about physical therapy; books.
Journals websites, etc.
a10 Recognize and identify specific principles upon which functional anatomy of selected
regions are based on.
a11 Identify the different physiological changes related to different exercise program
a12 Identify principles of writing a clinical research article.
2/2 Intellectual skills
3
The program will enable the graduate to:
b1 Select appropriate methods of assessment, relate the gained data and appreciate the need
for further assessment.
b2 Use biomechanical formulas to determine force and resistance of movement.
b3. Analyze research contents and correlate between research design and statistical analysis.
b4 distinguish the basic principles for orthotics and prosthetic devices and consider the
patient needs from the point of view of orthosis and prosthesis
b5 illustrate the different procedures used in treatment and assessment and the
framework of the new trends in orthopaedic physical therapy
b6 Realize the difference between descriptive anatomy and functional anatomy
b7 plan structure for developing professional practice and explain the effect of different
type of exercises on body health.
For elective courses .the program will enable the graduate to : .
b8 Select appropriate assessment and treatment methods according to biomechanical
principles.
b9 Categories problems according to information in the field of exercise physiology
and relate them to different knowledge
b10 Explain how to make research, and categorize its sources
b11 Relate anatomical function to common daily and athletic activities and analyze forces
affecting joints during a given activity.
b12 Criticize clinical research articles according to standard principles and . create his
own research.
2/3 Professional and Practical Skills By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
c1 Conduct efficiently measurements of musculoskeletal system performance based on
biomechanical and physiological principles using the relevant evaluative equipment.
c2 describe a research design appropriate for the research problem considering moral,
ethical and legal issues.
c3 Design and adapt treatment programs to the present situations and available facilities
based on biomechanical, anatomical and physiological rationale.
For elective courses the graduate should achieve one of the following
c4 Apply the physiological principles in evaluation.
c5 Conduct efficiently assessment and treatment techniques by the aid of functional
anatomy.
c6 demonstrate a literature review based on reliable sources.
2/4 General and Transferable skills By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
d1 Use technology to extract information.
d2 Demonstrate competence in the use of computer based information and handling
tools.
d3 Manage changes and responds to changing demands
For elective courses the graduate should achieve one of the following
4
d4 Display the potential for competence and attitude required for professional work
including initiative, leadership, and team skills and encourage self learning.
d5 Use internet as a means of communication and source of information.
d6 develop the respection of ethical and moral aspect in clinical work
3- Academic Standards
Comparison Between The Diploma Academic Standards of The National Authority For
Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education and Intended Learning Outcomes
(ILOs) Of The Diploma Program of Physical Therapy for musculoskeletal disorders
and its surgery
Corresponding ILO's Of
The Diploma Program For
Physical Therapy for
musculoskeletal disorders.
Academic Standards Of The
Diploma Program For
Physical Therapy for
musculoskeletal disorders
Academic Standards of
The National Authority
For Quality Assurance
and Accreditation of
Education
Program aims:
This program aims to prepare
the graduate to be able to:
Graduate's attributes:
A graduate who will gain the
diploma degree of physical
therapy of musculoskeletal
disorders should be able to:
: ياصفبث انخشج
خشج بشبيج انذبهيت ف أي
حخصص جب أ ك لبدسا
:عه
1-Provide the post
graduates with the ability
to construct treatment
program depending on
gained data from
assessment tacking in to
account the level of
physiological fitness,
different body system
reactions, different
activities, functional
anatomy and mechanical
principles of human
movement.
2-Develop enough
medical knowledge
required for proper
physical therapy
intervention
3-Understand different types
of orthotics prosthetics and
Prescribe appropriate device
for each case
1- Apply the gained specialized
knowledge for professional
practice in the field of
physical therapy for
musculoskeletal disorders
حطبك انعبسف .1.1
انخخصصت انخى اكخسبب
فى يبسسخت انت
2- Identify the professional
problems and suggesting
solutions.
ححذذ انشكالث انت 2.1
الخشاح حهال نب
3- Apply professional skills
and use the appropriate
technology in the field of
physical therapy for
musculoskeletal disorders.
احمب انبساث انت . 3.1
اسخخذاو انسبئم انخكنجت
انبسبت فى يبسسخت انت
5
4- Develop the ability to
communicate effectively with
other team members, be able
to work as a member and
leader and develop skills of
decision making in the
presence of information to
solve female related
disorders.
4- Have communication, and
lead a team work through a
systematized professional
work.
انخاصم لبدة فشق انعم 4.1
انى انظيى
5- Make decisions in
accordance with the
available information.
احخبر انمشاس فى ضء . 5.1
انعهيبث انخبحت
5-Establish an advanced base
for data collection from
different resources.
6- Use the available resources
effectively.
حظف اناسد انخبحت . 6.1
بكفبءة
6-Aware of his role in society
and help to maintain patient
independency considering
ethical, legal and social issues
during evaluation and
treatment of patients.
Aware of his/her role in
community development and
environmental conservation in
the field of physical therapy for
musculoskeletal disorders.
انعى بذس فى 7.1
حت انجخع انحفبظ عهى
انبئت
Act to reflect the commitment
to integrity and
credibility, and the rules of the
profession.
انخصشف بب عكس 8.1
االنخزاو ببنزات انصذلت
لاعذ انت حمبم
انسبئهت انحبسبت
7- Recognize the importance
of self development and
continuous education in the
field of physical therapy for
obstetrics and gynecology.
9- Be conscious of the
necessity to develop his/her
self and continue education.
ادسان ضشسة حت راحت 9.1
االخشاط فى انخعهى انسخش
2- Intended Learning
Outcomes (ILOs)
2/1 Knowledge and
understanding
2-Academic Standards
2.1-Knowledge and
Understanding
By the end of the diploma
program the graduate
should be able to
understand:
المعاييز القياسية العامة - 2
المعزفة و الفهم 2-1
ببخبء دساست بشبيج انذبهيت جب
أ ك انخشج لبدسا عهى انفى
: انذسات بكم ي
a1 Identify and recognize
specific principles of
objective and valid methods
of measurement
a2 Identify kinetics formulas
to calculate force and torque
involved in movements of
each joint Describe
kinematics analysis of athletic
activities.
1.Identify principles, theories
and specialized knowledge in
the field of physical therapy for
musculoskeletal disorders, as
well as of the other related
fields.
انظشبث األسبسبث 1.1.2
انعبسف انخخصصت ف يجبل انخعهى
كزا انعهو راث انعاللت ببسسخت
انت
6
a3 Record the principles of
constructing plan of treatment
and setting goals taking into
account the relevant contextual
factors.
For elective course
a8 Understand the importance
of the application of
biomechanical principles
during daily activities
2.Recognize moral and legal
principles for professional
practice in the field of physical
therapy for musculoskeletal
disorders.
انببدئ األخاللت انمبت 2.1.2
نهبسست انت ف يجبل انخخصص
a5 Recognize and understand
anatomical and physiological
relationship to physical
therapy practice emphasizing
the dynamic relationships of
human structures and
function.
a6 Recognize specific
principles and the goals of
assessment and treatment
based on functional anatomy,
exercise physiology and
pathomechanics.
a7 Recognize the mechanical
principles of orthotics and
prosthetics and describe
different components of
orthotics and prosthetics.
For elective cours
a9 Recognize different
sources of getting information
about physical therapy;
books. Journals websites, etc.
a10 Recognize and identify
specific principles upon
which functional anatomy of
selected regions are based on.
a11 Identify the different
3.Recognize principles and
basic quality assurance
regarding the professional
practices in the field of
physical therapy for
musculoskeletal disorders.
يببدئ أسبسبث انجدة 3.1.2
يجبل ف انبسست انت ف
انخخصص
7
physiological changes related
to different exercise program
a12 Identify principles of
writing a clinical research
article.
a4 Promote research
awareness and its application
to physiotherapy practice and
list reference used in research.
4.Recognize the impact of
professional practice on the
environment and work on the
environment maintenance
حأثش انبسست انت عهى 4.1.2
انبئت انعم عهى انبئت صبخب
2/2- Intellectual Skills
By the end of the diploma
program the graduate should
be able to:
2.2- Intellectual Skills
By the end of the diploma
program the graduate should be
able to:
المهارات الذهنية
ببخبء دساست بشبيج انذبهيت جب
: أ ك انخشج لبدسا عهى
b1 Select appropriate methods
of assessment, relate the
gained data and appreciate the
need for further assessment.
b2 Use biomechanical
formulas to determine force
and resistance of movement
b7 plan structure for
developing professional
practice and explain the effect
of different type of
exercises on body health.
For elective course
b9 Categories problems
according to information in
the field of exercise
physiology and
relate them to different
knowledge.
1. Analyze and detect the
problems in the field of
physical therapy for
musculoskeletal disorders and
organize them according to
their priorities.
ححهم ححذذ انشبكم ف 1.2.2
يجبل انخخصص حشحبب فمب
ألنخب
b4 distinguish the basic
principles for orthotics and
prosthetic devices and
consider the patient needs
from the point of view of
orthosis and prosthesis.
2. Solve specialized problems
depending on the available
information
فى حم انشبكم انخخصصت 2.2.2
يجبل يخ
3. Assess the risks of professional
practice.
حمى انخبطش ف 5.2.2
انبسسبث انت
b5 illustrate the different
procedures used in
treatment and assessment
4. Make professional decision in
accordance with available
information.
احخبر انمشاساث انت ف 6.2.2
ضء انعهيبث انخبحت
8
and the framework of the
new trends in orthopaedic
physical therapy
For elective course
b8 Select appropriate
assessment and treatment
methods according to
biomechanical principles.
b11 Relate anatomical
function to common daily and
athletic activities and analyze
forces affecting joints during
a given activity.
b3. Analyze research contents
and correlate between
research design and statistical
analysis.
b6 Realize the difference
between descriptive anatomy
and functional anatomy.
For elective course
b10 Explain how to make
research, and categorize its
sources
b12 Criticize clinical
research articles according
to standard principles and
. create his own research.
5. Analysis the researches in the
field of physical therapy for
musculoskeletal disorders.
انمشاءة انخحههت نالبحبد 7.2.2
اناضع راث انعاللت ببنخخصص
2/3- Professional skills
By the end of the diploma
program the graduate should
be able to:
2.3- Professional skills
By the end of the diploma
program the graduate
should be able to:
: المهارات المهنية
ببخبء دساست بشبيج انذبهيت جب
: أ ك انخشج لبدسا عهى
c1 Conduct efficiently
measurements of
musculoskeletal system
performance based on
biomechanical and
physiological principles using
the relevant evaluative
equipment.
For elective course
c4 Apply the physiological
principles in evaluation.
c5 Conduct efficiently
1- Apply professional skills
in the field of physical
therapy for
musculoskeletal
disorders.
حطبك انبساث انت 1.3.2
ف يجبل انخخصص
9
assessment and treatment
techniques by the aid of
functional anatomy.
c2 describe a research design
appropriate for the research
problem considering moral,
ethical and legal issues.
c3 Design and adapt treatment
programs to the present
situations and available
facilities based on
biomechanical, anatomical
and physiological rationale.
For elective course
c6 demonstrate a literature
review based on reliable
sources.
2- Write and evaluate
professional reports
كخببت حمى انخمبسش انت 2.3.2
2/4- General Skills
By the end of the diploma
program the graduate should
be able to:
4- General Skills
By the end of the diploma
program the graduate should be
able to:
المهارات العامة و المتنقلة
ببخبء دساست بشبيج انذبهيت جب
: أ ك انخشج لبدسا عهى
d6 develop the respection of
ethical and moral aspect in
clinical work.
1. Communicate verbally and
nonverbally with patients,
health care team and others
in an appropriate, effective
and capable manner
انخاصم انفعبل بأاع 1.4.2
انخخهفت
d1 Use technology to
extract information.
d2 Demonstrate competence
in the use of computer based
information and handling
tools.
2- Use information
technology to develop
professional practice
اسخخذاو حكنجب 2.4.2
انعهيبث بب خذو حطش انبسست
انت
d4 Display the potential for
competence and attitude
required for professional work
including initiative, leadership
and team skills.
3. Lead a team work in
ordinary professional
context.
لبدة فشك فى سبلبث 3.4.2
يبت يأنفت
d3 Manage changes and
responds to changing
demands.
4. Evaluate him/herself and
specify educational and
personal needs.
انخمى انزاح ححذذ 4.4.2
احخبجبحت
انخعهت
انشخصت
d5: Use internet critically as a 5. Use different resources for 5.4.2 اسخخذاو انصبدس انخخهفت
10
4- External References for Standards (Benchmarks)
- General Academic Reference Standards for the Postgraduate Studies Programs of the
National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education (NAQAAE).
- For professional standards:
Faculty academic standards were approved on faculty council in: 10/ 12 /2013
5- Program Structure and Contents
a. Program duration:
The program is conducted in two semesters:
1- First semester: Extends for six months; starts in October 1st and ends in March 31
st.
Exams are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies two courses from the faculty requirements’
courses in addition to other department mandatory courses.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
March 1st to March 15th.
- An application to choose the elective courses in the second semester should be
conducted before the end of the first semester from March 16th to March 30th
.
2- Second semester: Extends for six months; starts in May 1st and ends in October
31st. Exams are conducted in November.
- In this semester the student studies the remaining courses of the department
mandatory courses in addition to elective courses equivalent to eight credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
October 1st to October 15
th.
b. Program structure:
Credit hours: ( 30 )
(minimum)
Mandatory : ( 9 ) Elective : ( 5 )
mean of communication
and source of
information.
information and
knowledge
نهحصل عهى انعهيبث انعبسف
d4 Display the potential for
competence and attitude
required for professional work
including initiative, leadership
and team skills.
6. Work in a team and
manage time
انعم ف فشك إداسة 6,4.2
انلج
d4 Display the potential for
competence and attitude
required for professional work
including initiative,
leadership, and team skills
and encourage self learning.
7. Continuous self learning
انخعهى انزاحى ا انسخش7.4.2
11
Semesters
Courses Credit Hours Percentage
1st,2
nd and 3
rd
semesters Basic Physical Therapy sciences
Social sciences & Humanities
Medical sciences
Specialization sciences
Other sciences (computer,)
Field Training
6
0
9
18
2
0
17.15%
0%
25.71%
51.43%
5.71%
0%
Total 35 100%
Basic Physical Therapy sciences (----------,------------)
Social sciences & Humanities (----------,------------)
Medical sciences (----------,------------)
Specialization sciences (----------,------------)
Other sciences (computer,) (----------,------------)
Field Training (----------,------------)
i. Program Courses (1st semester )
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin A B C D
PT
500
Evaluation
and
Measurement
3 2 2 - 6 1 1 2
PT
501
Functional
anatomy 3 2 2 - 5,6 6 3 3
PT
502
P.T.
Practicum
(Specialty)
1 - - 3 3 5 3 1
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin A B C D
ORTH
500
Evaluation
and
measurement
in orthopedic.
3
1 4
6 1 1 2
ORTH
501
Orthopedic
biomechanics.
3 2 2
2 2 1 2,1
ORTH
503
Research
seminar.
2 2
4 3 2 2
12
ii. Program Courses (2nd
semester)
1. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin A B C D
ORTH
502
Clinical
practice
3 - - 9 3 5,7 3 3
ORTH
504
Orthotics and
prosthetics
2 2 - - 7 4 - 1
ORTH
510
Directed
reading in
orthopedic
physical
therapy.
2 2 - - 1 3 2 2
iii. Department elective courses (Minimum 2 credit hours in 2nd
semester and 6
credit hours in 3rd
semester)
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Theoretical Lab/
Pr Clin A B C D
ORTH
505
Functional anatomy in
orthopedic
3 2 2 10 11 5 4,5,6
ORTH
506
Exercise
physiology
3 3 11 9 4 5
ORTH
507 Kinesiology
3 2 2 8 8 -
6
ORTH
508 Independent study.
2 2 2 12 - -
ORTH
509
Seminar in selected
topics.
2 2 9 10 6 4
6- Program Admission Requirements
The applicant must hold a bachelor degree in physical therapy from any Egyptian
universalities follow the organizing law of the universities or other equivalent
university with grade (fair) at least in the general grade.
13
Student must have spent a period of training for at least a calendar year in the area of
specialization he/she wants to join.
Student must pass an exam for English language in accordance to the rules laid down
by the College council.
The date of admission and registration of students is the date of approval by the
responsible vice president of the university as a commissioner of the graduate studies
and research council.
The college is entitled to impose supplementary courses to offset the preparatory year
of master degree that the student should reimburse 500 pounds for each course with
maximum of 2000 pounds with the exception of demonstrators from the payment of
such fees.
7- Regulations for Progression and Program Completion
The student must pass all the prescribed courses (mandatory - elective) successfully.
The student enrollment is to be terminated if he/she failed to study diploma more than
three years in case of failure or in case of non-entry exam excuse is unacceptable.
The university grants specialist diploma in physical therapy upon approval by the
college council according to the specialties of the various departments.
8- Learning Methods:
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
Lectures a 1,2,5,6,7,8,10,11,2
b 4,6,7,10
Active learning:
Project- Presentation -
Small group
discussion.- Brain
storming
a 3,4,9
b 5,9,11,12
d 1,2,4,5
Practical training b 1,2,3,8
c 2,3,4,5,7
d 3
Lab sessions c 1,6
9- Learning facilities:
9-1-Teaching halls
9-2-Equipped labs
9-3- Library- Internet
9-4-Tools: Board and data show
10- Evaluation of Program Intended Learning Outcomes
14
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
1-Written exams A2,a3,a7, b6,b9,b10,b12,c2, c3, c9,d5
2-Oral exams A1,a4,a5,a6,a8,a9,b5
4- Practical exam B1,b2,b3,b4,b7,b8,b11,c1,c4,c5,c6,c7,d1,d2,d3,d4,d6
11- Ways of program evaluation
Evaluator
Tool
Sample
1- Senior students
Questionnaire 25%
2- Alumni
Questionnaire 25%
3- Stakeholders ( Employers)
Questionnaire 28
4-External Evaluator(s) Report 1
Program coordinator: dr/ Mona Hassan Gamal Signature:
Date: / /
1
Cairo University
Faculty: Physical Therapy
Department: Physical therapy for surgery
Programme Specification
( 2013 / 2014 year)
A- Basic Information
1- Programme Title: Diploma in physical therapy specialty of Surgery
2-Programme Type: Single
3- Department (s): Physical therapy for surgery
4- Program coordinator: Dr. Haidy Nady Asham
5- External evaluator: prof.dr . Mohamed Sadek
6- Date of programme specifications approval department council: 8 /9 / 2013
7- Faculty council approval: 8 / 4 / 2014
B- Professional Information
Graduate Attributes:
A graduate of postgraduate diploma of physical therapy for surgery should
be able to:
1) Apply the gained specialized knowledge for professional practice
in the field of physical therapy for surgery and burn.
2) Identify the professional problems and suggest solutions.
3) Have perfection of professional skills and use the appropriate
technology in the field of physical therapy for surgery and burn.
2
4) Have communication and leadership of teamwork through the
systematized professional work.
5) Take decisions in accordance with the available information.
6) Utilize the available resources effectively.
7) Aware of his/her role in developing the society and the
environment.
8) Act honestly and stick to profession's rules.
9) Realize the necessity to develop him /herself as well as
involvement in continuing education.
1-Programme aims
The program aims for:
1.Proposing acquired specialized knowledge in his/her professional practice
2. Differentiating professional problems and find creative solution to solve it.
3.Developing a professional manual skills in application of therapeutic modalities
4.Organising team work in management of different disorder through oral and written communication of scientific
information in the field of physical therapy for basic science effectively
5. Planning a decision for solution of practical problem according to available information.
6. Designing a comprehensive treatment programs through selection of appropriate therapeutic modalities for
treatment of different patients.
7. Pointing out his /her responsibility toward community and conserving the environment by explaining the
precaution and risks of therapeutic modalities
8. Taking apart the ethical principles of application of advanced evaluation and treatment techniques of patient
problems
9. Modifying his /her professional Knowledge through continuous education
2- Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs)
3
2/1 Knowledge and understanding
By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to understand:
a1: Recognize knowledge about skin layers and contents
a2: Identify the structures of each skin layers , nerve supply , lymphatic system and blood.
a3: Identify the main function of the skin as organ and vital function of hairs and glands of the skin.
a4: Describe pre and postoperative assessment tools as well as measurement tools to evaluate muscle strength ,
co-orination and functional approach in burn patients.
a5: Identify each evaluation procedures in tool used in surgical and burn cases.
a6: Express ICU equipement related to physical therapy.
a7: Identify the indications, contraindications, and complications of intensive care unit (ICU).
a8: Discuss carbohydrate, protein and fat chemistry.
a9: Identify types of solution and their properties like osmotic pressure and surface tension.
a10: Explain biology of wound healing.
a11: Describe management of wound healing with physical therapy modalities.
a12: Recognize exercises therapy, hydro therapy for burn cases.
a13: Explain management for post operative complications.
a14: Summarize different methods of transfer and state different techniques of post operative
transfering techniques.
a15: Identify the causes, characteristics and causes of post burn complications and their management.
For elective courses: the graduate should be able to do one or more of the following:
a16: Understand the incidence, characteristics and causes of post burn polyneuropathy (surg 507)
a17: Restate types, classifications and causes of post operative pain and identify new physical therapy tools of
assessment and treatment of post operative pain. (surg 508)
a18: Report common classification of inhalation injuries and recognize the cardio pulmonary monitoring for these
cases. (surg 509)
a19: Identify the scientific terms of hypertrophic scar, characteristics, factor affecting and problems of
hypertrophic scars. (surg 510)
4
a20: Describe normal walking pattern and causes of gait deviation. (surg 511)
a21: Identify with common problems of gait deviation. (surg 511)
For elective courses:
2/2- Intellectual Skills
By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
b1: Classify different contents of the skin.
b2: Differentiate between skin layers.
b3: Design the best evaluative tools and procedures for each burn and surgical patients.
b4: Differentiate between different evaluative methodology for burn and surgical cases.
b5: Examine the work of each equipement in intensive care unit (ICU) for surgical patients.
b6: Differentiate between different intensive care unit (ICU) equipement with the same indications for
surgical patients.
b7: Ste Up the physiochemical principles.
b8: Analyze biochemical effects of burn injuries on the metabolic processes in the body.
b9: Classify most suitable tools in measuring wound healing.
b10: Differentiate among management of wound healing by wound characterizes.
b11: Predict most suitable electrotherapy modalities for post burn cases.
b12: Design exercises therapy for cancer.
b13: Arrange suitable tools for transfer following surgery.
For elective courses: the graduate should be able to do one or more of the following:
b14: Analyze the vital role of physical therapy in post burn poly neuropathy(surg 507).
b15: Analyze the methods of assessment and treatment of post-operative pain(surg 508).
b16: Ste Up proper physical therapy program for patients with inhalation injuries. (surg 509).
b17: Analyze the vital role of physical therapy in hypertrophic scar. (surg 510)
b18: Differentiate between hypertrophic scar and keloid. (surg 510)
b19: Analyze the methods for prevention of gait deviation and control of gait(surg 511).
5
b20: Arrange ideal methods of gait evaluation. (surg 511)
2/3- Professional skills
By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
c1: Compare the skin layers and its contents in relation to its function
c2: Apply the gain knowledge of the skin in dealing with patients
c3: Demonstrate the updated assessment methods in burn and surgical cases
c4: Use the updated intensive care unit (ICU) equipment
c5: Draw physical therapy program during and after intensive care unit (ICU).
c6: Report the biochemistry of muscles, nerves, cartilage and bones
c7: Apply different physiochemical principles on burn and surgical cases.
c8: Report biology of wound healing
c9: Apply different physical therapy modalities in the management of wound healing
c10: Apply exercises therapy for cancer.
c11: Model transferring techniques for post-operative patient.
c12: Choose the ideal technique for transferring surgical patient.
For elective courses: the graduate should be able to do one or more of the following:
c13: Choose the best tools of physical therapy modalities for post burn complications management. (surg 507)
c14: Report the best tools in physical therapy assessment and management of post-operative pain. (surg 508)
c15: Classify the uses of the basic instruments and surgical procedures in chest complications after inhalation
injury. (surg 509)
c16: Apply chest examination for patients with inhalation injuries(surg 509).
c17: Report hints for application of physiotherapeutic modalities with the cases of hypertrophic scar. (surg 510)
c18: Apply new techniques for the enhancement of movement and control of gait deviation. (surg 511)
2/4- General and transferable Skills
By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
d1: Demonstrate competence in the usage of computer as a source of information in the role of physical therapy for
burn and surgical patients.
6
d2: Use internet critically as a mean of communication with and source of new information of the role of physical
therapy in the management and dealing with different burn and surgical cases.
d3: Co-operate effectively as a member of the team dealing with and managing burn and surgical patients.
d4: Use the new trends and ideas of other physical therapist in the field of physical therapy for burn and surgical cases.
d5: State a positive target in management of burn and surgical patients and a plan for achieving it.
d6: Manage time, personal emotions and stress.
d7: Prioritize workloads during managing burn and surgical patients.
d8: Record burn and surgical patients’ demands and the appropriate methods in managing these changes.
d9: Communicate effectively with burn and surgical patient relatives and health care professionals establishing
professional and ethical relationship.
d10: Share the ideas of others in the field of physical therapy for burn and surgical cases.
3- Academic Standards
3/1- Graduate attributes:
The graduate who will gain postgraduate diploma in physical therapy in specialty of surgery
should be able to:
4- External References for Standards (Benchmarks)
- General Academic Reference Standards for the Postgraduate Studies Programs of the National
Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education (NAQAAE).
5- Programme Structure and Contents
a. Programme duration:
The programme is conducted in two semesters:
1- First semester: Extends for six months; starts in October 1st and ends in March 31
st. Exams
are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies two courses from the faculty requirements’ courses
in addition to other department mandatory courses.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from March 1st
to March 15th.
- An application to choose the elective courses in the second semester should be
conducted before the end of the first semester from March 16th to March 30th.
2- Second semester: Extends for six months; starts in May 1st and ends in October 31
st. Exams
are conducted in November.
- In this semester the student studies the remaining courses of the department mandatory
courses in addition to elective courses equivalent to eight credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from October
1st to October 15
th.
b. Programme structure:
Credit hours: ( 37) Mandatory : ( 25 ) Elective : ( 12 )
7
Semesters
Courses Credit Hours Percentage
1
st,2
nd and 3
rd
semesters
Basic Physical Therapy sciences
Social sciences & Humanities
Medical sciences
Specialization sciences
Other sciences (computer,)
Field Training
3
0
9
25
0
0
8.11%
0%
24,32%
67.56%
%
%
Total 37 100%
Basic Physical Therapy sciences (PT 500, )
Medical sciences (PT 501, SURG500,SURG503, SURG 504)
Specialization sciences (PT 502, SURG 501,SURG 502, SURG 504,SURG 505, SURG 506,
SURG507, SURG 508, SURG 509, SURG510, SURG 511).
i. Programme Courses (1st semester )
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
PT
500
Evaluation
and
Measurement
3 2 2 - 4,5 3,4 3 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10
PT
501
Functional
anatomy 3 2 2 - 1,2,3 1,2 1,2 1,2
PT
502
P.T.
Practicum
(Specialty)
1 - - 3
4,5,,12,13
,14
3,4,11,13
,11
2,3,8,9
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
SURG
500
Regional skin
anatomy 3 2 - 2 1,2,3 1,2 1,2 2
8
SURG
501
Measurement
method in
physical
therapy field
3 2 - 2 4,5,13
3,4,12
3 2,3,9
SURG
503 Biochemistry 3 2 - 2 8,9 7,8 6,7 2,8
ii. Programme Courses (2nd
semester)
1. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
SURG
502
ICU
equipment
orientation
2
1
-
2
6,7
5,6
4,5,
2,3,5,6,7,8,9,10
SURG
504
Wound
management
3
2
-
2
10,11
9,10
8,9
2,3,4,8,9
SURG
505
Practical
training on
some
selected
cases (post
operative)
2
1
-
2
5,13,
15
11,12
10
2,3,8,9
SURG
506
Transferring
post
operative
2 1 - 2 14 13 11,12 2
9
iii. Department elective courses (Minimum 2 credit hours in 2nd semester and 6 credit hours
in 3rd
semester)
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical
Lab/
Pr
Clin a b c d
SURG
507
Post burn
polyneuropathy 3 2 - 3 16 14 13 2,3,9
SUGR
508
Post operative pain
management 3 2 - 3 17 15 14
2, 9,
10
SURG
509
Role of physical
therapy in inhalation
injury
2 2 - - 18 16 15,16 3,5,9,
10
SURG
510
Hyper trophic scar
evaluation
2 2
-
-
19 17,18
17
1,2,6,
7,8
SURG
511
Gait deviation
treatment 2 2
-
-
20,21 19,20 18 2,3,8,
9
6- Programme Admission Requirements
The applicant must hold a bachelor degree in physical therapy from any Egyptian
universalities follow the organizing law of the universities or other equivalent university with
grade (fair) at least in the general grade.
Student must have spent a period of training for at least a calendar year in the area of
specialization he/she wants to join.
Student must pass an exam for English language in accordance to the rules laid down by the
College council.
The date of admission and registration of students is the date of approval by the responsible
vice president of the university as a commissioner of the graduate studies and research
council.
The college is entitled to impose supplementary courses to offset the preparatory year of
master degree that the student should reimburse 500 pounds for each course with maximum
of 2000 pounds with the exception of demonstrators from the payment of such fees.
7- Regulations for Progression and Programme Completion
10
The student must pass all the prescribed courses (mandatory - elective) successfully.
The student enrollment is to be terminated if he/she failed to study diploma more than three
years in case of failure or in case of non-entry exam excuse is unacceptable.
The university grants specialist diploma in physical therapy upon approval by the college
council according to the specialties of the various departments.
8- Learning Methods:
8-1-Lectures
8-2-Active learning: Project- Presentation - Small group discussion.- Brain storming
8-3- Practical training
8-4-Lab sections
9- Learning facilities:
9-1-Teaching halls
9-2-Equipped labs
9-3- Library- Internet
9-4-Tools: Board and data show
10- Evaluation of Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
1-Written exams To assess Knowledge and Understanding
2-Oral exams To assess Knowledge and Understanding, Intellectual Skills and General
Skills.
3-Applied exam To assess Professional and Practical Skills and General Skills.
4- Practical exam To assess Professional and Practical Skills.
11- Ways of programme evaluation
Evaluator
Tool
Sample
1- Senior students
Questionnaire 25%
2- Alumni
Questionnaire 25%
3- Stakeholders ( Employers)
Questionnaire 28
4-External Evaluator(s) Report 1
Program coordinator: Dr. Haidy Nady Asham Signature: Date: 8 /9 /2013
Deparment council approval:8/9/2013
11
Head of Department: Prof .Dr. Adel Nossier
Attachment: Course Specifications
Annex 1: Courses of the Diploma Degree (1st, 2
nd and 3
rd semesters)
At the end of the program the student will be able to:
Abraise research work.
Share the community service programs.
Collect and survey community problems.
Teach other health care members.
Organize case studies and clinical seminars.
Able to practice care values.
Update the clinical skills.
Apply the skills and high level of professio
24
University: Cairo
Faculty: Physical Therapy
Department: Physical Therapy for Neuromuscular Disorders and Its surgery
Programme Specification
(2013/ 2014 year)
A- Basic Information
1- Programme Title: Diploma in physical therapy in specialty of Neuromuscular Disorders and Its
surgery
2-Programme Type: Single
3-Department (s): Physical Therapy for Neuromuscular Disorders and Its surgery.
4-Programme coordinator: Prof. Dr. Hussien Shaker
5- External evaluator: Prof. Dr. Ebtesam Fahmy
6-Date of program specifications approval:
- Department council approval: 22 / 12 / 2013
- Faculty council approval: 8 / 4 / 2014
B- Professional Information
Graduate's attributes:
A graduate of diploma program in physical therapy for neuromuscular disorders and its
surgery should be able to:
1. Apply the gained specialized knowledge in professional practice.
2. Identify professional practical problems and its solutions in the field of physical therapy for
neuromuscular disorders and its surgery.
3. Master the professional skills and how to use appropriate means of technology in his/her
professional practice.
4. Communicate with the teamwork through the systematized professional work in the field of
physical therapy for neuromuscular disorders and its surgery.
5. Make appropriate decisions in light of available information in the field of physical therapy for
neuromuscular disorders and its surgery.
6. Employ the available resources efficiently.
7. Aware his/her role in community development and environmental conservation in relation to
physical therapy for neuromuscular disorders and its surgery.
8. Reflect the commitment to integrity and credibility, and the rules of the profession and to accept
accountability in physical therapy for neuromuscular disorders and its surgery.
9. Realize the need to develop his/her self and to engage in continuous learning.
1- Programme aims
1/1 Enable the graduate to identify the anatomy and physiology of central and peripheral nervous system
and differentiate between normal and abnormal changes.
1/2 Prepare the graduate to define causes, clinical picture, pathological changes, differentiate among
different neurological disorders radiologically & electro-diagnostically and the treatment of those disorders.
25
1/3 Enable the graduate to define differential diagnosis, investigation (electrophysiological & radiological)
and treatment of different neurological disorders.
1/4 Prepare the graduate to interpret the role of physiotherapy pre and postoperatively and basics of
administration to hospitals or medical centers & develop proper attitudes in relation between the therapist
and the patient.
1/5 Offer the graduate to cite standardized assessment tools needed for neurological disorders and predict its
functional outcomes.
1/6 Enable the graduate to demonstrate in competence the based information in handling and updating.
1/7 Provide the graduate the ability to identify the basic terminology and concepts of biomechanics and
apply it properly in neurological rehabilitation.
1/8. Provide the graduate with the importance of communication and leadership in the medical team for the
service of the patient with neuromuscular disorders and its surgery.
2- Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs)
2/1 - Knowledge and understanding
a1: Define basic information about the structure and function of the major organ systems.
a2: Discuss the underlying neurological & biomechanical basis of the human body.
a3: Differentiate between various neurological disorders and assess it properly.
a4: Identify the patho-physiology and clinical picture of various neurological disorders.
a5: Define the underlying pathophysiological mechanisms of different neurological dysfunctions and the
various neuro-diagnostic imaging tools (X-rays, CT, MRI & brain angiography) used to differentiate
between neurological disorders.
a6: List different neurosurgical intervention levels in all neurological disorders in relation with physical
therapy.
a7: Describe the role of physiotherapy in pre and post operative of different neurosurgical conditions
and its effects on prognosis.
a8: Identify role of administration in medical services.
For elective courses, the programm aims to: a9: Review the ethical and legal aspects and the effects of different physical therapy interventions
(Sensory reeducation, balance training, spinal mobilization & manipulation, Brunnstom & Bobath
techniques & different rehabilitation techniques) and all types of orthoses and prosthesis.
2/2 - Intellectual Abilities
b1: Document patient response to physical therapy treatment (e.g. techniques of controlling
spasticity, balance training, mobilization,…etc,) and the effect of different medical treatments
on patient progress.
b2: Analyze the neurological disorders according to clinical picture, radiological findings and
available facilities.
b3: Apply biomechanical principles in assessment and treatment of different neurological
patients with proper choosing of orthosis and describe to patient relatives how to fix it.
b4: Utilize proper problem solving concepts in different neurological cases to plan a physical
therapy program for each patient depending on findings from appropriate imaging tools (X-
rays, CT, MRI & brain angiography).
b5: Relate the role of neuronatomy and physiology of the nervous system on different clinical
conditions.
26
b6: Select the proper administrative level to communicate in such problems.
2/3 - Professional and Practical Skills
c1: Develop skills in performing general examination (e.g. muscle tone, power, balance,
sensation,….etc,)
c2: Organize the different assessment tools (e.g. Electrogoniometers, Surface EMG, isokinetic
system, balance master,…etc,) according to the priority of patient problems.
c3: Design treatment program according to the present evaluation and available facilities to
gain proper function of the affected part and apply it according to multidisciplinary plans.
c4: Classify the patient neurological and neurosurgical problems and differentiate between
them clinically according to the anatomy and function of the affected part of the nervous
system.
c5: Develop skills in motion analysis (upper extremity movement & gait analysis) of different
neurological cases.
C6: Input different radiological findings in planning proper physical therapy program.
C7: Solve interdepartmental relationship problems.
For elective courses, the programm aims to:
C8: Modify the orthoses or prosthesis according to needs of each patient.
2/4 - General skills
d1: Communicate effectively with patients and their relatives.
d2: Communicate respectively with teaching staff, other medical staff and demonstrators.
d3: Demonstrate competence in based information handling and data processing tools (e.g. internet
searches & presentation processes).
d4: Self assessment and identifying personal learning needs.
d5: Follow through internet efficiently as a mean of communication and source of information.
d6: Work effectively in teamwork and manage time.
d7: Lead a team in familiar professional contexts.
d8: Do self learning and continuing education.
3- Academic Standards
3/1 General Standards:
3/1/1 Knowledge and Understanding:
A graduate of diploma program in physical therapy for neuromuscular disorders and its
surgery should be able to understand:
1. Principles and theories in the field of physical therapy for neuromuscular disorders and its
surgery, as well as of other related fields.
2. Ethical and legal principles regarding the professional practices in the field of physical
therapy for neuromuscular disorders and its surgery.
3. Principles and basic quality assurance concerning the professional practices in the field of
physical therapy for neuromuscular disorders and its surgery.
4. The impact of professional practice on the environment and safeguarding
and maintenance of the environment.
3/1/2 Intellectual Skills:
27
A graduate of post graduate diploma program in physical therapy for neuromuscular
disorders and its surgery should be able to: 1. Identify and analyze the problems in the field of physical therapy for neuromuscular disorders
and its surgery, as well as arrange them according to their priorities.
2. Solve specialized problems in the field of physical therapy for neuromuscular disorders and
its surgery.
3. Combine different knowledge to solve professional problems.
4. Read and analyze researches and articles in the field of physical therapy for neuromuscular
disorders and its surgery.
5. Assess risks of the professional practices in the field of physical therapy for neuromuscular
disorders and its surgery.
6. Take professional decisions in different professional situations.
3/1/3 Professional skills:
A graduate of diploma program in physical therapy for neuromuscular disorders and its
surgery should be able to:
1. Implement professional skills in the field of physical therapy for neuromuscular disorders and
its surgery.
2. Write professional clinical reports.
3/1/4 General Skills:
A graduate of diploma program in physical therapy for neuromuscular disorders and its
surgery should be able to:
1. Communicate effectively verbal and nonverbal.
2. Use information technology to serve the development of professional practice.
3. Do self assessment and identify personal learning needs.
4. Use different sources to obtain information and knowledge.
5. Work in a team and manage time.
6. Lead a team in familiar professional contexts.
7. Do self learning and continuing education.
4- External References for Standards (Benchmarks)
- General Academic Reference Standards for the Postgraduate Studies Programs of the National
Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education (NAQAAE) (March, 2009).
5- Programme Structure and Contents
a. Programme duration: The programme is conducted in two semesters:
1- First semester: Extends for six months; starts in 1st of October and ends in 31
st of March.
Exams are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies two courses from the faculty requirements’ courses in
addition to other department mandatory courses.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be filled from March 1st to
March 15th
.
- The student fills a form about the elective courses he/she wants to take in the second
semester from March 16th
to March 30th
.
28
2- Second semester: Extends for six months; starts in May 1st and ends in October 31
st. Exams
are conducted in November.
- In this semester the student studies the remaining mandatory courses of the department
mandatory courses in addition to elective courses equivalent to eight credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be filled from 1st of October to
15th
of October.
b. Programme structure:
Credit hours: (35) Theoretical :(29) Applied: (11) Total: ( 30 )
Mandatory : (11) Elective : ( 4 ) Optional: ( 8 )
Semesters
Courses Credit Hours Percentage
1st and 2
nd
semesters Basic Physical Therapy sciences
Social sciences & Humanities
Medical sciences
Specialization sciences
Other sciences (computer,)
Field Training
10,5
2
11
8
0,5
3
30
5,71
31,43
22,86
1,43
8,57
Total 35 100%
Basic Physical Therapy sciences (PT 500 (3), Pt 501 (3), NEUR 503 (2))
Social sciences & Humanities (NEUR 508 (3), NEUR 510 (2))
Medical sciences (NEUR 500 (2), NEUR 501 (2), NEUR 502 (2), NEUR 506 (3), NEUR 507
(1))
Specialization sciences (PT 502 (1), NEUR 504 (3), NEUR 505 (2), NEUR 508(3), NEUR
509 (3), NEUR 511 (3)).
Other sciences (NEUR 510 (2))
Field Training (PT 502, NEUR 508(3), NEUR 511 (3)).
i. Programme Courses (1st semester )
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
PT
500
Evaluation
and
Measurement
3 2 2 - 3,5 3 1-6,8 2,3,5
PT
501
Functional
anatomy 3 2 2 - 1 5 4 5
PT
502
P.T.
Practicum
(Specialty)
1 - - 3 2,4,5 2,5 3,4 1-8
29
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
NEUR
500 Radiology 2 1 - 3 5 2 6 1,2,5,6,8
NEUR
501 Neurophysiology 2 2 - - 1,2 2,5 - 2,5,7
NEUR
502 Neuroanatomy 2 2 - - 1,2 2,5 - 3,5
ii. Programme Courses (2nd
semester)
1. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
NEUR
503 Biomechanics 2 2 - - 2 3 -
3,5
NEUR
504
P.T for
Neurology 3 2 2 - 3-5 2,4 1-4 1-8
NEUR
505
P.T for
Neurosurgery 2 2 - - 7 1,2,3 -
3,5
NEUR
506 Neurology 3 3 - - 3,4 1,3 -
3,5
NEUR
507 Neurosurgery 1 1 - - 6,7 2 -
3,5
iii. Department elective courses (Minimum 2 credit hours in 2nd
semester and 6 credit hours
in 3rd
semester)
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lect. Lab/pr. Clin a b c d
NEUR
508 Rehabilitation 3 3 - - 3,7,9 1-3 - 3,5
NEUR
509
Orthotics and
Prothesis 3 2 2 - 2,9 2-4 8 3,5,7,8
NEUR
510
Hospital
Management 2 2 - - 8 6 7 3,5,8
NEUR
511
Special
Techniques in
Neurology
3 3 - - 3,7 1,2,4,6 1-6,8 3,5,7,8
6- Programme Admission Requirements
The applicant must hold a bachelor's degree in physical therapy from any egyptian
universalities under the law regulating universities or other equivalent university with grade
(fair) at least in the general grade.
30
Student must have spent a period of training for at least a calendar year in the area of
specialization he/she wants to join.
Student must pass an exam for english language in accordance to the rules laid down by the
College council.
The date of admission and registration of students is the date of approval by the competent
vice president of the university as a commissioner of the graduate studies and research
council.
The college is entitled to impose supplementary courses to offset the preparatory year of
master’s degree that the student should reimburse 500 pounds for each course with maximum
of 2000 pounds with the exception of demonstrators from the payment of such fees.
7- Regulations for Progression and Programme Completion
The student must pass all the prescribed courses (mandatory - elective) successfully.
The student enrollment is to be terminated if he/she failed to study diploma more than three
years in case of failure or in case of non-entry exam excuse is unacceptable.
The university grants specialist diploma in physical therapy upon approval by the college
council according to the specialties of the various departments.
8- Learning and Teaching Methods:
Traditional learning-Lectures (program ILOS a1-a9, b1- b6).
Active learning (Project- Presentation-Small group discussion-Brain storming) (program
ILOS b1- b6, c1- c8).
Practical training (program ILOS c1- c8).
Lab sections (program ILOS c1- c8, d1- d8).
9- Teaching and learning and Facilities:
Teaching halls.
Equipped labs.
Library-internet.
Tools Board and data show.
10- Evaluation of Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
1-Written exams Knowledge and Understanding, and Intellectual Skills (program
ILOS a1-a9, b1- b6)
2-Applied exam Knowledge and Understanding, Intellectual Skills, Professional
and Practical Skills, and General and Transferable Skills
31
(program ILOS a1-a9, b1- b6, c1- c8, d1- d8)
3-Practical exam Knowledge and Professional and Practical Skills, General and
Transferable Skills (program ILOS a1-a9, b1- b6, d1- d8).
11- Ways of programme evaluation
Evaluator
Tool
Sample
1- Senior students
Focus group
All students
2- Alumni
Focus group 25%
3- Stakeholders ( Employers)
Questionnaire 28
4-External Evaluator(s) Report 1
Program coordinator: Ass.Prof. Dr. Waleed Talat
Signature:
Head of Department: Prof.Dr. Abdel Aleim Attya
Date: 22 / 12 / 2013
Attachment: Course Specifications
Annex 1: Courses of the Diploma (1st and 2
nd semesters)
1
Cairo University
Faculty of Physical Therapy
Department of Physical Therapy for Growth and Development Disorders in
Children and its Surgery
Program Specification
(Academic Year: 2013/2014) A- Basic Information
1- Program Title: Diploma in Physical Therapy specialty of Physical Therapy for
Growth and Development Disorders in Children and its Surgery
2-Program Type: Single
3- Department (s): Physical Therapy for Growth and Development Disorders in Children
and its Surgery
4- Program coordinator: Dr. Shorouk El-Shennawy
5- External evaluator: Prof. Dr. Shadia Abdel Aziz
6- Date of departmental approval: 17/12/2013
7- Faculty council approval: 8 / 4 / 2014
B- Professional Information
Program Description
The graduate of diploma program in Physical Therapy for Growth and
Development Disorders in Children and its Surgery should be able to:
Utilize research evidence base in practice and management in neuromuscular, and
musculoskeletal abnormalities in pediatrics to help in arrangement, organization, and
presentation different case studies.
Present clinical ideas and make clinical rounds such as how to use orthoses in
different cases according to different diagnosis.
Collect knowledge about his or her community.
1. Program Aims: To provide the graduate with knowledge of different types of skills necessary to
act as a specialist with accepted degree of professionalism of competency in the field of
physical therapy of Physical Therapy for Growth and Development Disorders in Children
and its Surgery
1.1. Describe course distribution, common lesions of the nervous system and how this affect
normal growth and development process in children and its reflection on treatment planning.
1.2. Identify the design, fabrication and description of adaptive devices for handicapped
children.
1.3. Describe the successful design of hospital administration.
1.4. Analyze the qualitative and quantitative motion factors and its reflection manufacturing
of assistive devices in handicapped children.
1.5. Design different evaluation and treatment procedures used for treating psychological
problems in handicapped children.
1.6. Apply biochemical principles and processes occurring inside human body help the
Physiotherapists in designing suitable treatment planning for children.
1.7. Express philosophy and principles of rehabilitation and team members' coordination.
2
1.8. Describe the common musculoskeletal and neuromuscular conditions in pediatrics.
1.9. Explain the principles and importance of radiological techniques and its effects during
management of children.
2. Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs)
a. Knowledge and Understanding
By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to: a1: Describe different types of congenital anomalies through all the body according to
principles of functional anatomy, biomechanics and force-velocity relations.
a2: Describe structure of the human body, stages of development and concepts of using
electrodiagnostic tools in management of handicapped children.
a3: Recognize roles, theories and objectives of physiotherapeutic pediatric
rehabilitation.
a4: Recognize the biomechanical and biochemical effects of different management
tools on the properties of body tissues.
a5: State normal and abnormal behaviors at different ages and how to deal with.
a6: Explain the anatomical principles and anatomy of muscles and nerves in upper and
lower limbs.
The student will be also able to do some of the following according to the choosen
elective courses:
a7: Identify types, principles, indications, contraindications and importance of different
radio Gnostic models in management of children.
a8: Explain anatomical, neurophysiologic and biomechanical principles in design,
prescription and fabrication of adaptive devices for handicapped children.
a9: Relate sequences of effective hospital administration, as well as the ethical
communication with team members.
b. Intellectual skills
By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
b1: Design suitable treatment programs for different types of nerve lesions in pediatrics.
b2: Construct the common clinical features of the most common pediatric diseases.
b3: Explain the appropriate management of the children with motor disabilities.
b4: Inspect anatomical structures ion radiographs and its relation to development
process and selection of the suitable electrodiagnostic tool for management of nerve
lesions in children.
b5: Estimate the different biomechanical factors in selection of adaptive devices for
handicapped children.
b6: Interpret radiological reports in different pediatric conditions.
b7: Relate biochemical information with physical therapy modalities and exercises to have a
maximum effect of therapeutic intervention.
The student will be also able to do some of the following according to the choosen
elective courses:
b8: Design the proper place and service area for effective hospital administration.
c. Professional and Practical Skills
By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
c1: Use the radio diagnostic tools in physiotherapeutic management of handicapped
children.
c2: Apply the suitable assistive devices for the deformed joints in children.
c3: Evaluate the cycle of gait in handicapped children.
3
c4: Select the suitable electrodiagnostic protocols for management of handicapped
children.
c5: Illustrate normal vital signs, normal physical and mental developmental sequences
and normal anthropometric measures in handicapped children.
c6: Apply suitable therapeutic exercises with predetermined estimation energy
expenditure.
c7: Apply the suitable treatment techniques for the handicapped children.
c8: Operate the therapeutic exercise program for every patient according to his
physiological and nutritional status.
d. General and Transferable Skills
By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to: d1: Demonstrate competence in the use of computer based information.
d2: Display the potential for leadership and team skills.
d3: Respond appropriately to individual and cultural differences in all aspects of
physical therapy services for children.
d4: Enhance personal and rapport with child and family members.
d5: Teach child, families and significant others to perform or assist with selected
physical therapy procedures.
d6: Communicate verbally and non verbally with patient health care delivery personnel
and others in an effective, appropriate and capable manner.
3. Academic Standards
3.1. Graduate Attributes:
The graduate who will gain postgraduate diploma in physical therapy in
specialty of Physical Therapy for Growth and Development Disorders in Children and its
Surgery should be able to:
1. Apply specialized knowledge which has been gained in his professional
practice.
2. Determine professional problems and suggest solutions for them.
3. Assume professional skills and use suitable means of technology in his
professional practice.
4. Communicate and lead team works through regular professional practice.
5. Make decisions using available information.
6. Use available resources effectively.
7. Aware of his role in society improvement and environment preservation.
8. Behave in attitude reflecting discipline, honesty, and commitment to
professional standards and acceptance of criticism.
9. Aware of the importance of self improvement and continuation of learning.
4. External References for Standards (Benchmarks) - General Academic Reference Standards for the Postgraduate Studies Programs of
the National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education
(NAQAAE).
5. Program Structure and Contents
a. Program duration: The program is conducted in two semesters:
1- First semester: It extends for six months that starts in October 1st and ends in
March 31st. Exams are conducted in April.
4
- In this semester, the student studies two courses from the faculty
requirements’ courses in addition to other department mandatory courses.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted
from March 1st to March 15
th.
- An application to choose the elective courses in the second semester
should be conducted before the end of the first semester from March 16th
to March 30th
.
2- Second semester: It extends for six months that starts in May 1st and ends in
October 31st. Exams are conducted in November.
- In this semester, the student studies the remaining courses of the department
mandatory courses in addition to elective courses equivalent to eight credit
hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted
from October 1st to October 15
th.
b. Program structure:
Credit hours: 33 (minimum) Mandatory Courses: 12 Elective Courses: 6
Semesters Courses Credit Hours Percentage
1st and 2
nd semesters
1. Basic Physical Therapy Sciences 9 24.33
2. Social sciences and Humanities
4 10.81
3. Medical sciences
17 45.94
4. Specialization Sciences
4 10.81
5. Other Sciences (computer) 3 8.10
Total 37 100
i. Program Courses (1st semester )
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
Hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
PT
500
Evaluation
and
Measurement
3 2 2 - 2,8 4 5 1,2
PT
501
Functional
anatomy 3 2 2 - 1,6 5 5 1,2
PT
502
P.T.
Practicum
(Specialty)
1 - - 3 1,2,5 2,3,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 1,2,3,4,5
5
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
Hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
PED500 Neuroanatomy. 2 2 - - 2,6 4 - 1,2, 6
PED501 Neurophysiology 2 2 - - 2 4 - 1,2
PED502
Applied
Principles of
Biomechanics
2 2 - - 1,4,8 5 - 1,2 ,6
PED503 Pediatrics I. 2 2 - - 1,2,3,5 2,4 - 5,6
PED504
Techniques of
Physical
Therapy in
Pediatrics I
2 1 - 3 1,2,3,7 1,3,4,6,7 1,2,3,4,6,7,8 1,2,3,4,5,6
ii. Program Courses (2nd
semester)
1. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
Hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
PED505 Biochemistry 2 2 - - 4 7 - 1,2, ,6
PED506 Pathomechaics. 2 2 - - 1,4,8 5 - 1,2
PED507 Pediatrics II 2 2 - - 1,3,5 2,6,7 - 1,2, 5,6
PED508
Techniques of
Physical
Therapy in
Pediatrics II.
2 1 - 3 1 ,3,9 1,3,6,7 1,2,3,4,8 1,2,3,4,5,6
iii. Department elective courses (Minimum 2 credit hours in 2nd
semester and 6
credit hours in 3rd
semester)
Code Course Title Credit
Hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Theoretical Lab/
Pr Clin a b c d
PED
509 Radiology 2 2 - - 7 6 - 1,2 ,6
PED
510
Hospital
Administration 2 2 - - 9 8 - 1,2,6
PED
511
Orthotics and
Prosthesis 2 2 - - 2,4,8 5 - 1,2,6
PED
512 Rehabilitation 2 2 - -
1,2,3,
5 1,2 - 1,2,6
PED
513
Clinical Anatomy in
Pediatric 2 2 - - 1,2 4 - 1,2,6
PED
514 Child Psychology 2 2 - - 5 3 -
1,2,3,4
,5
6. Program Admission Requirements
6
The applicant must hold a bachelor degree in physical therapy from any
Egyptian universalities follow the organizing law of the universities or other
equivalent university with grade (fair) at least in the general grade.
Student must have spent a period of training for at least a calendar year in the
area of specialization he/she wants to join.
Student must pass an exam for English language in accordance to the rules laid
down by the College council.
The date of admission and registration of students is the date of approval by the
responsible vice president of the university as a commissioner of the graduate
studies and research council.
The college is entitled to impose supplementary courses to offset the
preparatory year of master degree that the student should reimburse 500 pounds
for each course with maximum of 2000 pounds with the exception of
demonstrators from the payment of such fees.
7. Regulations for Progression and Program Completion
The student must pass all the prescribed courses (mandatory - elective)
successfully.
The student enrollment is to be terminated if he/she failed to study diploma
more than three years in case of failure or in case of non-entry exam excuse is
unacceptable.
The university grants specialist diploma in physical therapy upon approval by
the college council according to the specialties of the various departments.
8. Learning Methods
8.1. Lectures
a1,a2,a3,a4,a5,a6,a7,a8,a9
8.2. Active learning: Presentation -
Small group discussion - Brain
storming- seminars - Assignment.
a1,a2,a3,a4,a5,a6,a7,a8,a9,b1,b2,b3,
b4,b5,b6,b7,d1, d2,d3,d4,d5,d6
8.3. Practical training.
a1,a2,a3,c1,c2,c3,c4,c5,c6,c7,c8,d1,d2,d3,
d5,d6
8.4. Lab sections (audio-visual
materials)
a1,a2,c1,c2, c4,c5,c6,c7,c8,d1,d3, d5,d6
9. Learning Facilities
9.1. Teaching halls
9.2. Equipped labs
9.3. Library- Internet
9.4. Tools: Board and data show
7
10 Evaluation of Program Intended Learning Outcomes
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
1. Written
exams
a1,a2,a3,a4,a5,a6,a7,a8,a9
2. Oral exams a1,a2,a3,a4,a5,a6,a7,a8,a9,b1,b2,b3,b4,b5,b6,b7,d1,d2,d3,d4, d5,d6
3. Applied
exam
a1,a2,a3,a4,a5,a6,a7,a8,a9, b1,b2,b3, d1,d2,d3,d4, d5,d6
4. Practical
exam
a1,a2,a3,a4,a5,a6,a7,a8,a9,b1,b2,b3,b4,b5,b6,b7,c1,c2,
c3,c4,c5,c6,c7,c8,d1,d2,d3,d4,d5,d6
11. Ways of Program Evaluation
Evaluator
Tool
Sample
1- Senior students
Questionnaire 25%
2- Alumni
Questionnaire 25%
3- Stakeholders (Employers)
Questionnaire 28
4-External Evaluator(s) Report 1
Program Coordinator: Dr. Shorouk El-Shennawy Signature:
Approval of department council: 17/12/2013
Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Eman El-Hadidy Signature:
Attachment: Course Specifications Annex 1: Courses of the Diploma (1
st, 2
nd semesters' courses and elective courses)
1
University: Cairo
Faculty: Physical Therapy
Department: Physical Therapy for basic science
Program Specification
( 2013 / 2014 year)
A- Basic Information
1- Program Title: M. D. in physical therapy, specialty of basic science
2-Program Type: Single
3-Department (s): Physical Therapy for basic science
4- Program coordinator: Dr.Rabab Ali Mohamed, Dr. Hanaa Kneway Atta
5- External Evaluator: Dr. Diaa Ramzy Ismail
6- Date of program specifications department approval: 17/12 / 2013
7- Faculty council approval: 8 / 4 / 2014
B- Professional Information
A graduate attributes:
Graduate’s attributes:
The graduate of the master program of physical therapy for Basic Science, Faculty of Physical Therapy,
Cairo University, will be able to mastering application of principles and curriculum of scientific research and
know how to use its different tools, apply the analytical curriculum and use it in the basic science specialization,
apply the specialized knowledge and merge it with knowledge related to professional practice in the field of
Physical therapy for Basic Science, show awareness of current problems and recent visions within the
specialization, define professional problems and solve them, mastering a proper scope of the specialized
professional skills and use technology to develop his/her professional practice, communicate effectively and
have good leadership skills, make proper decision in different professional contexts, employ the available
resources in a way that makes the best use of them and reserves them, increase awareness of his/her role in
community development and environment conservation through local and global changes, act to reflect the
2
commitment to integrity and credibility, and the rules of the profession, develop him/her self academically and
professionally, as well as continue education.
A graduate of the master program in physical therapy for basic science should be able to:
1- Apply the basics of scientific research and knowing how to use its different tools.
2- Apply the analytical curriculum and use it in the basic science of physical therapy.
3- Apply the specialized knowledge and merging it with knowledge related to professional practice in the
basic science of physical therapy.
4- Show awareness of current issues and recent visions within the specialization.
5- Define professional problems and solving them.
6- Master the specialized professional skills and using technology to develop his/her career.
7- Communicate effectively and having good leadership skills.
8- Make proper career decision.
9- Use the available resources in a way that makes the best use of them and reserves them.
10- Increase awareness and working on community development through local and global changes.
11- Act honestly and sticking to profession's rules.
12- Develop him/her self, academically, professionally, and continuing education.
1. Programme over all aims
This Program aims to: 1/1 Point out his /her responsibility toward community and conserving the environment by explaining the precaution and
risks of therapeutic modalities.
1/2 Rearrange available resources and techniques and developing new models.
1/3 Help the graduate to Relate different disorders with underlying mechanisms and related factors developing their
environmental relation and treatment approaches.
1/4 Interpret the graduate Knowledge and skills for competent practice and solving professional problems.
1/5 demonstrate the ethical principles of application of advanced evaluation and treatment techniques of patient
problems.
For elective courses By successful completion of the course the graduate should be able to:
1/6 Demonstrate understanding of the current rational for basic approaches to manipulative procedures
designed for upper limbs and lower limbs and improves their knowledge about biomechanics and
pathomechanics (BAS 611).
1/7 Organize team work management of different cases measurement, and pain management(BAS 612).
1/8 Identify the proper decision making principles in listing the patient problems (BAS 607).
1/9 Help the graduate to apply analytical approaches in basic science physical therapy practice and related
fields(BAS 608) .
1/10 Enable the graduate on how to write protocols, types of journals, scientific presentations, references, and
common mistakes in writing articles and pilot studies (BAS 613).
1/ 11 Demonstrate the graduate understanding of diagnostic tests used by physical therapist(BAS 608).
1/12 Improve theoretical bases of manual therapy and therapeutic modalities(BAS 611).
3
2. Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs)
2:1 Knowledge and understanding
By successful completion of the course the graduate should be able to:
a1: list the basic concepts of subjective and objective measurement of different body parts.
a2: identify basic concepts of balance and coordination.
a3: describe the basic structure of skin, fascia, connective tissue and soft tissue
a4: define stages of motor control and environmental factors affecting motor control development
a5: Recognize the concepts of 3d evaluation and exercise program
For elective courses
the graduate should be able to achieve one or more of the following: a6: recite underlying mechanism of pain and acupuncture (BAS 612)
a7: recognize the physiological aspects of exercise testing (BAS 608).
a8: list the concepts of research process (BAS 606)
a9: define factors affecting human performance and related biomechanical injuries(BAS 608, BAS 609, BAS
607).
a10: investigate the underlying mechanism of metabolism and exercise(BAS 607, BAS 611)
a11: state main terms of protocol writing (BAS 613).
a 12: describe the principles of biomechanical and radiological evaluation in physical therapy (611)
2:2 Intellectual Skills
By successful completion of the course the graduate should be able to:
b 1:Explain the principles of measuring tools used in subjective and objective measurement of different body
parts
b 2:Distinguish between balance and coordination tests
b 3:distinguish between different soft tissue structures .
b 4:Identify different methods of pain measurements Distinguish between different elements of research.
b 5: Distinguish between different elements of research Justify use of aquatic therapy.
b 6: Classify posture impairment.
b 7: select proper treatment program for different neurological disorders.
For elective courses
the graduate should be able to achieve one or more of the following:
b8: Justify use of aquatic therapy(BAS 608).
b9: choose of proper type of exercise based on physiological biochemical bases (BAS 607, BAS 609, BAS 610).
b10: write protocol in a scientific way(BAS 613).
b11: Identify pain process(BAS 612).
B 12: Describe the basic principles of peripheral mobilization (BAS 611)
2:3 Skills
2/3/1 Professional and Practical Skills
By successful completion of the course the graduate should be able to:
c1: Apply different skills in using different tools in assessing different body parts Design a program of exercise
that can improve balance and coordination.
c2: Design a program of exercise that can improve balance and coordination Use proper tools for assessing and
management of pain.
c3: Apply different techniques of therapeutic modalities for soft tissue injury
c4: Use proper tools for assessing and management of pain .
4
c5: Apply 3d exercise program in different conditions.
For elective courses
the graduate should be able to achieve one or more of the following:
c6: Use proper exercise parameter(BAS 607).
c7: Apply elements of research process effectively (BAS 606).
c8: Design an exercise program that can enhance human performance(BAS 607, BAS 608, BAS 609, 610,BAS
611)
C9: Utilize different types of research in management of different cases (BAS 613).
C10: Use proper tools for assessing and management of pain (BAS 612).
2/3/2 General and transferable skills
2/3/2/1 Information Technology and Computer (ICT) skills:
By successful completion of the course the graduate should be able to:
d1: Demonstrate competence in the use of computer based information handling and data processing tools.
d2: Use internet critically as a mean of communication and source of information.
d3: Communicate accurately, clearly, confidently, and effectively in writing and orally
d4: Assess the relevance and importance of the ideas of others.
d5: Manage changes and respond to changing demands.
For elective courses
the graduate should be able to achieve one or more of the following:
d6: Communicate effectively with patient relatives and health care professionals establishing professional and
ethical relationship (BAS 606, 607, BAS 608).
d7: Work effectively as a member of a team and participate constructively in groups. (BAS 613).
d8: Listen to appreciating and evaluating the view of others (BAS 611).
d9: Teaching and presentation for individuals and groups (BAS 606,607)
d10:Work separately or in a team to research and prepare a scientific topic(BAS 613).
3. Academic Standards
3/2/1 Knowledge and Understanding:
By the end of the master program the graduate in physical therapy for basic science should be able to
understand:
1- Principles and theories in the basic science of physical therapy, as well as of the other related fields.
2- Mutual effect between the professional practice and its implications on the basic science of physical
therapy.
3- Scientific developments in the basic science of physical therapy.
4- Ethical and legal principles regarding the professional practices in the basic science of physical
therapy.
5- Principles and basic quality assurance concerning the professional practices in the basic science of
physical therapy.
6- Principles and ethics for scientific research.
1
3/2/2 Intellectual Skills:
By the end of the master program the graduate in physical therapy for basic science should be able to:
1- Solving problems in accordance with the analyzed and evaluated information in the basic science of physical therapy.
2- Solving specialized problems in the absence of some evidence base.
3- Combining different knowledge to solve professional problems.
4- Apply systematic research on scientific problems.
5- Evaluate risks of professional practices in the basic science of physical therapy.
6- Plan structure for developing professional practices in the basic science of physical therapy.
7- Taking professional decisions in different professional situations.
3/2/3 Professional skills:
By the end of the master program the graduate in physical therapy for basic science should be able to:
1- Perfection of basic and recent professional skills in the basic science of physical therapy.
2- Draft and evaluate professional reports.
3- Evaluate and develop the applied techniques and mechanisms in the basic science of physical therapy.
2
3/2/4 General Skills:
Comparison Between The Postgraduate Master Degree’s Academic Standards of The National Authority For Quality Assurance and
Accreditation of Education and Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs) Of The Master Program For Physical Therapy for Basic Science
Corresponding educational ILO's Of The Master Program For Physical Therapy for
Basic Science Academic Standards Of The Master
Program For Physical Therapy for
Basic Science
Academic Standards of The
National Authority For
Quality Assurance and
Accreditation of Education Program aims: Graduate's attributes:
A graduate who will gain the
Master degree of the basic
science of physical therapy
should be able to:
ياصفبث انخشج
خشج بشبيج انبجسخش ف أي
:حخصص جب أ ك لبدسا عه
1/1 Emphasize on how to write protocols, types of journals, scientific
presentations, references, and common mistakes in writing articles and pilot
studies.
1.1 Apply perfectly the basics of
scientific research and knowing
how to use its different tools.
اجبدة حطبك اسبسبث 1.1
يجبث انبحث انعهى
1/2 Apply analytical approaches in basic science physical therapy practice and related
fields. 1.2 Apply the analytical
curriculum and use it in the basic
science of physical therapy.
حطبك انج انخحهه -1.2
اسخخذاي فى يجبل انخخصص
1/3 Relate different disorders with underlying mechanisms and related factors
developing their environmental relation and treatment approaches. 1.3 Apply the specialized
knowledge and merging it with
knowledge related to professional
practice in the basic science of
physical therapy.
حطبك انعبسف انخخصص - 1.3
ديجب يع انعبسف راث انعالل
فى يبسسخ ان
1/4 Interpret Knowledge and skills for competent practice and solving professional
problems. 1.4 Identify the current problems
and recent visions within the
specialization of physical therapy.
اظبس انعى ببنشبكم - 1.4
انجبس انشئ انحذث فى يجبل
انخخصص
1/5 Demonstrate understanding of diagnostic tests used by physical therapist. 1.5 Define professional problems
and solving them.
ححذذ انشكالث ان -1.5
اجبد حهل نب
1/6 Demonstrate understanding of the current rational for basic approaches to
manipulative procedures designed for upper limbs and lower limbs and improves
their knowledge about biomechanics and pathomechanics.
1.6 Mastering the specialized
professional skills and using
technology to develop his/her
career.
احمب طبق يبسب ي - 1.6
انبساث ان انخخصص
اسخخذاو انسبئم انخكنج
انبسب بب خذو يبسسخ ان
3
1/7 Organize team work management of different cases measurement, and pain.
management
1.7Communicate effectively and
having good leadership skills.
انخاصم بفبعه انمذس عهى - 1.7
لبد فشق انعم
1/8 identify the proper decision making principles in listing the patient problems 1.8 Make proper career decision. -1.8 احخبر انمشاس فى سبلبث ي
يخخهف
1/9- Rearrange available resources and techniques and developing new models. 1.9 Use the available resources in
a way that makes the best use of
them and reserves them.
حظف اناسد انخبح بب 1.9
حمك اعهى اسخفبد انحفبظ عهب
1/10 Point out his /her responsibility toward community and conserving the
environment by explaining the precaution and risks of therapeutic modalities t
1.10-Increas awareness and
working on community
development through local and
global changes.
اظبس انعى بذس فى ح 1.10
انجخع انحفبظ عهى انبئ فى
ضء انخغشاث انعبن االله
1/11- demonstrate the ethical principles of application of advanced evaluation and
treatment techniques of patient problems 1.11- Act honestly and sticking to
profession’s rules.
انخصشف بب عكس االنخزاو 1.11
ببنزا انصذال االنخزاو
بماعذ ان
1/12- Improve theoretical bases of manual therapy and therapeutic modalities 1.12- Develop him/her self
academically, professionally, and
continuing education
ح راح اكبدب يب 1.12
لبدسا عهى انخعهى انسخش
2- Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs)
2/1 Knowledge and understanding
2-Academic Standards
2.1-Knowledge and Understanding
By the end of the master program
the graduate should be able to
understand
المعاييز القياسية العامة- 2
المعزفة و الفهم 2-1
ببخبء دساست بشبيج انبجسخش جب
أ ك انخشج لبدسا عهى انفى
انذسات بكم ي
a1: identify the basic concepts of subjective and objective measurement of
different body parts.
a2:describe the basic anatomical structure of skin, fascia, connective tissue and
soft tissue that can influenced by physical modalities
a3:recite underlying mechanism of pain and acupuncture
a4: identify the principles and theories of motor control, balance and
coordination that affect musculoskeletal system.
a 5:recognize the physiological aspects of exercise testing
a12:investigate the underlying mechanism of metabolism and exercise
2.1.1- Principles and theories in
the basic science of physical
therapy, as well as of the other
related fields.
انظشبث االسبسبث 1.1.2
انخعهمت بجبل انخعهى كزا ف
انجبالث راث انعاللت
a6: define stages of motor control and environmental factors affecting motor 2.1.2-Mutual effect between the 2.1.2 انخبثش انخببدل ب انبسست
4
control development professional practice and its
implications on the basic science
of physical therapy.
انت إعكبسب عهى انبئت
a5: Recognize the concepts of advanced method evaluation and apply exercise
program
2.1.3-Scientific developments in
the basic science of physical
therapy.
انخطساث انعهت ف يجبل 3.1.2
انخخصص
a10: define factors affecting human performance and related biomechanical
injuries
2.1.4 -Ethical and legal principles
regarding the professional
practices in the basic science of
physical therapy.
انبذئ االخاللت انمبت 4.1.2
نبسست انت ف يجبل
انخخصص
a9: investigate the quality of selected instruments for evaluation and treatment. 2.1.5-Principles and basic quality
assurance concerning the
professional practices in the basic
science of physical therapy.
يببدئ اسبسبث انجدة ف 5.1.2
انبسست انت ف يجبل
انخخصص
a8: list the concepts of research process 2.1.6-Principles and ethics for
scientific research.
اسبسبث اخاللبث انبحث 6.1.2
انعهى
2/2- Intellectual Skills
2.2- Intellectual Skills
By the end of the Master
program the graduate should
be able to:
المهارات الذهنية - 2.2
ببخبء دساست بشبيج اانبجسخش جب
أ ك انخشج لبدسا عهى
b 1:Explain the principles of measuring tools used in subjective and
objective measurement of different body parts
b 2:Distinguish between balance and coordination tests
b 3:distinguish between different soft tissue structures .
b 4:Identify different methods of pain measurements
b9: choose of proper type of exercise based on physiological biochemical
bases.
2.2.1-Solve problems in
accordance with the analyzed and
evaluated information in the basic
science of physical therapy.
ححهم حمى انعهيبث ف 1.2.2
يجبل انخخصص انمبس عهب نحم
انشبكم
b6: Classify posture impairment.
2.2.2-Solve specialized problems
in the absence of some evidence
base.
حم انشبكم انخخصصت يع 2.2.2
عذو حافش بعض انعطبث
5
b8: Differentiate between different aspects of human development.
2.2.3-Combine different
knowledge to solve professional
problems.
انشبط ب انعبسف انخخهفت 3.2.2
نحم انشبكم انت
b 5: Distinguish between different elements of research.
2.2.4-Apply systematic research
on scientific problems.
أ / إجشاء دساست بحثت 4.2.2
كخببت دساست عهت يجت حل
يشكهت بحثت
b7: Justify use of aquatic therapy.
2.2.5-Evaluate risks of
professional in the basic science
of physical therapy.
حمى انخبطش ف 5.2.2
انبسسبث انت ف يجبل
انخخصص
b11: point out the principals of muscloskeletal development
2.2.6-Plan structure for
developing professional practices
in the basic science of physical
therapy.
انخخطط احطش األداء ف 6.2.2
يجبل انخخصص
b10: select proper treatment program for different neurological disorders
2.2.7-Take professional decisions
in different professional
situations.
احخبر انمشاساث انت7.2.2
2/3- Professional skills
2.3- Professional skills
By the end of the master program
the graduate should be able to:
:المهارات المهنية
ببخبء دساست بشبيج انبجسخش جب
:أ ك انخشج لبدسا عهى
c1: Apply different skills in using different tools in assessing different body
parts.
c3: Apply different therapeutic modalities for soft tissue injury.
c4: Use proper tools for assessing and management of pain.
c5: Apply 3d exercise program in different conditions. C6:Use proper exercise
parameter
2.3.1-Apply perfectly basic and
recent professional skills in the
basic science of physical therapy.
احمب انبساث انت 1.3.2
االسبست انحذثت ف يجبل
انخخصص
c7: Apply elements of research process effectively.
c10: Write a research protocol.
2-Write and evaluate professional
reports.
كخببت حمى انخمبسش انت2.3.2
c2: Design a program of exercise that can improve balance and coordination.
3-Evaluate and develop the
applied techniques and
حمى انطشق االداث 3.3.2
انمبئت ف يجبل انخخصص
6
c8: Design an exercise program that can enhance human performance.
mechanisms in the basic science
of physical therapy.
2/4- General Skills
2.4- General Skills
By the end of the master program
the graduate should be able to:
المهارات العامة و المتنقلة 2.4
ببخبء دساست بشبيج انبجسخش جب
:أ ك انخشج لبدسا عهى
d1:Demonstrate competence in the use of computer based information handling
and data processing tools.
d2: Use internet critically as a mean of communication and source of information
1-Communicate effectively
verbally and nonverbally.
انخاصم انفعبل بباع 1.4.2
انخخهفت
d 1: Demonstrate competence in the use of computer based information handling
and data processing tools
2-Use information technology to
develop professional practice.
اسخخذاو حكنجب 2.4.2
انعهيبث بب خذو انبسست
انت
d8: Listen to appreciating and evaluating the view of others 3-Evaluate him/herself and
specify his/her educational needs.
انخمى انزاحى ححذذ 3.4.2
احخبجبح انخعهت انشخصت
d2: Use internet critically as a mean of communication and source of information.
4-Use different resources for
knowledge and information.
اسخخذاو انصبدس انخخهفت 4.4.2
نهحصل عهى انعهيبث
انعبنشف
d4: Assess the relevance and importance of the ideas of others 5-Apply rules, measures and
indicators for evaluating others.
ضع لاعذ يؤاششاث 5.4.2
حمى أداء األخش
d 3: Work effectively as a member of a team and participate constructively in
groups.
6-Work in teamwork and be a
leadership.
انعم ف فشك،لبدة فشق 6.4.2
ف سبلبث يت يخخهفت
d5: Manage changes and respond to changing demands.
7-Manage time effectively. 7.4.2 إداسة انلج بكفبء
d9: Teaching and presentation for individuals and groups.
8-Learn him/herself and continue
education.
انخعهى انزاحى انسخش8.4.2
By the end of the master program the graduate in physical therapy for basic science should be able to:
1. Communicate effectively verbally and nonverbally.
2. Use information technology to develop professional practice.
3. Evaluate him/herself and specify his/her educational needs.
4. Use different resources for knowledge and information.
5. Apply rules, measures and indicators for evaluating others.
1
6. Work in teamwork and be a leadership.
7. Manage time effectively.
8. Learn him/herself and continue education.
1. External References for Standards (Benchmarks)
Academic Standards of The National Authority For Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education.
2. Programme Structure and Contents
a. Programme duration:
The programme is conducted in three semesters:
1- First semester: Extends for six months; starts in October 1st and ends in March 31
st. Exams are
conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies two courses from the faculty requirements’ courses in addition to
other department mandatory courses.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be filled from March 1st to March 15
th .
- The student fills a form about the elective courses he/she wants to take in the second semester from
March 16th
to March 30th
.
2- Second semester: Extends for six months; starts in May 1st and ends in October 31
st. Exams are
conducted in November.
- In this semester the student studies the remaining courses of the faculty requirements in addition to the
remaining courses of the department mandatory courses in addition to elective courses equivalent to two
credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be filled from October 1st to October 15
th .
- The student fills a form about the elective courses he/she want to take in the third semester from
October 16th
to October 30th
.
3- Third semester: Extends for four months; starts from the first Saturday of December and ends in March
31st . Exams are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies elective courses equivalent to six credit hours minimum.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be filled from March 1st to March 15
th .
4- Thesis: Its duration is equivalent to six credit hours.
2
b. Programme structure:
Credit hours: 30 (minimum) Mandatory Courses: 9 Elective Courses: 8
Semesters
Courses Credit Hours Percentage
1st, 2
nd and 3
rd
Semester
Basic Physical Therapy sciences
Social sciences & Humanities
Medical sciences
Specialization sciences
Other sciences (computer,)
Field Training
8
2
2
14
12
3
21.05%
5.26%
5.26%
32.84%
27.57%
8.8%
Total 41 100%
Basic Physical Therapy sciences (PT600-BAS600-BAS601)
Social sciences & Humanities (BAS605)
Medical sciences (BAS 600)
Specialization sciences (BAS 602-BAS 603-BAS 604-BAS 608-BAS 609-BAS610)
Other sciences (PT602-BAS 607)
Field Training (BAS 602- BAS 611)
Program Courses (1st semester )
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme
ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b
PT
600 Bio-statistics 2 2 - - 8 5
PT
601
Research
Methodology and
Experimental
Design
2 2 - - 1,8 1,5
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
BAS
600 Physics 2 2 - - 1,3 1 -
1,2,3
BAS Evaluation and 3 2 4 - 1,3,4 1,2,4 1,2,4 1,2,3
3
601 measurement
BAS
602 Manual Therapy I 3 2 4 - 3,4 3,4 3,4 1,2,3
i. Programme Courses (2nd
semester)
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
PT 602 Exercise
Physiology 3 2 2 - 7,11 9 6,8 1,3,5,6,7
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
BAS
603
Independant study
I 3 2 2 - 2,1 6,7 1,2,3,5 1,2,5
BAS
604 Research seminar 2 2 - - 2,4,5 2,3 - 1,2
BAS
605 Pain modulator 2 2 - - 1 1 - 1,3,4
ii. Department selective courses (Minimum 2 credit hours in 2nd
semester and 6 credit hours in 3rd
semester)
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
BAS
606
Experimental
design 2 2 - - 2 2 - 1,2,3
BAS
607
Therapeutic
exercise 2 2 - - 1,2 1 - 2,3,5
BAS
608
Physical therapy
science I 2 2 - - 1,2,3 1 - 1,2
BAS
609
Human
development 2 2 - - 2 1,2 - 1,2,3
4
BAS
610
Biochemistery of
exercises 2 2 - - 1 2 - 1,2,3
BAS
611
Peripheral
manipulation 2 2 - - 2 1 - 1,2
BAS
612 Pain management 2 2 - - 1 1 - 1,2
BAS
613 Scholarly writing 2 2 - - 4 3 - 1,2,3,4
6- Programme Admission Requirements
The applicant must hold a bachelor's degree in physical therapy from any egyptian universalities under
the law regulating universities or other equivalent university with grade (good) at least in the general
grade and (very good) in the specialization to be studied.
Students obtained a diploma of specialization may admit if hold grade (good) at least in the general grade
and (very good) in the specialization to be studied.
Student must have spent a period of training for at least a calendar year in the area of specialization
he/she wants to join.
Student must pass an exam for English language in accordance to the rules laid down by the College
council.
7- Regulations for Progression and Programme Completion
The student must pass all the prescribed courses (mandatory - elective) successfully.
The student should prepare a plan of a scientific research in an innovative subject which is approved by
the council of the department and approved by the graduate studies committee and college council, and
approved by the competent management of the university within two years from the date he/she
registered for postgraduate study in condition that he/she passed 14 credit hours at least (the college
council decided on January 17th
2006 that these 14 credit hours which the student achieved include
faculty requirement courses )
The student must present a thesis to the discussion and governance committee that is constituted by the
proposal of the department concerned and the approval of the college council and the competent
authorities of the university after at least six months from registering the research plan.
For a student to perform the practical part of the thesis in laboratories offered by the faculty, he/she
should attend a specialized training program for a period ranging from one day (cost 50 pounds ) to five
days at most (cost 250 pounds ).
5
The enrollment of the student is to be null if he/she is not able to obtain a master’ degree within four
years from the date of registration for graduate studies and the college council may license additional year
after approval of the report submitted by the supervisor that is adopt by the competent authorities.
The university grants the master’s degree in physical therapy upon approval by the college council
according to the specialties of the various departments.
8- Learning strategies: Teaching and learning methods and facilities
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to
be measured
.1-Traditional lectures Knowledge and Understanding - Intellectual
skills.
2-Active learning
Presentation, self learning, group discussion,
problem solving, practical and learning
Knowledge and Understanding, Intellectual
Skills, General and transferable Skills
3-Strategies
a.Evidence based
b.Self learning
c.Problem based learning
d.Outcome based learning
Professional and Practical Skills, General
Skills
4-Sources and learning requirements
a. Two lecture halls b.
Equipped laboratories
c. Staff
Tools (overhead projector, black board, models,
assessment tools
Knowledge, Understanding, Professional and
Practical Skills General and transferable
Skills
6
8- Evaluation of Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
1-Written exams Knowledge and Understanding
2-Oral exams Knowledge and Understanding, Intellectual Skills and
Communication Skills
3-Practical exam Professional and Practical Skills, Inter Personal and
Teamwork Skills and Self Management Skills
6-Applied exam Professional and Practical Skills
9- Ways of programme evaluation
Evaluator
Tool
Sample
1- Senior students
Focus group
20%
2- Alumni
Focus group 10%
3- Stakeholders ( Employers)
Questionnaire 28
4-External Evaluator(s) (External Examiner(s)
Examiner(s))
Report 1
5- Other
Approval of department council Date: / /
Approval of faculty council Date: / /
Program coordinator: Dr.Rabab Ali Mohamd, Dr. Hanaa Kneway Atta .
Signature:
Head of the department: Prof. Dr. Maher El Kablawy
Signature:
Attachment: Course Specifications
Annex 1: Courses of the Master Degree (1st, 2
nd and 3
rd semesters)
1
University: Cairo
Faculty: Physical Therapy
Department: Biomechanics
Program Specification
(2013 /2014 year)
A- Basic Information
1- Program Title: Master of Science in physical therapy in specialty of Biomechanics
2-Programme Type: Single
3- Department (s): Biomechanics
4- Program coordinator: Prof. Dr. Salam Mohammed Elhafez
5- External evaluator: Prof. Dr. Ahmed Waheed Mustafa
6- Date of Department approval: / 9 / 2013
7- Date of Faculty Council approval: / / 2013
B- Professional Information
Graduate Attributes:
A graduate of the master degree of biomechanics should be capable of:
1. Applying the basics of scientific research and knowing how to use its different tools.
2. Applying the analytical curriculum and using it in the biomechanics specialization.
3. Applying the specialized knowledge and merging it with knowledge related to professional
practice in the field of biomechanics.
4. Showing awareness of current issues and recent visions within the specialization.
5. Defining professional problems and solving them.
6. Mastering the specialized professional skills and using technology to develop his/her
career.
7. Communicating effectively and having good leadership skills.
8. Making proper career decision.
9. Using the available resources in a way that makes the best use of them and reserves them.
10. Increasing awareness and working on community development through local and global
changes.
11. Acting honestly and sticking to profession's rules.
12. Self development, academically, professionally, and continuing education.
1- Programme aims: This program aims to provide the student with:
2
1/1: Knowledge of the normal mechanics of bone, skeletal muscles, joints, articular
cartilage, tendons and ligaments under normal and pathological conditions.
1/2: The ability to comprehend the altered mechanics for selected pathological conditions
of the lower extremity joints.
1/3: The tools to evaluate the joint movements from kinematic and kinetic point of view
during static and dynamic situations.
1/4: The facility to work individually or/in a group on a research project with clinical
decision making ability in selected biomechanical area applying the principles and ethics
for scientific research.
1/5: The abiliy to demonstrate competency in special tests and using instruments used by
biomechanists as isokinetic dynamometry, Ergometry, videography, EMG, motion analysis
and foot scan.
1/6: The knowledge of a broad base of egronomical principles.
1/7: The ability to design work equipment and work places so optimal relations between
humans and their work environment could be achieved and reduce work hazards.
1/8: The ways to interpret the data obtained from the biomedical equipment to introduce
solutions to different pathological problems.
2- Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs)
2/1 Knowledge and understanding By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
a1: Identify factors influencing the relative mobility and stability of different joints.
a2: Identify the primary action of each muscle/ muscle group as agonists, stabilizers,
neutralizers or antagonists and common musculoskeletal injuries
a3: Point the normal kinematic and kinetic aspects of the spine and upper extremity joints in
different situations.
a4: Recite methods of gathering and recording information from a wide range of sources.
a5: Interpret the steps and importance of (evidence – Based practice (EBP) in the field of
biomechanics.
a6: Interpret the basic statistical operations used during data processing and analysis.
a7: Describe the theoretical basis, different components and indications for the operation of
some biomechanical instruments.
a8: List fundamental concepts and definitions of ergonomics and different components of the
ergo systems.
a9: Describe the steps of proper lifting and factors affecting load on the spine during lifting.
a10: Outline the procedure of biomechanical evaluation experiments in a correct and logic
sequence together with safety and ethical issues
a11: State the importance and safety issues of simple electronic device as an integral part of the
physical therapy equipment.
a12: Recognize various loading modes on bone, stress-strain curve and the fracture resulting
from excessive application of these loads.
3
2/2 Intellectual Abilities By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
b1: Analyze the fundamental movements of the body joints with respect to the joint and
muscle actions.
b2: Detect the biomechanical contributions to common injuries of the body joints.
b3: Synthesize information from a number of sources in order to gain a coherent
understanding of the selected topics by the students and provide a constructive criticism
b4: Correlate between different pathologies and abnormal mechanics of the upper extremity joints.
b5: Apprise practical issues that provide opportunities for research and the worth of the collected
data.
b6: Synthesize information from different biomechanical evaluation and measurements for better
understanding of clinical cases.
b7: Point out the selection of a particular test and/or instrument for the assessment of particular
case.
b8: Calculate static and dynamic forces on the human body during certain activities in the
workplace with emphasis on prevention of work injuries.
b9: Differentiate between different muscle variables and the interaction between each of them
b10: Investigate the pathomechanical changes that may result secondary to change in the
composition of each of the collagenous tissue.
b11: Compare and contrast qualitative versus qualitative analysis of human movement
b12: Justify validity and reliability of qualitative analysis.
2/3 Professional and Practical Skills By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
c1: Incorporate the understanding of the upper extremity biomechanics into a comprehensive
evaluation needed to determine dysfunction.
c2: Calculate the joint reaction force of the upper extremity joints.
c3: Design an effective exercise programs based on decreasing loads on the upper extremity joints.
c4: Consider evidence based practice during adopting treatment programs.
c5: Use effectively research tools and measuring instruments in accordance with the standard
research guidelines.
c6: Apply the relevant biomechanical principles in evaluation of musculoskeletal and
neuromuscular disorders.
c7: Use efficiently and safely the relevant biomechanical instrument.
c8: Submit written reports demonstrating their understanding of how particular instruments
are used.
c9: Use effectively biomechanical measuring instruments in accordance with standard guidelines.
c10: Illustrate functional affection based on pathological changes of body collagenous tissues.
c11: Incorporate the understanding of qualitative analysis to suggest strategies for improving
performance
4
2/4 General and Transferable skills By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
d1: Demonstrate competence in the use of the computer for data presentation and processing.
d2: Use internet as a mean of information in the field of biomechanics
d3: Write up a report on a problem and discuss it with other professionals
d4: Work effectively in a team and participate constructively in groups
d5: Respect the others point of view
d6: Display attitudes required for professional work
d7: Manage time, personal stresses and prioritizes workloads
d8: Manage changes and respond to changing demands.
d9: Express own ideas in an efficient manner
d10: Assess the relevance and importance of the ideas of others.
d11: Communicate effectively with patients and/or patients’ relatives.
d12: Communicate accurately, clearly and confidently in writing and orally
3- Academic Standards
3/1- Graduate attributes:
A graduate of the master degree of biomechanics should be capable of:
1. Applying the basics of scientific research and knowing how to use its different tools.
2. Applying the analytical curriculum and using it in the biomechanics specialization.
3. Applying the specialized knowledge and merging it with knowledge related to professional
practice in the field of biomechanics.
4. Showing awareness of current issues and recent visions within the specialization.
5. Defining professional problems and solving them.
6. Mastering the specialized professional skills and using technology to develop his/her
career.
7. Communicating effectively and having good leadership skills.
8. Making proper career decision.
9. Using the available resources in a way that makes the best use of them and reserves them.
10. Increasing awareness and working on community development through local and global
changes.
11. Acting honestly and sticking to profession's rules.
12. Self development, academically, professionally, and continuing education.
3/2- General Standards:
3/2/1 Knowledge and Understanding:
By the end of the master degree program in Biomechanics, the graduate should be able to know
and understand:
1. Principles and theories in the field of biomechanics, as well as of the other related
fields.
2. Mutual effect between the professional practice and its implications on biomechanics.
3. Scientific developments in the field of biomechanics.
4. Ethical and legal principles regarding the professional practices in the field of
5
biomechanics.
5. Principles and basic quality assurance concerning the professional practices in the field
of biomechanics.
6. Principles and ethics for scientific research.
3/2/2 Intellectual Skills
By the end of the master degree program the graduate should be capable of:
1. Solving problems in accordance with the analyzed and evaluated information in the
field of biomechanics.
2. Solving specialized problems in the absence of some evidence base.
3. Combining different knowledge to solve professional problems.
4. Applying systematic research on scientific problems.
5. Evaluating risks of professional practices in the field biomechanics.
6. Planning structure for developing professional practices in the field of biomechanics.
7. Taking professional decisions in different professional situations.
3/2/3 Professional and Practical Skills
By the end of the master degree program the graduate should be able to:
1. Perfect basic and recent professional skills in the field of biomechanics.
2. Draft and evaluate professional reports.
3. Evaluate and develop the applied techniques and mechanisms in the field of
biomechanics.
3/2/4 General and Transferable skills
By the end of the master degree program the graduate should be capable of:
1. Effective communication verbally and nonverbally.
2. Using knowledge technology to develop professional practice.
3. Self evaluation and continues education.
4. Using different resources for knowledge and information.
5. Applying rules, measures and indicators for evaluating others.
6. Leadership and team work.
7. Time management.
8. Continual and self education.
4- External References for Standards (Benchmarks)
- General Academic Reference Standards for the Postgraduate Studies Programs of the
National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education (NAQAAE).
5- Programme Structure and Contents
a. Programme duration:
The programme is conducted in three semesters:
6
1- First semester: for six months; starts in October 1st and ends in March 31
st. Exams are
conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies two courses from the faculty requirements’ courses
in addition to other department mandatory courses.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from March
1st to March 15
th.
- An application to choose the elective courses in the second semester should be
conducted before the end of the first semester from March 16th
to March 30th
.
2- Second semester: for six months; starts in May 1st and ends in October 31
st. Exams are
conducted in November.
- In this semester the student studies the remaining courses of the faculty requirements in
addition to the remaining courses of the department mandatory courses in addition to
elective courses equivalent to two credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
October 1st to October 15
th.
- The student fills a form about the elective courses he/she wants to take in the third
semester from October 16th
to October 30th
.
3- Third semester: for four months; starts from the first Saturday of December and ends in
March 31st. Exams are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies elective courses equivalent to 6 credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be filled from March 1st to
March 15th
.
4- Thesis: Its duration is equivalent to six credit hours.
b. Programme structure:
Credit hours: (32) Mandatory : (8) Elective : (5)
Semesters
Courses Credit Hours Percentage
1st,2
nd and 3
rd
semesters Basic Physical Therapy sciences
Social sciences & Humanities
Medical sciences
Specialization sciences
Other sciences (computer,)
Field Training
5
0
0
21
6
0
15.6%
0%
0%
65.6%
18.75%
0%
Total 32 100%
Basic Physical Therapy sciences (PT 602, BIOM 608)
Social sciences & Humanities
Medical sciences
Specialization sciences (BIOM 600, BIOM 601, BIOM 602, BIOM 603, BIOM 604,
BIOM 605, BIOM 606, BIOM 609)
Other sciences (computer) (PT 600, PT 601, BIOM 607)
Field Training
7
i. Programme Courses (1st semester )
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
PT
600 Bio-statistics 2 2 - - 4,5,6,15 5,7 4 1,3,5,8
PT
601
Research
Methodology and
Experimental
Design
2 2 - - 4,5,6,15 5,7,12 4 1,3,5,8
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
BIOM600 Biomechanics. 3 3 - - 1,2 1,2 1 1,3,5,6,8
BIOM601
Functional
anatomy of the
locomotor
system.
3 2 - 3 3 4 2,3 1,4,5,8
BIOM602 Independent
Study I. 3 3 - - 4,8 13 3 1,3,7,8
ii. Programme Courses (2nd
semester)
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course
Title
Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
PT
602
Exercise
Physiology 3 2 2 - 13 4 12 1,3,5,8
8
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
BIOM
603
Research Seminar
I. 3 3 - - 6 5 4 1,3,4,9
BIOM
604
Evaluation and
measurements in
Biomechanics.
3 2 2 - 7 3,4,5 4,5,10 1,5,8
iii. Department elective courses (Minimum 2 credit hours in 2nd
semester and 6 credit hours
in 3rd
semester)
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/
Pr Clin a b c d
BIOM605 Advanced
ergonomics. 2 2 - - 8,9 8 8,9 2,4,9
BIOM606 Instrumentation in
Biomechanics. 2 1 2 - 7,10 5,7 5,6,13 1,5,9
BIOM607 Electronics and
biosystems. 2 2 - - 10,11
5,6,1
3 4,5,6 1,5,9
BIOM608 Physiology of
locomotor system. 2 2 - - 12,13 9,10 11,12 1,3,5,9
BIOM609 Seminar in selected
biomechanics topics. 2 2 - - 15 11,12 7,13 1,4,7
6- Programme Admission Requirements
The applicant must hold a bachelor degree in physical therapy from any egyptian
universalities follow the organizing law of the universities or other equivalent university
with grade (good) at least in the general grade and (very good) in the specialization to be
studied.
Students obtained a diploma of specialization may admit if hold grade (good) at least in
the general grade and (very good) in the specialization to be studied.
Student must have spent a period of training for at least a calendar year in the area of
specialization he/she wants to join.
Student must pass an exam for english language in accordance to the rules laid down by
the College council.
The date of admission and registration of students is the date of approval by the
responsible vice president of the university as a commissioner of the graduate studies and
research council.
The college is entitled to impose supplementary courses to offset the preparatory year of
master degree that the student should reimburse 500 pounds for each course with
9
maximum of 2000 pounds with the exception of demonstrators from the payment of such
fees.
7- Regulations for Progression and Programme Completion
The student must pass all the prescribed courses (mandatory - elective) successfully.
The student should prepare a plan of a scientific research in an innovative subject which
is approved by the council of the department and approved by the graduate studies
committee and college council, and approved by the responsible authorities of the
university within two years from the date he/she registered for postgraduate study in
condition that he/she passed 14 credit hours at least.
The student must present a thesis to the discussion and governance committee that is
constituted by the proposal of the department concerned and the approval of the college
council and the responsible authorities of the university after at least six months from
registering the research plan.
For a student to perform the practical part of the thesis in laboratories offered by the
faculty, he/she should attend a specialized training program for a period ranging from one
day (cost 50 pounds ) to five days at most (cost 250 pounds ).
The enrollment of the student is to be null if he/she is not able to obtain a master degree
within four years from the date of registration for graduate studies and the college council
may license additional year after approval of the report submitted by the supervisor that
is adopt by the responsible authorities.
The university grants the master degree in physical therapy upon approval by the college
council according to the specialties of the various departments.
8- Learning Methods:
1- Lectures
2- Active learning: Project- Presentation - Small group discussion.- Brain storming
3- Practical training
4- Lab sections
9- Learning facilities:
1- Teaching halls
2- Equipped labs
3- Library - Internet
4- Tools: Board and data show
10
10- Evaluation of Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
1-Written exams a1,a2……,b1,b2…….
2-Oral exams a1,a2……,b1,b2…….,d1,d2,………
3-Applied exam a1,a2……,b1,b2…….,c1, c2……….,d1,d2,………
4- Practical exam a1,a2……,b1,b2…….,c1, c2……….,d1,d2,………
11- Ways of programme evaluation
Evaluator
Tool
Sample
1- Senior students
Questionnaire 25%
2- Alumni
Questionnaire 25%
3- Stakeholders ( Employers)
Questionnaire 28
4-External Evaluator(s) Report 1
Program coordinator: Prof. Dr. Ghada Mohammed Elhafez
Signature: Date: /9/2013
1
University: Cairo
Faculty: Physical Therapy
Department: Physical Therapy for Cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics
Program Specification
(2013/2014 year)
The graduate of the master program of physical therapy for cardiovascular / respiratory
disorders and geriatrics, Faculty of Physical Therapy, Cairo University will be able to
implement evidence based practice, organize clinical seminars, utilize information from
available resources and use it to enhance clinical skills in evaluation and treatment of
different cardiovascular / respiratory disorders and geriatrics with high level of
professionalism based on ethical and legal issues. He/ She will also be able to serve
community through arranging of and participating in awareness campaigns and medical
convoys.
A- Basic Information
1- Program Title: Master of Physical Therapy for Cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and
geriatrics
2-Program Type: Single
3-Department (s): Department of Physical Therapy for Cardiovascular/respiratory disorder
and geriatrics
4- Program coordinator: Dr. Nesreen Ghareb Elnahas.
5- External evaluator: Prof.Dr.Amany raafat soleman
6- Date of program specifications approval of department council: 17 / 9 / 2013
7- Faculty council approval: 8 / 4 / 2014
B- Professional Information
Graduate attributes:
The graduate who will gain the master degree in physical therapy in specialty of Physical
Therapy for Cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics should be able to:
1. Applying the strategies of the scientific research and using its different tools.
2. Applying the analytic syllabus and using them in the specialty field.
3. Applying the specific resources and merging them with the relayed resources from
his/her professional practice.
4. Showing good orientation about the current problems and the modern views in the
field of the specialty.
5. Specifying the professional problems and finding their solutions.
2
6. Having a good range of specified professional skills beside the capability of using the
adequate technological means to serve his professional practice.
7. Active interaction and leading working teams.
8. Taking decision in different professional aspects.
9. Making a good use of the available resources to achieve the maximum benefit and
keeping it.
10. Showing orientation to his/her role in developing the society and protecting the
environment to meet the local and international changes.
11. Acting to reflect honesty, loyalty and commitment to the profession rules.
12. Self development academically and professionally and being capable of continuous
learning.
1. Program aims: The program enables the graduate to:
1/1 identify the etiology, clinical picture, investigations and treatment of different
Cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics.
1/2 Recognize the advanced concepts of regional anatomy that are important for administration
of physical therapy services and education.
1/3 Analyze the patient's problems and predict the functional outcomes in different
Cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics conditions.
1/4 Understand methods and technologies used for study of Cardiovascular/Respiratory
pathology.
1/5 Recognize and interpret different advanced clinical investigations and evaluation of
different Cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics.
1/6 Offer the needed guides for students in preparing different articles about
physiotherapy in Cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics.
1/7 Provide the skills for collecting and identifying different sources of data and searching
in relation to other sciences about Cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics.
1/8 Explore in detail the functions of the autonomic, the neuromuscular, the respiratory and
the cardiovascular systems as well as their integration to achieve homeostasis.
1/9 Compare between different methods of therapeutic activities in different
Cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics cases and Differentiate between the
new techniques of physical therapy management of these patients.
1/10 Develop a comprehensive and an effective therapeutic and rehabilitative programs for
cardiopulmonary origin.
2. Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs)
2:1 Knowledge and understanding By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
a1: Define basics and advanced information about acute and chronic conditions of the
cardiopulmonary and geriatrics.
a2: State the main disease categories that may affect the body (general pathology) as well
as the advanced mechanisms underlying these disorders (etiology, pathogenesis &
natural history)
a3: Describe responses during exercise across the neuromuscular and the cardiopulmonary
systems.
3
a4: Identify the construction and use of special equipment used in industrial therapy field
a5: Describe structural and functional characteristics of cardiopulmonary system as they
relate to physical function
a6: Recite theories and practical methods of assessment and rehabilitation of cardiopulmonary
systems and geriatrics
a7: Memorize the different body system Changes with aging.
a8: Identify the principles of long life education in patient's home routine
a9: Recognize the biological principles of diseases of cardiac diseases, diabetes mellitus
and obesity.
a10: Identify the suitable therapeutic activities and modalities for selected diseases.
For elective courses, the graduate should be able to do one or more of the following
according to the chosen elective courses:-
a11: Relate physiotherapy management with industrial problems as a community service
concerning with Cardiopulmonary system (CPG 607)
2:2 Intellectual Skills By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
b1: Differentiate among different approaches in Cardiovascular/respiratory disorder patients
depending on anatomy and pathology.
b2: Modify the treatment plan according to advanced reevaluation in follow up based upon
Biological Principles of diseases
b3: Adapt treatment according to priority of patient's problems and available exercises and
modify it depending on different clinical findings.
b4: Utilize new scientific thinking in solving problems related to patient, work, and management
and among rehabilitation team.
b5: Interpret between different physical therapy researches.
b6: Analyze and interpret the data in form of figures and tables.
b7: Document the patient's response to Cardiovascular/respiratory physical therapy treatment
and progress.
b8: Select appropriate therapeutic work experience based on interviews with the patients,
paying particular attention to patient interest, job histories and job potentials
2/3 Professional and Practical Skills By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
c1: Apply knowledge gained from research in different Cardiovascular/respiratory disorder
and geriatrics conditions.
c2: Report and differentiate between different cases from statistical view
c3: Sketch the pathologic picture of a Cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics in
more details
c4: Choose proper assessment tools according to the patient needs and pathophysiological
changes and modify them according to priorities of problems.
c5: Apply different methods of assessment and rehabilitation for Cardiovascular/respiratory
disorder and geriatrics and modify it according to the priority of patient problems,
patient's needs, pathophysiological changes and modify it properly.
c6: Design coordinated industrial therapy programs designed to aid patient rehabilitation
and recovery
c7: Apply and integrate anatomical and clinical information with the pathological conditions
of the diseases.
c8: Implementing physiotherapy in a secure and effective way within the area of
geriatrics and metabolic disorders.
4
2/4 General and Transferable skills By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
d1: Work effectively as a member of a team and participate constructively in group
d2: Manage time, personal emotions and stress and prioritize workloads.
d3: Prepare for changes and respond to changing demands.
d4: Communicate effectively with patients and their relatives.
d5: Communicate respectively with teaching staff, other medical staff and other
demonstrators.
d6: Submit Documentations of self evaluation.
d7: Determine the appropriate methods for self learning.
d8: Improve demonstration abilities and continue of education.
3. Academic Standards
3/2- General Standards:
3/2/1 Knowledge and Understanding:
By the end of the master degree program the graduate should be able to know and
understand:
1. Principles and theories in the field of physical therapy for cardiovascular/respiratory
disorder and geriatrics, as well as of the other related fields.
2. Mutual effect between the professional practice and its implications on adults with
cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics problems.
3. Scientific developments in the field of physical therapy for cardiovascular/respiratory
disorder and geriatrics.
4. Ethical and legal principles regarding the professional practices in the field of
physical therapy for cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics.
5. Principles and basic quality assurance concerning the professional practices in the
field of physical therapy for cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics.
6. Principles and ethics for scientific research.
3/2/2 Intellectual Skills
By the end of the master degree program the graduate should be able to:
1. Solve problems in accordance with the analyzed and evaluate information in the field
of physical therapy for cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics.
2. Solve specialized problems in the absence of some evidence base.
3. Combine different knowledge to solve professional problems.
4. Apply systematic research on scientific problems.
5. Evaluate risks of professional practices in the field of physical therapy for
cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics.
6. Plan structure for developing professional practices in the field of physical therapy
for cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics.
7. Take professional decisions in different professional situations.
3/2/3 Professional and Practical Skills
By the end of the master degree program the graduate should be able to:
1. Apply perfectly basic and recent professional skills in the field physical therapy for
cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics.
2. Construct professional reports.
3. Evaluate the applied techniques and mechanisms in the field of physical therapy for
cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics.
5
4. Differentiate between different techniques and underlying mechanisms for different
disorders related to cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics.
3/2/4 General and Transferable skills
By the end of the master degree program the graduate should be able to:
1. Communicate effectively verbally and nonverbally.
2. Use information technology to develop professional practice.
3. Self evaluation and specify his/her educational needs.
4. Use different resources for knowledge and information.
5. Apply rules, measures and indicators for evaluating others.
6. Work in teamwork and be a leadership.
7. Manage time effectively.
8. Improve modalities of self learning to ensure continual education.
4. External References for Standards (Benchmarks)
- General Academic Reference Standards for the Postgraduate Studies Programs of the
National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education (NAQAAE).
5. Program Structure and Contents
a. Program duration:
The program is conducted in three semesters:
1- First semester: Extends for six months; starts in October 1st and ends in March
31st. Exams are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies two courses from the faculty requirements’
courses in addition to other department mandatory courses.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be filled from March
1st to March 15
th .
- The student fills a form about the elective courses he/she wants to take in the
second semester from March 16th
to March 30th
.
2- Second semester: Extends for six months; starts in May 1st and ends in October
31st. Exams are conducted in November.
- In this semester the student studies the remaining courses of the faculty
requirements in addition to the remaining courses of the department mandatory
courses in addition to elective courses equivalent to two credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be filled from October
1st to October 15
th .
- The student fills a form about the elective courses he/she want to take in the
third semester from October 16th
to October 30th
.
3- Third semester: Extends for four months; starts from the first Saturday of December
and ends in March 31st . Exams are conducted in April.
6
- In this semester the student studies elective courses equivalent to six credit hours
minimum.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be filled from March
1st to March 15
th .
4- Thesis: Its duration is equivalent to six credit hours.
b. Program structure:
Credit hours: 36 Cr.Hr. Mandatory Courses: 22 Cr.Hr. elective Courses: 14 Cr.Hr.
Semesters
Courses Credit Hours Percentage
1st , 2
nd and
3rd
semesters
Basic Physical Therapy sciences
Social sciences & Humanities
Medical sciences
Specialization sciences
Other sciences (computer,)
Field Training
3
2
12
16
4
7
8.34%
0.05%
33.34%
44.44%
11.11%
0.19%
Total 36 100%
Basic Physical Therapy sciences (PT 600, PT 601, PT 602).
Social sciences & Humanities (CPG 613, CPG 607, CPG 609).
Medical sciences (CPG 601, CPG 605, CPG 610, CPG 612).
Specialization sciences (CPG 600, CPG 602, CPG 603, CPG 604, CPG 611).
Other sciences (computer,) (CPG 606).
Field Training (CPG 602, CPG 608).
i. Program Courses (1st semester )
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
PT
600 Bio-statistics 2 2 - - - 6 -- 1,2
PT
601
Research
Methodology
and
Experimental
Design
2 2 - - 5 --- 1,2
7
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
CPG
601
Pathology 3 2 2 - 2 1 3 1,2,3
CPG
600
Diseases of
cardiopulmonary
2 2 - - 1,2 3 1 2,3,4
CPG
602
Advanced evaluation
and clinical
management I
2 1 - 3 6,11 2,3 4,5 3,4,5
ii. Program Courses (2nd
semester)
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
PT 602 Exercise
Physiology 3 2 2 - 3,8 4 4 1,2
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
CPG
603 Research Seminars I 2 2 - - 6,11 2,4 4,5 1,2,3,4
CPG
604
Theories of
cardiopulmonary
rehabilitation
2 2 - - 1,6 1,2,3,4 4,5 1,2,5
CPG
605
Neuroanatomy&
neurophysiology for
internal medicine
3 2 2 - 3 7 4,5 2,4,5,7
CPG
606
Evaluation and
measurements in
cardio vascular /
Respiratory Disorder
and geriatrics.
1 - 2 - 6 2 4,5 2,5,7,8
8
iii. Department elective courses (Minimum 2 credit hours in 2nd
semester and 6
credit hours in 3rd
semester)
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
CPG 607 Industrial physical therapy 2 2 - - 4 8 -- 1,2,3,4
CPG 608 Regional Anatomy 3 1 2 3 5 1 7
2,3,5
CPG 609 Principles of geriatric physical
therapy 2 2 - - 6,7 3 - 1,4,6,7
CPG 610 Biological principles of
disease 2 2 - - 10 2 - 3,5,7,8
CPG 611 Therapeutic activities 2 1 2 - 11 3 5 4,6,8
CPG 612 Clinical education 2 1 2 - 9 4 4,5 3,4,6,8
CPG 613 Concepts patient compliance 2 2 - - 1,2,7 3,7 - 4,6,8
6- Program Admission Requirements
The applicant must hold a bachelor's degree in physical therapy from any egyptian
universalities under the law regulating universities or other equivalent university with
grade (good) at least in the general grade and (very good) in the specialization to be
studied.
Students obtained a diploma of specialization may admit if hold grade (good) at least
in the general grade and (very good) in the specialization to be studied.
Student must have spent a period of training for at least a calendar year in the area of
specialization he/she wants to join.
Student must pass an exam for english language in accordance to the rules laid down
by the College council.
College council decided in June 8th
2004 to consider Orthotics and Prothotics course
as one of the courses of specialty for Department of Physical Therapy for Musculo-
Motor Disorders and Its Surgery; in case of studying in this department and P.T. for
cardiothoracic surgery course as one of specialty for Department of Physical Therapy
for Surgery; in case of studying in this department.
The date of admission and registration of students is the date of approval by the
competent vice president of the university as a commissioner of the graduate studies
and research council.
9
The college is entitled to impose supplementary courses to offset the preparatory year
of master’s degree that the student should reimburse 500 pounds for each course with
maximum of 2000 pounds with the exception of demonstrators from the payment of
such fees.
7- Regulations for Progression and Program Completion
The student must pass all the prescribed courses (mandatory - elective) successfully.
The student should prepare a plan of a scientific research in an innovative subject
which is approved by the council of the department and approved by the graduate
studies committee and college council, and approved by the competent management
of the university within two years from the date he/she registered for postgraduate
study in condition that he/she passed 14 credit hours at least (the college council
decided on January 17th
2006 that these 14 credit hours which the student achieved
include faculty requirement courses )
The student must present a thesis to the discussion and governance committee that is
constituted by the proposal of the department concerned and the approval of the
college council and the competent authorities of the university after at least six
months from registering the research plan.
For a student to perform the practical part of the thesis in laboratories offered by the
faculty, he/she should attend a specialized training program for a period ranging from
one day (cost 50 pounds ) to five days at most (cost 250 pounds ).
The enrollment of the student is to be null if he/she is not able to obtain a master’
degree within four years from the date of registration for graduate studies and the
college council may license additional year after approval of the report submitted by
the supervisor that is adopt by the competent authorities.
The university grants the master degree in physical therapy upon approval by the
college council according to the specialties of the various departments.
8- Learning Methods:
8-1-Lectures: ILOs
8-2-Active learning: Project- Presentation - Small group discussion.- Brain storming
8-3- Practical training
8-4-Lab sections
10
9- Learning facilities:
9-1-Teaching halls
9-2-Equipped labs
9-3- Library- Internet
94-Tools: Board and data show
10- Evaluation of Program Intended Learning Outcomes
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
1-Written exams a1,a2. a7………,b7, b1,b5…….
2-Oral exams a2, a3, a6……,b2, b4, b3…….,d1,d2,d3,d5,………
3-Applied exam b3,b2,b4…….,c1, c3,c5,c7……….,d2,d3,d4,d6,d7………
4- Practical exam a10, a11……,b8,b3,b6…….,c2, c4,c6,c8……….,d2,d3,d4,d5,d8……
11- Ways of program evaluation
Evaluator
Tool
Sample
1- Senior students
Questionnaire 25%
2- Alumni
Questionnaire 25%
3- Stakeholders ( Employers)
Questionnaire 10% Police Hospitals
10% Military Hospitals
8% Military Insurance Hospitals
4-External Evaluator(s) Report 1
Program coordinator: Signature: Date: / /
Attachment: Course Specifications
Annex 1: Courses of the Master Degree (1st, 2
nd and 3
rd semesters)
1
University: Cairo
Faculty: Physical Therapy
Department: Physical Therapy for Gynecology and Obstetrics
Program Specification
2013- 2014
A- Basic Information:
1- Program Title: Master of Science in Physical Therapy for Gynecology and Obstetrics
2-Program Type: Single
3-Department (s): Physical therapy for Gynecology and Obstetrics
4-External Evaluator: Prof. Dr. Fayz Farouk
5-Program Coordinator: Dr: Engy Mohamed El Nahas, Marwa Abdel Rahman, Ghada
Elrefahy, Wafaa Kamel
6- Date of program specifications departmental council update approval: 25/8/2012
7- Faculty council approval: 8 / 4 / 2014
B- Professional Information:
Graduate’s attributes:
The graduate of the master program of physical therapy for Gynecology and Obstetrics,
Faculty of Physical Therapy, Cairo University, will be able to mastering application of
principles and curriculum of scientific research and know how to use its different tools,
apply the analytical curriculum and use it in the Gynecology and Obstetrics specialization,
apply the specialized knowledge and merge it with knowledge related to professional
practice in the field of Physical therapy for Gynecology and Obstetrics, show awareness of
current problems and recent visions within the specialization, define professional problems
and solve them, mastering a proper scope of the specialized professional skills and use
technology to develop his/her professional practice, communicate effectively and have good
leadership skills, make proper decision in different professional contexts, employ the
available resources in a way that makes the best use of them and reserves them, increase
awareness of his/her role in community development and environment conservation through
local and global changes, act to reflect the commitment to integrity and credibility, and the
rules of the profession, develop him/her self academically and professionally, as well as
continue education.
√
2
1-Program aims:
The program aims to provide the graduate with suitable and enough knowledge, skills
and attitudes and use appropriate teaching, learning and evaluation methods to ensure that
graduate will be able to:
1/1Emphasize on how to use basic research methods and techniques and apply
statistical methods in medical research.
1/2 Recognize and interpret advanced clinical analysis and performance of certain
evaluative procedures used in gynecology and obstetrics.
1/3 Merge related knowledge that helps in understanding of female health disorders
and relate physiological changes in different body systems following performance
of different tasks to underlying mechanisms.
1/4 Review scientific research for current female health disorders and recent theories.
1/5 Identify female health disorders with proper diagnostic tests and explain
prophylactic and curative measures.
1/6 Mastering the current physical approaches used for female health disorders
and apply technological methods that helps professional practice.
1/7 Establish collaborated relationship with other clinical staff members, that helps to
organize and lead a team work.
1/8Identify the suitable diagnostic and treatment measures depending on individual
variations that helps in decision making.
1/9 Use available resources and techniques to achieve treatment goals for
obstetrical and gynecological cases.
1/10 Identify the values, which are consistent with the ideas of society, health care
in the field of women's heath.
1/11Demonstrate awareness of relevant legal, moral, ethical and social issues.
1/12 Continue research and self development in women’s health field.
2-Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs):
2/1 Knowledge and understanding:
For mandatory courses:
a1: Identify the scope of statistics, its function and importance.
a2: Explain the value and the importance of research in the field physical therapy, and
list types of research and the difference between them and define qualification of
researcher
a3: Identify phenomena which need to be researched and asking meaningful research
question and understand the procedure of collecting data.
a4: Describe structural and functional characteristics of cardiopulmonary system,
musculoskeletal, nervous system and their relations to physical function and
explain the effect of exercise and training on the body systems.
a5: Identify the pathological changes, pharmacological interaction and related clinical
3
features of gynecology and obstetrics conditions commonly encountered by
Physical Therapy and their medical and surgical and medical treatment.
a6-Describe the female psychological status and problems across her life span and discuss
the impact of psychological changes on the female across different stages of her life.
a7: Explain the different types of evaluative procedures used in Gynecology and
Obstetrics.
a8: Explain biological, anatomical, and physiological changes, which developed as a
normal consequence of normal female life and those resulting from a pathological
origin.
a9: Discuss the scope of physical therapy in woman's health promotion.
a10: Explain the mechanism of action and physiological effect of physical therapy
modalities used in treating different obstetrical and gynecological cases according
to evidence based practice.
a11: Explain the advanced types of investigations and treatment needed for each
obstetrical and Gynecological case.
a12: Discuss indications, contraindication, possible complications, moral, and legal of
different medical treatment and physical therapy modalities, which used in the
area of gynecology and obstetrics.
a13: Identify quality of evaluation methods used in assessment of different obstetrical
and gynecological problems.
a14: Discuss different physical therapy modalities according to evidence-based
practice.
For elective courses:
The graduate will be also able to do some of the following, according to the chosen
elective courses:
a15: Describe the functional anatomy of thorax, abdomen, and pelvis and external and
internal genitalia and lower urinary system. (GYOB 605)
a16: Describe the concept of regional biomechanics, biomechanical changes, which
developed as a normal consequence of normal female life and those resulting
from a pathological origin. (GYOB 606)
a17: Describe the advanced methods for mechanical assessment of posture, balance
and gait of female across different stages of her life. (GYOB 606)
4
a18: Discuss new knowledge and advanced non-pharmacological interventions for
different female problems during adolescence and pregnancy. (GYOB 607)
a19: Discuss new therapeutic modalities, which used in the area of gynecology and
obstetrics (GYOB 608)
a20: Describe the basic concepts of electromyography (EMG) and its uses in
evaluation of abdominal and pelvic floor muscles. (GYOB 609)
2:2 Intellectual Skills
b1: Select the appropriate statistical method for analyzing the recorded data.
b2: Differentiate between different types of research studies, formulate hypothesis, and
interpret validity and reliability of measuring instrument.
b3: Categorize guidelines for testing individual's physical fitness, and correlate between
physical fitness as well as health and judge if exercises are valuable therapeutic modality
for solving the patient problems.
b4: Analyze medical and clinical information about different cases of obstetrics and
gynecology.
b5: Interpret knowledge about gynecology and obstetrics in the evaluation, planning and
application of treatment program.
b6: Formulate realistic goals of the treatment program in absence of some information. b7: Justify specific treatment plan of the patient using problem solving and clinical
reasoning skills.
b8: Correlate between psychological state of the female through out her life and her
performance.
b9: Formulate a scientific research study of a problem in the field of physical therapy for
obstetrics and Gynecology.
b10: Categorize the principles of physical therapy in the field of women's health.
b11: Analyze risk factors, precautions, and warning signs of physical therapy modalities in
treating obstetrical and gynecological cases.
b12: Select and interpret the most appropriate type of investigations for each case in the field
of obstetrics and gynecology
b13: Select and interpret proper treatment program for different obstetrics and gynecological
cases.
b14: Differentiate between practical issues that provide suitable opportunities for
assessment and treatment of obstetrical and gynecological cases.
5
b15: Judge information of research studies and its results in relation to previous work to
help serving professional practice.
For elective courses:
The graduate will be also able to do some of the following, according to the chosen elective
courses:
b16: Differentiate between anatomical structures and locations of muscles and nerves of
female system (GYOB 605)
b17: Select the suitable mechanical evaluative methods of motion, balance and gait analysis
for females during different phases of life. (GYOB 606)
b18: Justify uses of electrical modalities for different obstetrical and gynecological problems
(GYOB 607).
b19: Select the suitable therapeutic modalities used for treating patient with obstetrical and
gynecological disorders (GYOB 608)
b20: Select a proper type of EMG investigations for each case in the field of obstetrics and
gynecology. (GYOB 609)
2:3 Skills:
2/3/1 Professional and Practical Skills:
c1: Apply perfectly basic and recent professional skills in the field of exercise testing and
prescription
c2: Conduct regular periodical patients' evaluation.
c3: Evaluate the patient progress from the investigations results and write professional
reports.
For elective courses:
The graduate will be also able to do some of the following, according to the chosen
elective courses:
c4: Apply safely and effectively therapeutic exercises considering the female
psychological state, proper position of the female during treatment of different
cases of obstetrics and gynecology. GYOB 608
c5: Use effectively advanced physical therapy tools and measuring instruments in
accordance with standard guidelines. GYOB 607, GYOB 609
c6: Apply advanced electrical modalities based on the therapeutic use of electrical,
6
thermal, light, sonic and magnetic energy in the field of obstetrics and gynecology.
GYOB 607
c7: Use efficiently skills of manual therapy including mobilization, soft tissue
manipulation and respiratory therapy techniques. (GYOB 608, 607)
c8: Develop treatment program to the present situation and available facilities in the
field of physical therapy for obstetrics and gynecology. (GYOB 607, 608)
c9: USE E.M.G. in the diagnosis of female health disorders. (GYOB 609)
2/3/2 General skills
d1: Communicate effectively with patient relatives and health care professionals establishing
professional and ethical relationship.
d2: Communicate accurately, clearly, confidently, and effectively in writing and orally.
d3: Demonstrate competence in the use of computer based information handling and data
processing tools.
d4: Use internet critically as a mean of communication and source of information.
d5: Evaluate him/herself and respond to changing demands.
d6: Assess the relevance and importance of the ideas of others.
d7: Work effectively as a member of a team and participate constructively in groups.
d8: Manage time effectively, personal emotions and stress and prioritize workloads.
d9: Having a positive intent.
d10: Continue self learning.
3-Academic Standards:
General Academic Reference Standards for the Postgraduate Studies Programs of the
National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education (NAQAAE).
For professional standards:
Faculty academic standards were approved on faculty council in: 10/ 12 /2013
External evaluator approval: 1/12/2013
Comparison between the master degree's academic standards of the national authority
for quality assurance and accreditation of education and intended learning out comes
(ILOs) of the master program of physical therapy for obstetrics and gynecology
Corresponding ILOs of the
master program for physical
therapy for basic science
Academic Standards Of The
Master Program For Physical
Therapy for Obstetrics and
Gynecology
Academic Standards of the
national authority for
quality assurance and
accreditation of education
This program aims to prepare Graduate's attributes: مىاصفات الخزيج :
7
the graduate to be able to: A graduate who will gain the
master degree of physical
therapy for obstetrics and
gynecology should be able to:
خشيج بشبيج انبجستيش ف ا
تخصص يجب ا يك لبدسا
: عه
1/1 Emphasize on how to use
basic research methods
and techniques; and apply
statistical methods in
medical research.
1. Mastering application of
principles and curriculums of
scientific research in the field
of Physical therapy for
obstetrics and gynecology.
اجبد تطبيك اسبسيبت .1. 1
. يجيبت انبحث انعه
1/2 Recognize and interpret
advanced clinical analysis
and performance of certain
evaluative procedures used
in gynecology and
obstetrics.
2. Apply the analytical
curriculum and using it in the
field of physical therapy for
obstetrics and gynecology.
تطبيك انج انتحهيه . 2. 1
.استخذاي ف يجبل انتخصص
1/3 Merge related knowledge
that helps in understanding
of female health disorders
and relate physiological
changes in different body
systems following
performance of different
tasks to underlying
mechanisms.
3. Apply the specialized
knowledge and merging it
with knowledge related to
professional practice in the
field of physical therapy for
obstetrics and gynecology.
تطبيك انعبسف . 3. 1
انتخصص ديجب يع
انعبسف رات انعالل ف
. يبسست اني
1/4 Review scientific research
for current female health
disorders and recent
theories.
4. Show awareness of current
problems and recent visions
in the field of physical therapy
for obstetrics and gynecology.
اظبس انع ببنشبكم . 4. 1
انجبسي انشؤ انحذيث ف
.يجبل انتخصص
1/5 Identify female health
disorders with proper
diagnostic tests and
explain prophylactic and
curative measures.
5. Define professional
problems and solving them. تحذيذ انشبكم اني . 5. 1
.ايجبد حهل نب
1/6 Mastering the current
physical approaches used
for female health disorders
and apply technological
methods that helps
professional practice.
6. Mastering a proper scope of
specialized professional skills
and using technology to
develop his/her professional
practice.
اتمب طبق يبسب ي . 6. 1
انبسات اني انتخصص
استخذاو انسبئم انتكنجي
انبسب بب يخذو يبسست
انيض
1/7 Establish collaborated
relationship with other
clinical staff members that
helps to organize and lead
a team work.
7. Communicate effectively
and having good leadership
skills.
انتاصم بفبعهي انمذس . 7. 1
.عه ليبد فشيك انعم
8
1/8Identify the suitable
diagnostic and treatment
measures depending on
individual variations that
helps in decision making.
8. Make proper decision in
different professional
contexts.
اتخبر انمشاس ف سيبلبت . 8. 1
.يي يختهف
1/9 Use available resources
and techniques to
achieve treatment goals
for obstetrical and
gynecological cases.
9. Employ the available
resources in a way that makes
the best use of them and
reserve them.
تظيف اناسد انتبح . 9. 1
بب يحمك اعه استفبد انحفبظ
عهيبص
1/10 Identify the values, which
are consistent with the ideas
of society, health care in the
field of women's heath.
10. Increase awareness of
his/her role in community
development and environment
conservation through local and
global changes.
اظبس انع بذس ف . 10. 1
تي انجتع انحفبظ عه
انبيئ ف ضء انتغيشات
.انعبني االلهيي
1/11 Demonstrate awareness
of relevant legal, moral,
ethical and social issues.
11. Act to reflect the
commitment to integrity and
credibility, and the rules of the
profession in the field of
physical therapy for obstetrics
and gynecology.
انتصشف بب يعكس . 11. 1
االنتضاو ببنضا انصذالي
.االنتضاو بماعذ ان
1/12 Continue research and self
development in women’s
health field.
12. Develop his/her self,
academically, professionally
and continuing education.
تي رات اكبدييب . 12. 1
ييب ا يك لبدسا عه
.انتعهيى انستش 2- Intended Learning
Outcomes (ILOs)
2/1 Knowledge and
understanding
By the end of the master
program the graduate
should be able to:
2- Academic standards
2.1- Knowledge and
understanding
By the end of the master
program the graduate should
be able to:
المعاييز القياسيه العامه -2
لمعزفه والفهم ا2-1
ببتبء دساس بشبيج انبجستيش
يجب ا يك انخشيج لبدسا
:عه انفى انذساي بكم ي
a4: Describe structural and
functional
characteristics of
cardiopulmonary
system,
musculoskeletal,
nervous system and
their relations to
physical function and
explain the effect of
exercise and training on
the body systems.
a5: Identify the pathological
changes, pharmacological
1. Identify principles and
theories in the field of
physical therapy for obstetrics
and gynecology, as well as of
the other related fields.
انظشيبت االسبسيبت 1. 1. 2
انتعهم بجبل انتعهى كزا ف
.انجبالت رات انعالل
9
interaction and related
clinical features of
gynecology and
obstetrics conditions
commonly encountered
by Physical Therapy, and
medical and surgical
treatment
a6: Describe the female
psychological status and
problems across her life
span and discuss the
impact of psychological
changes on the female
across different stages of
her life.
a8: Explain biological,
anatomical, and
physiological changes,
which developed as a
normal consequence of
normal female life and
those resulting from a
pathological origin.
For elective course
a15: Describe the functional
anatomy of thorax,
abdomen, and pelvis and
external and internal
genitalia and lower
urinary system. (GYOB
605)
a16: Describe the concept of
regional biomechanics,
biomechanical changes,
which developed as a
normal consequence of
normal female life and
those resulting from a
pathological origin.
(GYOB 606)
a20: Describe the basic
concepts of
electromyography
(EMG) and its uses in
10
evaluation of
abdominal and pelvic
floor muscles. (GYOB
609)
a9: Discuss the scope of
physical therapy in
woman's health
promotion.
a10: Explain the mechanism of
action and physiological
effect of physical therapy
modalities used in
treating different
obstetrical and
gynecological cases
according to evidence
based practice.
2. Recognize mutual effects
between the professional
practice and its impact on
women's health.
انتأثيش انتببدل بي 2. 1. 2
انبسس اني اعكبسب
.عه انبيئ
a11: Explain the advanced
types of investigations
and treatment needed for
each obstetrical and
Gynecological case.
For elective course
a17: Describe the advanced
methods for mechanical
assessment of posture,
balance and gait of
female across different
stages of her life.(GYOB
606)
a18: Discuss new
knowledge and
advanced non-
pharmacological
interventions for
different female
problems during
adolescence and
pregnancy. (GYOB
607)
a19: Discuss new
therapeutic modalities,
which used in the area
of gynecology and
obstetrics. (GYOB 608)
3. Review scientific
developments in the field of
physical therapy for obstetrics
and gynecology.
انتطسات انعهي ف 3. 1. 2
.يجبل انتخصص
a12: Discuss indications, 4. Recognize moral and legal 2 .1 .4 انببدئ االخاللي
11
contraindication, possible
complications, moral, and
legal of different medical
treatment and physical
therapy modalities, which
used in the area of
gynecology and
obstetrics in Egyptian
society.
principles regarding the
professional practices in the
field of physical therapy for
obstetrics and gynecology.
انمبي نهبسس اني ف
.يجبل انتخصص
a7: Explain the different types
of evaluative procedures
used in Gynecology and
Obstetrics.
a13: Identify quality of
evaluation methods used
in assessment of different
obstetrical and
gynecological problems.
a14-Discuss different physical
therapy modalities
according to evidence-
based practice.
5. Recognize principles and
basic quality assurance
regarding the professional
practices in the field of
physical therapy for obstetrics
and gynecology.
يببدئ اسبسيبت 5. 1. 2
انجد ف انبسس اني ف
.يجبل انتخصص
a1: Identify the scope of
statistics, its function and
importance in the field of
women's health.
a2: Explain the value and the
importance of research in
the field physical therapy,
and list types of research
and define qualification
of researcher.
a3: Identify phenomena
which need to be
researched and asking
meaningful research
question and
understand the
procedure of collecting
data.
6. Recognize principles and
ethics for scientific research. اسبسيبت اخالليبت 6 .1. 2
.انبحث انعه
2/2- Intellectual Skills
By the end of the diploma
program the graduate should
be able to:
2.2 Intellectual skills By the end of the master
program the graduate should
be able to:
المهارات الذهنيه2-2
ببتبء دساس بشبيج انبجستيش
يجب ا يك انخشيج لبدسا
:عه
b4: Analyze medical and
clinical information about
Analyze and assess the
information to solve problems تحهيم تمييى 1. 2. 2
انعهيبت ف يجبل انتخصص
12
different cases of
obstetrics and
gynecology.
b5: Interpret knowledge about
gynecology and
obstetrics in the
evaluation, planning and
application of treatment
program.
For elective course
b16: Differentiate between
anatomical structures and
locations of muscles and
nerves of female system
(GYOB 605)
in the field of physical therapy
for obstetrics and gynecology.
. انميبط عهيب نحم انشبكم
b6: Formulate realistic goals
of the treatment program
in absence of some
information.
b7: Justify specific treatment
plan of the patient using
problem solving and
clinical reasoning skills.
2. Solve specialized problems
in the absence of some
information.
حم انشبكم 2. 2. 2
انتخصص يع عذو تافش بعض
.انعطيبت
b3: Categorize guidelines for
testing individual's
physical fitness, and
correlate between
physical fitness as well as
health and judge if
exercises are valuable
therapeutic modality for
solving the patient
problems.
b8: Correlate between
psychological state of the
female through out her
life and her performance.
3. Combine different
knowledge to solve
professional problems.
انشبط بي انعبسف 3. 2. 2
.انختهف نحم انشبكم اني
b2: Differentiate between
different types of
research studies,
formulate hypothesis, and
interpret validity and
reliability of measuring
instrument.
b9: Formulate a scientific
4. Perform a research study or
write a systematic research
on scientific problems.
/ اجشاء دساس بحثي 4. 2. 2
ا كتبب دساس عهي يجي
.حل يشكه بحثي
13
research study of a
problem in the field of
physical therapy for
obstetrics and
gynecology.
b10: Categorize the principles
of physical therapy in the
field of physical therapy
for obstetrics and
gynecology.
b11: Analyze risk factors,
precautions, and warning
signs of physical therapy
modalities in treating
obstetrical and
gynecological cases
For elective course
b18: Justify uses of electrical
modalities for different
obstetrical and
gynecological problems
(GYOB 607).
5. Evaluate risks of
professional practices in the
field of physical therapy for
obstetrics and gynecology.
تمييى انخبطش ف 5. 2. 2
انبسسبت اني ف يجبل
.انتخصص
b14: Differentiate between
practical issues that
provide suitable
opportunities for
assessment and treatment
of obstetrical and
gynecological cases.
b15: Judge information of
research studies and its
results in relation to
previous work to help
serving professional
practice.
6. Plan structure for
developing the professional
practices in the field of
physical therapy for obstetrics
and gynecology.
انتخطيط نتطيش االداء 6. 2. 2
.ف يجبل انتخصص
b1: Select the appropriate
statistical method for
analyzing the recorded
data.
b12: Select and interpret the
most appropriate type of
investigations for each
case in the field of
obstetrics and
gynecology
b13: Select and interpret
proper treatment program
for different obstetrics
and gynecological cases.
7. Make professional
decisions in different
professional situations.
اتخبر انمشاسات 7. 2. 2
.اني
14
For elective course
b17: Select the suitable
mechanical evaluative
methods of motion,
balance and gait analysis
for females during
different phases of life.
(GYOB 606)
b19: Select the suitable
therapeutic modalities
used for treating patient
with obstetrical and
gynecological disorders.
(GYOB 608)
b20: Select a proper type of
EMG investigations for
each case in the field of
obstetrics and
gynecology. (GYOB 609)
2/3- Professional skills
By the end of the diploma
program the graduate should
be able to:
2.3. Professional skills
By the end of the master
program the graduate should
be able to:
المهارات المهنيه2-3
ببتبء دساس بشبيج انبجستيش
يجب ا يك انخشيج لبدسا
:عه
C1: Apply perfectly basic and
recent professional skills
in the field of exercise
testing and prescription
PT 602
C2: Conduct regular periodical
patients' evaluation
For elective course
C4: Apply safely and
effectively therapeutic
exercise modalities
considering the female
psychological state,
proper position of the
female during treatment
of different cases of
obstetrics and
gynecology. (GYOB 608)
c7: Use efficiently skills of
manual therapy
including mobilization,
soft tissue manipulation
1. Mastering of basic and
recent professional skills in
the field of physical therapy
for obstetrics and gynecology.
اتمب انبسات اني 1. 3. 2
االسبسي انحذيث ف يجبل
.انتخصص
15
and respiratory therapy
techniques. (GYOB
608, 607)
c9: USE E.M.G. in the
diagnosis of female
health disorders.
(GYOB 609)
C3: Evaluate the patient
progress from the
investigations results and
write professional
reports.
2. Write and evaluate
professional reports. كتبب تمييى انتمبسيش 2. 3. 2
.اني
c5: Use effectively advanced
physical therapy tools
and measuring
instruments in
accordance with
standard guidelines.
(GYOB 607, GYOB
609)
c6: Apply advanced
electrical modalities
based on the
therapeutic use of
electrical, thermal,
light, sonic and
magnetic energy in the
field of obstetrics and
gynecology. (GYOB
607)
c8: Develop treatment
program to the present
situation and available
facilities in the field of
physical therapy for
obstetrics and
gynecology. (GYOB
607, 608)
3. Evaluate and develop the
applied tools and techniques
and mechanisms practices in
the field of physical therapy
for obstetrics and gynecology.
تمييى تطيش انطشق 3. 3. 2
االدات انمبئ ف يجبل
. انتخصص
2/4- General Skills
By the end of the diploma
program the graduate
should be able to:
2.4. General skills
By the end of the master
program the graduate should
be able to:
المهارات العامه والمتنقله 2-4
ببتبء دساس بشبيج انبجستيش
يجب ا يك انخشيج لبدسا
:عه
d1: Communicate effectively
with patient relatives and
health care professionals
establishing professional
and ethical relationship.
Communicate verbally and
nonverbally with patients,
health care team and others in
an appropriate, effective and
capable manner
انتاصم انفعبل 1. 4. 2
.بأاع انختهف
16
d2: Communicate accurately,
clearly, confidently, and
effectively in writing and
orally.
d4: Use internet critically as a
mean of communication
and source of
information.
2. Use information technology
to develop professional
practice.
استخذاو تكنجيب 2. 4. 2
انعهيبت بب يخذو انبسس
.اني
d5: Evaluate him/herself and
respond to changing
demands.
3. Evaluate her/him self and
specify her/him personal and
educational needs.
انتمييى انزات تحذيذ 3. 4. 2
.احتيبجبت انتعهيي انشخصي
d3: Demonstrate competence
in the use of computer
based information
handling and data
processing tools.
4. Use different resources for
information and knowledge استخذاو انصبدس 4. 4. 2
انختهف نهحصل عه
.انعهيبت
d6: Assess the relevance and
importance of the ideas
of others.
5. Apply rules, measures and
indicators for evaluating
others.
ضع لاعذ 5. 4. 2
.يإششات تمييى اداء االخشي
d7: Work effectively as a
member of a team and
participate constructively
in groups.
d9: Having a positive intent.
6. Work in a teamwork and be
a leader in different
professional contexts.
انعم ف فشيك ليبد 6. 4. 2
.فشق ف سيبلبت يي يختهف
d8: Manage time perfectly,
personal emotions and
stress and prioritize
workloads.
7. Manage time effectively. 2 .4 .7اداس انلت بكفبء .
d10: Continue self learning. 8. Continuous self-learning. 2 .4 .8انتعهى انزات انستش .
-
4-Program Structure and Contents:
a. Program duration:
The program is conducted in three semesters:
1- First semester: Extends for six months; starts in October 1st and ends in March
31st. Exams are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies two courses from the faculty requirements’
courses in addition to other department mandatory courses.
17
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be filled from March
1st to March 15
th.
- The student fills a form about the elective courses he/she wants to take in the
second semester from March 16th
to March 30th
.
2- Second semester: Extends for six months; starts in May 1st and ends in October
31st. Exams are conducted in November.
- In this semester the student studies the remaining courses of the faculty
requirements in addition to the remaining courses of the department mandatory
courses in addition to elective courses equivalent to two credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be filled from October
1st to October 15
th.
- The student fills a form about the elective courses he/she want to take in the
third semester from October 16th
to October 30th
.
3- Third semester: Extends for four months; starts from the first Saturday of December
and ends in March 31st. Exams are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies elective courses equivalent to six credit hours
minimum.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be filled from March
1st to March 15
th.
4- Thesis: Its duration is equivalent to six credit hours.
B-Program structure:
Credit hours: 30 (minimum) Mandatory Courses: 22 Selective Courses: 8
Semesters
Courses Credit
Hours
Percentage
First, Second and Third
Semesters
(Faculty and department
mandatory courses,
Department elective
courses)
Basic Physical Therapy sciences
Social sciences & Humanities
Medical sciences
Specialization sciences
Other sciences (computer)
7
2
2
17
2
23.34%
6.7%
6.7%
56.7%
6.7%
Total 30 100%
18
i. Program Courses (1st semester )
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
PT
600 Bio-statistics 2 2 - - 1 1 --- 4,8
PT
601
Research
Methodology
and
Experimental
Design.
2 2 - - 2,3 2 --- 4,8
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
GYOB
600
Basic gynecology
and obstetrics 3 3 - - 5 4,5 -- 4,7,8
GYOB
601
Female
psychology across
life- span
3 3 - - 6 8 -- 2,4,7,8
GYOB
602
advanced
evaluation and
clinical
management for
GYOB (I)
3 1 - 6 7,11 5,12 2,3 1,2,4,7,8
ii. Program Courses (2nd
semester)
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course
Title
Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
PT
602
Exercise
Physiology 3 2 2 - 4 3 1 2,4,7,8,9
19
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course
Title
Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
GYOB
603
Independent
study in
GYOB (I)
3 3 - - 9,12,
14 6,7,10 ---- 3,4,6,8,10
GYOB
604
Research
seminar in
P.T. for
GYOB (1)
3 3 - - 8,10,
13,14
5,6,9,
13,14,15 ----
3,4,6,7,
8,10
iii. Department selective courses (Minimum 2 credit hours in 2nd
semester and 6
credit hours in 3rd
semester)
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
GYOB
605
Regional anatomy
(thorax, abdomen
and pelvis).
2 2 - - 15 16 -- 4,8
GYOB
606
Regional
biomechanics
related to GYOB
2 2 - - 13,16,
17 5,17 -- 3,4,7,8
GYOB
607
Advanced
gynecological and
obstetrical physical
therapy I
2 1 2 - 8,10,18 13,18 5,6,7,8
2,4,5,7
8,9
GYOB
608
Therapeutic
modalities for
GYOB
2 1 2 - 12,14,
19 11,19 4,7,8
2,4,5,
7,8,9
GYOB
609
E.M.G.Evaluation
for abdominal and
pelvic floor muscles
2 1 2 - 20 6,20 3,5,9 1,2,4,5,
7,8,9
20
5- Program Admission Requirements:
The applicant must hold a bachelor's degree in physical therapy from any egyptian
universalities under the law regulating universities or other equivalent university with
grade (good) at least in the general grade and (very good) in the specialization to be
studied.
Students obtained a diploma of specialization may admit if hold grade (good) at least
in the general grade and (very good) in the specialization to be studied.
Student must have spent a period of training for at least a calendar year in the area of
specialization he/she wants to join.
Student must pass an exam for English language in accordance to the rules laid down
by the faculty council.
6- Regulations for Progression and Program Completion:
The student must pass all the prescribed courses (mandatory - elective) successfully.
The student should prepare a plan of a scientific research in an innovative subject
which is approved by the council of the department and approved by the graduate
studies committee and faculty council, and approved by the competent management of
the university within two years from the date he/she registered for postgraduate study
in condition that he/she passed 14 credit hours at least (the faculty council decided on
January 17th
2006 that these 14 credit hours which the student achieved include
faculty requirement courses )
The student must present a thesis to the discussion and governance committee that is
constituted by the proposal of the department concerned and the approval of the
faculty council and the competent authorities of the university after at least six months
from registering the research plan.
For a student to perform the practical part of the thesis in laboratories offered by the
faculty, he/she should attend a specialized training program for a period ranging from
one day (cost 50 pounds ) to five days at most (cost 250 pounds ).
The enrollment of the student is to be null if he/she is not able to obtain a master’
degree within four years from the date of registration for graduate studies and the
faculty council may license additional year after approval of the report submitted by
the supervisor that is adopt by the competent authorities.
21
The university grants the master’s degree in physical therapy upon approval by the
faculty council according to the specialties of the various departments.
7- Learning Methods;
Methods Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
1-Lectures a1 to a20
b1,2,11,12,13,15,17,18,19,20
Practical training c2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9
d1,d2,d5,d6,d7,d9
Lab c1, d2,d9
Student activity a11, 14,18
b3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,14,16
d3,4,6,7,8,10
8- Learning facilities:
8-1-Teaching halls
8-2-Equipped labs
8-3- Library- Internet
8-4-Tools: Board and data show
9-5- patients
9- Evaluation of Program Intended Learning Outcomes:
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
1-Written exams Knowledge and Understanding
a1 to a20,
b1 to b20
2-Oral exams Knowledge and Understanding, Intellectual Skills and
Communication Skills
a4,7,8,10,11,18,20
b 3,5,10,12,13,17,18,20
d2
3-Practical exam Professional and Practical Skills, Inter Personal and
Teamwork Skills and Self Management Skills
c2 to c9
d1,8
22
4-Applied exam Professional and Practical Skills
c1, d8
5-Log book General skills
d2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10
10- Ways of program evaluation
Evaluator
Tool
Sample
1- Senior students
Focus group
20%
2- Alumni
Focus group 10%
3- Stakeholders ( Employers)
Questionnaire 28
4-External Evaluator(s) (External
Examiner(s))
Report 1
5- Other
Program coordinator: Dr: Engy Mohamed El Nahas, Dr: Marwa Abdel Rahman, Ghada
Elrefahy, Wafaa Kamel
Signature:
Date: / /
Attachment: Course Specifications
Annex 1: Courses of the Master Degree (1st, 2
nd and 3
rd semesters)
1
Cairo University
Faculty: Physical Therapy
Department: Physical therapy for Surgery
Program Specification
( 2013 / 2014 year)
A- Basic Information
1- Program Title: Master of Science in physical therapy in specialty of Surgery
2-ProgramType: Single
3- Department (s):Physical therapy for surgery
4- Program coordinator: Prof. Dr. ZakariaMowafy
5- External evaluator: prof. Dr/ Mohamed SadekBadawy.
6- Date of programe specifications approval department council: 8 /9 / 2013
7- Faculty council approval: 8 / 4 / 2014
B- Professional Information
1- Graduate Attributes:
A graduate of the master degree of physical therapy for surgery should be able to:
1.1 Apply the basics of scientific research and know how to use its different tools.
1.2 Apply the analytical curriculum and use it in surgery and burn specialization.
1.3 Apply the specialized knowledge and merge it with knowledge related to
professional practice in the field of physical therapy for surgery and burn.
1.4 Show awareness of current issues and recent visions within the specialization.
1.5 Define professional problems and solving them.
2
1.6 Identifythe specialized professional skills and use technology to develop his/her
career.
1.7 Communicate effectively and have good leadership skills.
1.8 Make proper career decision.
1.9 Use the available resources in a way that makes the best use of them and
reserves them.
1.10 Increase awareness and work on community development through local and
global changes.
1.11 Act honestly and stick to profession's rules.
1.12 Develop him/ her self, academically, professionally, and continue education.
Program aims:
This program aims to:
1/1 Explain how to write protocols with scientific presentation in different types of
journals of surgery.
1/2- Describe diagnostic tests used by physical therapist.
1/3- Express the current rational for basic approaches to manipulative procedures
1/4-Indicate team work management of different cases measurement, and pain
management
1/5 -Recognize specialized professional problems and solvingthem.
1/6–Estimate Knowledge and skills for competent practice
1/7- Explain the student's responsibility toward community and conserving the
environment by explaining the precaution and risks of different therapeutic modalities.
1/8-Identify the principles of the proper decision making in listing the patient problems
1/9- Describe available resources and techniques and identify new models.
1/10- Summarize the ethical principles of application of advanced evaluation and treatment
3
techniques to solve patient Problems
1/11- Review theoretical bases of manual therapy and therapeutic modalities.
1/12- Tell analytical approaches in Surgery of physical therapy practice and related fields.
For elective courses;-
The graduated student should be able to do one or more of the following:-
1/13- Modify his/her professional knowledge through continuous education
1/14- Define the practice of some physical therapy rehabilitation techniques for surgical
conditions,
1/15- Distinguish the theoretical basis of clinical treatments and advanced evaluation of
physical therapy for surgical conditions
1/16- Identify the cell and the structural units of living systems and their reactions
processes after surgery and during exercise therapy.
1/17- Distinguish the theoretical basis of biochemical changes during exercise.
1/18- Distinguish the theoretical basis of Advanced Surgical implementation.
1/19- Use the opportunity to pursue and present a topic of interest that is related to
physical therapy evaluation and treatment for some selected cases of surgery
(burn and plastic surgery, cancer and general surgeries)
1/20- Recognize the medical science for physiotherapist
1/21- Outline the theoretical basis of arterial blood pressure and respiratory regulation.
1/22- State the relation between the kidney and blood pressure regulation.
1/23- Provide the identification and interpret the pathological criteria of different surgical
cases and tissue healing,
1/24- explain pathological mechanism of burn and wound,
1/25- Identify organisms that causing infection,
1/26- Identify structural changes for injuries,
1/27- Recognize steps and mechanism of tissue repair and wound healing.
2- Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs)
2/1 Knowledge and understanding
a- By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
a1: Specifythe underlying mechanism of post-operative pain
a2: State the basicand the new concepts of subjective and objective measurement of
different body parts of burnedand surgicalpatient.
a3:List the basic structure of skin, fascia, connective tissue and soft tissue.
4
a4:Record the concepts of the advanced 3d evaluation andthe new exercise programsfor
post-operativeand burned patient
a5:label the quality of selected instruments for evaluation and treatment
a6: Knowledge of different statistical analysis of different types of research in the field
of physical therapy for cases in burn and surgery.
a7:Match the principles of research and evidence based physical therapy advanced
evaluation for post-operative and burn cases.
a8.List the organisms that causing infection,
a9. Identify structural changes for injuries,
a10.Name the cell and the structural units of living systems and their reactions processes
after surgery and during exercise therapy.
a11:Specify histological structures of different body parts and list its main functions.
a12:Recognize the new trends in physical therapy for surgical patients in ICU.
a13:Specify ICU equipment related to physical therapy.
a14: label the biochemical and physiological changes during exercise.
a15: Match the indication, contraindication, and complications for intensive care unit
(ICU).
a16: Outline perfectly with the principles of scientific research in the field of surgery and
burn.
A17:Describe iontophoresis role in wound healing (Program: )
A18: Specify role of physical therapy in urological surgery
b- For elective courses;-
The graduated student should be able to do one or more of the following:-
a17.Label the newrehabilitation techniques in the field of physical therapy for surgical
cases.(SURG 606)
a18.Specifythe proper methods of the practice of the new physical therapy rehabilitation
techniques for surgical conditions. (SURG 606)
5
a19.Relate the medical science for physiotherapist with the rehabilitation
techniques.(SURG 606, SURG 608 )
a20.Match the steps and mechanism of tissue repair and wound healingwith the
rehabilitation techniques.(SURG 607, SURG 608,SURG 610)
a21. State the relation between the kidney and blood pressure regulation.(SURG 606)
a22:Specify biological and biochemicalstructures of different body parts and list its
main functions.(SURG 607, SURG 609, SURG 611)
a23:Recognize the pathological, physiologicaland psychological aspectsof burnt patient
and post-operative patient Rehabilitation.(SURG 606, SURG 608)
a24:Recognize the biochemical changes during application of different exercise
programs.(SURG 611)
a25: State pathological basis of different surgical cases. (SURG 606, SURG 609)
a26: Underline the theoretical basis of different advanced surgical implementation.
(SURG 609)
2/2 Intellectual Abilities
a- By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
b 1:Formulate the principles of new measuring tools used in subjective and objective
measurement of different surgical cases.
b2: Predict the proper type of exercise based on physiological and biochemical bases.
b3: Manage proper treatment program for different surgicalcases.
b4: Formulate suitable technological methods for the benefit of his/her professional
practice and research.
b5:Classify the physiological changes as result of practicing exercises.
b6:Categorizenormal and abnormal histological, anatomical structures of different
body parts and list its main functions.
b7:Compose different statistical analysis of different types of research in the field of
physical therapy for rare cases in burn and surgery.
b8:Organize the common equipment in ICU and intensive care monitoring.
b9: Differentiate between common skin disorders.
6
b10:Formulate the principles of research and evidence based physical therapy
advanced evaluation for post-operative and burn cases.
b11: Value different new methods of pain measurements.
b12:describe role of electrotherapy in pain management (Program: )
b13: State oxygen transport mechanism. (Program: )
b-For elective courses;-
The graduated student should be able to do one or more of the following:-
b12. Distinguish the theoretical basis of biochemical changes during exercise.(SURG
611)
b13. Distinguish the theoretical basis of Advanced Surgical implementation.(SURG
609)
b14. Outline the theoretical basis of arterial blood pressure and respiratory
regulation.(SURG 607)
b15: Differentiate between biomechanical and biological criteria of postoperative
patient.(SURG 607,SURG 608, SURG 610)
b16: Differentiate between different types of surgeries implementation.(SURG 609)
b17: Explain the pathological and physiological principles in surgery.(SURG 606,
SURG 608)
b18:Select an effective treatment for rare surgical patient.(SURG 608, SURG 610)
b19:Propose the principals of advanced surgical physical therapy treatment.(SURG
610)
b20:Synthesis ofthe medical science for physiotherapist. (SURG 608)
b7:describe role of electrotherapy in pain management (Program: )
b8: State oxygen transport mechanism. (Program: )
2/3 Professional and Practical Skills
a- By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
c1: Applythe proper physical therapy method for evaluation of burn patients and other
types of wounds.
7
c2: Demonstrate the anatomy and histology of theimportant structuresin healing
process.
c3: Interpret the bio physiological changes during exercise programs.
c4: Dramatizethe most histological abnormalities within the body tissues.
c5: Employexercise programme for better energy expenditure.
c6: Practicethe proper physical therapy methods in evaluating burn patient and other
types of wounds.
c7: Operatethe therapeutic technique and exercises in managing post skin graft patient.
c8: Illustratethe different types of plastic surgery.
c9: Apply assessment for the patient pre and post operative.
c10: Solve the wound infectionproblems.
c11: Evaluatethe patient’s case post- operativelyby advanced methods.
c12: Apply hyperbaric oxygen therapy for wound management.
c13: Illustrate the therapeutic benefits of physical therapy with ICU patients.
c14: Employ the basics of the research onadvanced physical therapy evaluation for post-
operative and burn cases.
c15: Use different statistical analysis in different types of research.
c16: Apply different physical therapy modalities for ICU patient.
c17: Illustratethe main structures and functions about anterior abdominal wall and
abdominal viscera.
c18: Sketchthe different layers of the skin under anatomical bases.
c19: Illustrate the statistical analysis of different types of researches in the field of
physical therapy
c20: Update his/her professional knowledge through continuous education.
c21: Use the opportunity to pursue and present a topic of interest that is related to
physical therapy evaluation and treatment for some selected cases of surgery (burn
and plastic surgery, cancer and general surgeries)
b- For elective courses;-
The graduated student should be able to do one or more of the following:-
c22: Interpretthe pathological changes as a result of burn(SURG 606)
c23: Demonstrate the effect of injury or surgery on respiratory systems.(SURG 607)
c24: Demonstrate the effect of injury or surgery on cardiovascular.(SURG 607,SURG
607)
c25: Use the therapeutic techniques and exercises in managing post operative
patients(SURG 610)
c26: Apply the advanced therapeutic modalities of physical therapy in surgical
cases.(SURG 610)
c27: Sketchthe effect of each treatment.(SURG 610)
c28: Illustratethe pathological criteria of skin pathology and breast tissue.(SURG 606)
c29: Dramatize the theoretical basis of Advanced Surgical implementation.(SURG 609)
c30: Sketch the biochemical changes during application of different exercise programs.
8
(SURG 611)
c31: Demonstratethe medical science forthe advanced rehabilitation techniques.(SURG
608)
c32: Show the identification and interpret the pathological criteria of different surgical
cases and tissue healing,(SURG 606,SURG 607 )
2/4 General and Transferable skills
a- By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
d1: Use internet morecritically as a mean of communication with and source of new
information of the new trends in physical therapy evaluation and management and
dealing with different burn and surgical cases.
d2: Co-operate effectively as a member of a team in dealing and managing burn and
surgical patients.
d3: Operate a positive target in the management of burn and surgical patients and the
plan for achieving it
d4: Use the advanced newtrends and ideas of other physical therapist in the field of
physical therapy for burn and surgical cases
d5: Assess the relevance and importance of the ideas of others.
d6: Share the ideas of others effectively in the field of physical therapy for burn and
surgical cases.
d7: Demonstrate competence in the usage of computer as a source of information in the
role of physical therapy for burn and surgical patients.
d8:Analyze different statistical analysis in different types of research in the field of
physical therapy for rare cases in burn and surgery.
d9: Createthe new uses of the equipment in ICU and intensive care monitoring (SURG
708).
d10: Critique different types of research in the field of physical therapy
d11: Demonstrate perfectly the anatomical and histological structures of different body
parts concerning with rehabilitation of burned and postoperative patients.
d12: Interpret accurately the physiological changes during different exercise programs.
d13:Display the potential for leadership and team skills in surgical and ICU
department
b-For the elective courses:
The graduate should be able to gain one or more of the following:
9
d13: Record burn and surgical patients’ demands and the appropriate methods in
managing these cases. (SURG 610)
d14: Share a team responsible for rehabilitation of patient suffering postoperative
complications. (SURG 610, SURG 609)
d15: Communicate with burn and surgical patient relatives and health care professionals
for establishing a professional and ethical relationship.(SURG 610, SURG 609)
d16:Employ the medical science for the advanced new rehabilitation techniques.
(SURG 608)
d17: Show the identification and interpret the biological and pathological criteria of
different surgical cases and tissue healing, (SURG 606, SURG 607)
d18: Demonstrate the biochemical changes during application of different exercise
and programs and employ it during application of exercises. (SURG 611)
3- Academic Standards
3/1- Graduate attributes:
The academic standards for M.D. degree in the spectrum of physical therapy for
surgery, which approved by faculty committee in / /2013 that revised and
approved in / /2013 are:
4- External References for Standards (Benchmarks)
- General Academic Reference Standards for the Postgraduate Studies Programs of the
National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education (NAQAAE).
5- Programme Structure and Contents
a. Programme duration:
The programme is conducted in three semesters:
1- First semester: for six months; starts in October 1st and ends in March 31
st.
Exams are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies two courses from the faculty requirements’
courses in addition to other department mandatory courses.
10
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
March 1st to March 15
th.
- An application to choose the elective courses in the second semester should
be conducted before the end of the first semester from March 16th
to March
30th
.
2- Second semester: for six months; starts in May 1st and ends in October 31
st.
Exams are conducted in November.
- In this semester the student studies the remaining courses of the faculty
requirements in addition to the remaining courses of the department mandatory
courses in addition to elective courses equivalent to two credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
October 1st to October 15
th.
- The student fills a form about the elective courses he/she wants to take in the
third semester from October 16th
to October 30th
.
3- Third semester: for four months; starts from the first Saturday of December and
ends in March 31st. Exams are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies elective courses equivalent to 6 credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be filled from March
1st to March 15
th.
4- Thesis: Its duration is equivalent to six credit hours.
b. Programme structure:
Credit hours: (36 ) Mandatory : ( 24 ) Elective : ( 6 )
Semesters
Courses Credit Hours Percentage
1
st,2
nd and 3
rd
semesters
BasicPhysicalTherapy sciences
Social sciences & Humanities
Medical sciences
Specialization sciences
Other sciences (computer,)
Field Training
12
0
15
9
0
0
33.33%
0%
41.67%
25%
%
%
11
Total 36 100%
Basic Physical Therapy sciences:( PT 601 , PT 602) SURG 603, SURG 602, SURG 604,
Medical sciences: (PT 600,(SURG 600 ,SURG 601 , SURG 606 , SURG 607 , SURG 608, SURG
611 )
Specialization sciences : (SURG 605, SURG 609, SURG 610),
i. Programme Courses (1st semester )
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
PT 600 Bio-statistics 2 2 - - 6 7 15,19 8
PT 601
Research
Methodology
and
Experimental
Design
2 2 - - 7,16 4,10 14,19 1,7,10
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course
Title
Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
SURG
600
Clinical
histology 3 2 2 - 3,8,9,10,11 6.9 2,4 11
SURG
601
Surgical
anatomy 2 2 - - 3,8,9,10 6 2,17, 18 11
SURG
602
Advanced
evaluation
and clinical
Management
I
3 1 - 6 2,4,5,7
1,3
1,6,9,11,21 1,2,11
ii. Programme Courses (2nd
semester)
12
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course
Title
Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin A b c D
PT
602
Exercise
Physiology 3 2 2 - 10,14 2,5 3,5 12
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course
Title
Credi
t
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretica
l
Lab/Pr
.
Cli
n A B c d
SUR
G 603
Research
seminar I 2 2 - - 6,7,16 4,10
14,19,20,2
1
1,5,6,7,8,1
0
SUR
G 604
Independen
t study (I) 2 2 - -
1,3,8,9,12,1
5
1,2,3,5,
9
1,5,7,8,10,
12,17,21
2,3,6,13
SUR
G 605
Physical
therapy role
in intensive
care unit
3 2 - 3 19,20 8 13,16 9,13
iii. Department elective courses (Minimum 2 credit hours in 2nd
semester and 6 credit hours in 3rd
semester)
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical
Lab/
Pr.
Clin a b C D
SURG
606
Clinical Pathology 2
2 - - 21,23,
25
17
22,23,
24,28,
32
17
SURG
607
biological Principles
of disease 2 2 - - 20,22 14,15
23,24,
32 17
13
SURG
608
Medical Science for
physical therapists 2 2 - -
19,20,
23
15,17,18
,20 31,32 16
SURG
609
Advanced Surgical
implantation 2 2 - - 22,25,
26
13,16
29 14,
15
SURG
610
Advanced Physical
Therapy Trends for
Surgical condition 2 1 2 -
17,18,
19,20
15,18,
19
25,26,
27
13,
14,
15
SURG
611
Biochemistry of
Exercise 2 2 - - 22,24 12 30 18
6- Programme Admission Requirements
The applicantmust hold a bachelor degree in physical therapy from any Egyptian universalities follow
theorganizing law of the universitiesor other equivalent university with grade (good) at least in the general
grade and (very good) in the specialization to be studied.
Students obtained a diploma of specialization may admit if hold grade (good) at least in the general grade and
(very good) in the specialization to be studied.
Student must have spent a period of training for at least a calendar year in the area of specialization he/she
wants to join.
Student must pass an exam for English language in accordance to the rules laid down by the College council.
Specialty courses for Academic Departments
College council approved in June 8th 2004 and August 3
rd 2004 that specialty courses for admission to
master's degree in the various specializations are as follows:
I- Department of Basic Sciences of Physical Therapy
Patient Observation Electrotherapy and Hydrotherapy
Therapeutic Exercises Tests and Measurements
Soft tissue manipulation Rehabilitation
II- Department of Biomechanics
Motion Study Motion Analysis
14
III- Department of Physical Therapy for Cardiovascular / Respiratory Disorders & Geriatrics
P.T. for Internal Medicine and geriatrics Clinical training for Internal Medicine and
geriatrics
P.T. for Chest, Heart Diseases and Intensive
Care
Clinical training forChest, Heart Diseases
and Intensive Care
P.T. for Cardiothoracic surgery and Intensive
Care
Clinical training for Cardiothoracic surgery
and Intensive Care
III- Department of Physical Therapy for Gynecology & Obstetrics
P.T. for gynecology and obstetrics Clinical training for gynecology and
obstetrics
IV- Department of Physical Therapy for Musculo-Motor Disorders and Its Surgery
P.T. for Traumatology, Orthopedics and its
surgery
Clinical training for Traumatology,
Orthopedics and its surgery
V- Department of Physical Therapy for Surgery
P.T. for surgery, burns and plastic surgery Clinical training for surgery, burns and
plastic surgery
VI- Department of Physical Therapy for Neuromuscular Disorders & Its Surgery
P.T. for Neurology and Neurosurgery Clinical training for Neurology and
Neurosurgery
VII- Department of Physical Therapy for Growth and Development Disorders in Children & Its
Surgery
P.T. for Pediatrics and Pediatric Surgery Clinical Training for Pediatrics and Pediatric
Surgery
College council decided in June 8th 2004 to consider Orthotics and Prothotics course as one of the courses
of specialty for Department of Physical Therapy for Musculo-Motor Disorders and Its Surgery; in case of
studying in this department and P.T. for cardiothoracic surgery course as one of specialty for Departmentof
Physical Therapy for Surgery; in case of studying in this department.
15
The date of admission and registration of students is the date of approval by the responsible vice president
of the university as a commissioner of the graduate studies and research council.
The college is entitled to impose supplementary courses to offset the preparatory year of master degree that
the student should reimburse 500 pounds for each course with maximum of 2000 pounds with the
exception of demonstrators from the payment of such fees.
7- Regulations for Progression and Programme Completion
The student must pass all the prescribed courses (mandatory - elective) successfully.
The student should prepare a plan of a scientific research in an innovative subject which is approved by the
council of the department and approved by the graduate studies committee and college council, and
approved by the responsible authorities of the university within two years from the date he/she registered
for postgraduate study in condition that he/she passed 14 credit hours at least (the college council decided
on January 17th 2006 that these 14 credit hours which the student achieved include faculty requirement
courses )
The student must present a thesis to the discussion and governance committee that is constituted by the
proposal of the department concerned and the approval of the college council and the responsible
authorities of the university after at least six months from registering the research plan.
For a student to perform the practical part of the thesis in laboratories offered by the faculty, he/she should
attend a specialized training program for a period ranging from one day (cost 50 pounds ) to five days at
most (cost 250 pounds ).
The enrollment of the student is to be null if he/she is not able to obtain a master degree within four years
from the date of registration for graduate studies and the college council may license additional year after
approval of the report submitted by the supervisor that is adopt by the responsible authorities.
The university grants the master degree in physical therapy upon approval by the college council according
to the specialties of the various departments.
8- Learning Methods:
8-1-Lectures
8-2-Active learning: Project- Presentation - Small group discussion.- Brain storming
8-3- Practical training
8-4-Lab sections
9- Learning facilities:
9-1-Teaching halls
9-2-Equipped labs
16
9-3- Library- Internet
9-4-Tools: Board and data show
10- Evaluation of Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Method
Intended Le
arning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
1-Written exams
To assess Knowledge and Understanding
(a1,a2,a3,a4,a5,a6,a7,a9,,a10,a11,a12,a13,14,a15 .a16
,b1,b2,b3,b4,b5,b6,b7,b8,b9,b10,b11,b12,b13,b14,b15,b16,b17,b18,b19,b20)
2-Oral exams
To assess Knowledge and Understanding, Intellectual Skills and General Skills
(a1,a2,a3,a4,a5,a6,a7,a9,,a10,a11,a12,a13,14,a15 .a16
,b1,b2,b3,b4,b5,b6,b7,b8,b9,b10,b11,b12,b13,b14,b15,b16,b17,b18,b19,b20,d2,d3,d4,d5
,d6,d7,d8,d9,d10,d11,d12,d13,d14,d15,d16,d17,d18
3- Practical exam
To assess Professional and Practical Skills
(b1,b2,b3,b4,b5,b6,b7,b8,b9,b10, b11,b12,b13,b14,b15,b16,b17,b18,b19,b20
c4,c5,c6,c7,c8,c9,c10,c11,c12,c13,c14,c15,c16,c17,c18, c19,c20,c21).
11- Ways of programme evaluation
Evaluator
Tool
Sample
1- Senior students
Questionnaire 25%
2- 2011
Department Alumni
Questionnaire 25%
3- Stakeholders ( Employers)
Questionnaire 28
4-External Evaluator(s) Report 1
Program coordinator: Prof. Dr. ZakariaMowafy Signature: Date: 8 / 9/2013
council approval:8/9/2013
Head of Department: Prof .Dr.Adel Nossier
17
Attachment: Course Specifications
Annex 1: Courses of the Master Degree (1st, 2
nd and 3
rd semesters)
Cairo University
Faculty of Physical Therapy
Department: Physical therapy for Surgery
Graduated Degree: Master of Science in physical therapy in specialty of Surgery
Program description
Consumer of research and initiator of research ideas concerning surgical cases ,Work
in appoint within a large project. Initiate and work under supervision . Teach courses
for students in clinical and applied sections of surgery. Demonstrate skills to students,
hospital members or family. Analytical analysis for community problems and suggest
solutions. Has an advanced clinical skills in the area of expertise.
1
University: Cairo
Faculty: Physical Therapy
Department: Physical Therapy for Musculoskeletal Disorders and its surgery.
Program Specifications
(2013/2014 year)
A- Basic Information
1- Program Title: Master of Physical Therapy for Musculoskeletal Disorders and its surgery.
2-Program Type: Single
3-Department (s): Physical Therapy Department for Musculoskeletal Disorders and its surgery.
4- Program coordinator: Prof. Dr. Khaled Ayad
5- External evaluator: Prof. Dr .Hamdy Radwan/ Dr. Alsayed Hassan Kamel
6- Date of program specifications approval: 25/9/2014
7- Faculty council approval: 8 / 4 / 2014
B- Professional Information
Graduate attributes:
The graduate who will gain Master degree in physical therapy in specialty of musculoskeletal
disorders and its surgery should be able to:
1. Apply the basics of scientific research and know how to use its different tools.
2. Apply the analytical curriculum and use it in musculoskeletal disorders
specialization.
3. Show awareness of current issues and recent visions within the specialization.
4. Define professional problems and solving them.
5. Master the specialized professional skills and use technology to develop his/her
career.
6. Communicate effectively and have good leadership skills.
7. Make proper career decision.
8. Use the available resources in a way that makes the best use of them and reserves
them.
9. Increase awareness and work on community development through local and global
changes.
10. Act honestly and stick to profession's rules.
11. Develop him/her self, academically, professionally, and continue education
2
1-Program aims:
This program aims to: 1/1 Provide the graduates with knowledge and different types of skills necessary to act as a
specialist with accepted degree of professionalism and competency in the field of physical
therapy for musculoskeletal disorders.
1/2 Enable the graduate to do research in the field of the musculoskeletal disorders and
orthotics and prosthetics.
1/3 Prepare the graduates for lifelong learning and continuous professional development.
1/4 Use suitable methods and tools for teaching, learning, training and evaluation to insure the
acquisition of ILOs.
For elective courses this program aims to one or more of the following:
1/5 describes the relationship between different musculoskeletal structures and correlate them
to different musculoskeletal disorders.
1/6 develops enough knowledge about recent procedures in orthopedic physical therapy.
1/7 applies rules and regulations of physical therapy in Egypt.
1/8 analyze biomechanics of orthosis and prosthesis design and function
2- Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs)
2:1 Knowledge and understanding By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
a1. Describe in detail the concepts of advanced musculoskeletal anatomy and the
anatomical structures of the different regions of the musculoskeletal system.
a2. Define and describe different concepts of motor control, motor learning, and postural
control.
a3. Identify the different procedures used as new trends in the management of
musculoskeletal disorders.
a4. Write a review of literature, proposal and thesis in the field of musculoskeletal
disorders.
a5. Explain the value and the importance of research and statistics and their types and how
to be used in the field of musculoskeletal disorders.
a6. Describe the structure and function of major joints and muscles.
a7. Recognize specific principles, theories and calculations of orthopedic biomechanics
and pathomechanics.
For elective courses the graduate should achieve one or more of the following:
a8. Recognize the basic principles upon which advanced regional anatomy are based on
with mention of the specific anatomical structures in each anatomical region and
identification of anatomical structure on cadavers with description of the function of
each anatomical structure.
a9. Describe different joint and postural deformities.
a10. Recognize the possible causes of joint and postural deformities and its effect on
human function performance.
a11. Identify the different calculations used in kinesiology
a12. Describe management and managerial functions and their application in the field of
physical therapy.
a13. Recognize the rules and regulations of physical therapy profession laws in Egypt.
a14. Explain the biomechanical and functional rational for constructing and prescribing
orthotic and prosthetic devices.
a15. Describe soft tissue management of the selected topics
3
2/2 Intellectual Skills By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
b1. Correlate anatomy of different muscles and joints to their function and dysfunction.
b2. Compare and criticize theories of motor control and motor learning.
b3. Predict changes of physiological function under stress.
b4. Estimate the use of different physical therapy management procedures in orthopedics.
b5. Select a research problem and plan a research and statistical design.
b6. Criticize a clinical research article.
b7. Use biomechanical formulas in the field of orthopedics.
For elective courses the graduate should achieve one or more of the following:
b8. Correlate the regional anatomy with the possible pathological changes of different
musculoskeletal regions.
b9. Select the appropriate management procedures for each deformity of joint and posture
deformities.
b10. Predict the movement produced by the different groups of muscles and joints and their
dysfunction.
b11. Analyze the different functions of the musculoskeletal structures
b12. Evaluate the effectiveness of administration in the physical therapy field.
b13. Decide the patient's need for prescribing or modifying orthotics and prosthetic devices.
b14. Correlate the management soft tissue injuries with the management of the selected
disorders.
2/3 Professional and Practical Skills
c1. Apply manual skills in assessment and treatment of musculoskeletal disorders based on
knowledge of musculoskeletal anatomy.
c2. Detect different musculoskeletal structures on a cadaver.
c3. Assess physiological changes in response to exercise.
c4. Apply therapeutic and assessment techniques in the management of musculoskeletal
disorders.
c5. Apply the relevant biomechanical calculations in management of different
musculoskeletal disorders.
For elective courses the graduate should achieve one or more of the following:
c6. Detect the different musculoskeletal regions on a cadaver or a model.
c7. Use available scientific evidence in the management each deformity of joint and posture.
c8. c8. Use the available scientific evidence in order to prescribe the most suitable orthotics
and/or prosthetic devices for complicated cases
2/4 General and Transferable skills By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
d1. Use the internet critically as a means of communication and source of information.
d2. Establish and gradually enhance good personal and therapeutic rapport with patients and
family members.
4
d3. Display safety consciousness in the clinical setting with patients, self and equipment.
d4. Communicate with others in a professional appropriate manner using written, verbal,
and non verbal ways of communication in personnel in community health care facilities,
educational institutions and other professional associations.
For elective courses the graduate should achieve one or more of the following:
d5. Complies with infection control principles and sterile procedures.
d6. Use the internet efficiently as a source of information.
d7. Use the internet effectively in searching the available scientific evidence of the
management of the selected topics
3- Academic Standards:
3/1- General Standards:
The graduate who will gain the master degree in physical therapy in specialty of
musculoskeletal disorders and its surgery should be able to:
1. Apply perfectly the basics of scientific research and knowing how to use its different
tools.
2. Apply the analytical curriculum and use it in orthopedic physical therapy.
3. Apply the specialized knowledge and merging it with knowledge related to
professional practice in the orthopedic physical therapy.
4. Identify the current problems and recent visions within
5. Define professional problems and solving them.
6. Mastering the specialized professional skills and using technology to develop his/her
career.
7. Communicate effectively and having good leadership skills.
8. Make proper career decision.
9. Use the available resources in a way that makes the best use of them and reserves
them.
10. Increase awareness and working on community development through local and
global changes.
11. Act honestly and sticking to profession’s rules.
12. Develop him/her self academically, professionally, and continuing education
3/2- general standards:
3/2/1 Knowledge and Understanding:
By the end of the Master degree program the graduate should be able to know and understand:
1- Describe in detail the anatomical structures of the different regions of the musculoskeletal
system
2- Define and describe different concepts of motor control, motor learning, and postural
control.
3- Identify the different procedures used as new trends in the management of musculoskeletal
disorders.
4- Write a review of literature, proposal and thesis in the field of musculoskeletal disorders.
5- Explain the value and the importance of research and statistics and their types and how to be
used in the field of musculoskeletal disorders.
6- Describe the structure and function of major joints and muscles.
7- Recognize specific principles, theories and calculations of orthopedic biomechanics and
pathomechanics
5
3/2/2 Intellectual Skills:
By the end of the master degree program the graduate should be able to:
1- Correlate anatomy of different muscles and joints to their function and dysfunction.
2- Compare and criticize theories of motor control and motor learning.
3- Predict changes of physiological function under stress.
4- Estimate the use of different physical therapy management procedures in orthopedics.
5- Select a research problem and plan a research and statistical design.
6- Criticize a clinical research article.
7- Use biomechanical formulas in the field of orthopedics.
3/2/3 Professional and Practical skills:
By the end of the master degree program the graduate should be able to:
1- Apply manual skills in assessment and treatment of musculoskeletal disorders based on
knowledge of musculoskeletal anatomy.
2- Detect different musculoskeletal structures on a cadaver.
3- Assess physiological changes in response to exercise.
4- Apply therapeutic and assessment techniques in the management of musculoskeletal
disorders.
5- Apply the relevant biomechanical calculations in management of different musculoskeletal
disorders
3/2/4 General and Transferable Skills:
By the end of the master degree program the graduate should be able to:
1- Use the internet critically as a means of communication and source of information.
2- Establish and gradually enhance good personal and therapeutic rapport with patients
and family members.
3- Display safety consciousness in the clinical setting with patients, self and equipment.
4- Communicate with others in a professional appropriate manner using written, verbal,
and non verbal ways of communication in personnel in community health care
facilities, educational institutions and other professional associations.
4-External References for Standards (Benchmarks)
- General Academic Reference Standards for the Postgraduate Studies Programs of the
National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education (NAQAAE).
5-Program Structure and Contents
a. Program duration:
The program is conducted in three semesters:
1- First semester: Extends for six months; starts in October 1st and ends in March 31
st.
Exams are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies two courses from the faculty requirements’
courses in addition to other department mandatory courses.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be filled from March 1st
to March 15th
.
6
- The student fills a form about the elective courses he/she wants to take in the
second semester from March 16th
to March 30th
.
2- Second semester: Extends for six months; starts in May 1st and ends in October 31
st.
Exams are conducted in November.
- In this semester the student studies the remaining courses of the faculty requirements
in addition to the remaining courses of the department mandatory courses in addition
to elective courses equivalent to two credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be filled from October
1st to October 15
th.
- The student fills a form about the elective courses he/she want to take in the third
semester from October 16th
to October 30th
.
3- Third semester: Extends for four months; starts from the first Saturday of December
and ends in March 31st. Exams are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies elective courses equivalent to six credit hours
minimum.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be filled from March 1st
to March 15th
.
4- Thesis: Its duration is equivalent to six credit hours.
b. Program structure:
Credit hours: 30 (minimum) Mandatory Courses: 9 Selective Courses: 6
Semesters Courses Hours Percentage
1st, 2
nd and 3
rd
Semester
Basic Physical Therapy sciences
Social sciences & Humanities
Medical sciences
Specialization sciences
Other sciences (computer,)
Field Training
7
-
5
18
-
6
19.4%
13.89%
50%
16.67%
Total 36 100%
Basic Physical Therapy sciences (PT600,PT601,PT602)
Social sciences & Humanities ( - )
Medical sciences (ORTH600,606 )
Specialization sciences ( ORTH601,603,604,605,607,608,609,611 )
Other sciences (computer,)
Field Training ( ORTH602,610 )
7
i. Program Courses (1st semester )
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No of Hours/week Programme ILOs
Lect. Lab Clin a b c
d
PT
600 Biostatistics 2 2 - - 5 5 - -
PT
601
Research
methodology
and
experimental
design
2 2 - - 4,5 5,6 -
1,4
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No of Hours/week Programme ILOs
Lect. Lab Clin a b c d
ORTH
600
Advanced
Musculoskeletal
anatomy
3 2 2 - 1,6 1
1,2 4
ORTH
601
Foundation of
motor control
I[1]
2
2
-
-
2
2
-
4
ORTH
602
orthopedic
biomechanics
(master)
3 2 2 - 3,6,7 7 4,5 1,4
ii. Program Courses (2nd
semester)
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No of Hours/week Program ILOs
Lect. Lab Clin a b C d
PT
602
Exercise
Physiology 3 2 2 - - 3 3 4
8
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No of Hours/week Program ILOs
Lect. Lab Clin a b c d
ORTH
603
Analysis of
procedures in
orthopedic
physical
therapy
2 2 - - 3,4,5 4,5,6 - 1,4
ORTH
604
Sports injuries
management 3 2 - 3 1,3,6,7 1,3 1,3,4,5 1,2,3,4
ORTH
605
Independent
study
orthopedic
physical
therapy
2 2 - - 5 5,6 - 1,4
iii. Department selective courses (Minimum 2 credit hours in 2nd
semester and 6 credit
hours in 3rd
semester)
Code Course Title Credit
Hours
No of Hours/week Program ILOs
Lect. Lab Clin a b c d
ORTH
606
Advanced
regional
anatomy
2 1 2 - 1,6,8 1,8
1,2,6
8
4
ORTH
607
Advanced
Kinesiology 2 2 - - 1,6,11 1,7,10,11 - 1,4
ORTH
608
Management of
joint and
postural
deformities
3 2 - 3 2,3,9,10 1,4,9 1,4,5,7 1,2,3,4
ORTH
60 9
Physical
Therapy
Management
and
Administration
2 2 - - 12,13 12 - 4
ORTH
610
Prothetics and
Orthotics 3 2 2 - 14 1,4,7,13 4,5,8 1,4,6
ORTH
611
directed
readings in
orthopedic
physical
therapy
2 2 - - 3,15 1,4,14 - 1,4,7
9
6- Program Admission Requirements
The applicant must hold a bachelor's degree in physical therapy from any Egyptian
universalities under the law regulating universities or other equivalent university with
grade (good) at least in the general grade and (very good) in the specialization to be
studied.
Students obtained a diploma of specialization may admit if hold grade (good) at least in
the general grade and (very good) in the specialization to be studied.
Student must have spent a period of training for at least a calendar year in the area of
specialization he/she wants to join.
Student must pass an exam for English language in accordance to the rules laid down
by the faculty council.
The date of admission and registration of students is the date of approval by the
competent vice president of the university as a commissioner of the graduate studies
and research council.
The faculty is entitled to impose supplementary courses to offset the preparatory year
of master’s degree that the student should reimburse 500 pounds for each course with
maximum of 2000 pounds with the exception of demonstrators from the payment of
such fees.
7- Regulations for Progression and Program Completion
The student must pass all the prescribed courses (mandatory - elective) successfully.
The student should prepare a plan of a scientific research in an innovative subject
which is approved by the council of the department and approved by the graduate
studies committee and college council, and approved by the competent management of
the university within two years from the date he/she registered for postgraduate study
in condition that he/she passed 14 credit hours at least (the faculty council decided on
January 17th
2006 that these 14 credit hours which the student achieved include faculty
requirement courses )
The student must present a thesis to the discussion and governance committee that is
constituted by the proposal of the department concerned and the approval of the faculty
council and the competent authorities of the university after at least six months from
registering the research plan.
10
For a student to perform the practical part of the thesis in laboratories offered by the
faculty, he/she should attend a specialized training program for a period ranging from
one day (cost 50 pounds ) to five days at most (cost 250 pounds ).
The enrollment of the student is to be null if he/she is not able to obtain a master’
degree within four years from the date of registration for graduate studies and the
faculty council may license additional year after approval of the report submitted by the
supervisor that is adopt by the competent authorities.
The university grants the master’s degree in physical therapy upon approval by the
faculty council according to the specialties of the various departments.
8- Learning Methods:
8-1- Lecture
8-2-Active learning: Project- Presentation - Small group discussion.- Brain storming
8-3- Practical training
8-4-Lab sections
9- Learning facilities:
9-1-Teaching halls
9-2-Equipped labs
9-3- Library- Internet
9-4-Tools: Board and data show
10-Evaluation of Program Intended Learning Outcomes
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
1-Written exams Knowledge and Understanding
2-Oral exams Knowledge and Understanding, Intellectual Skills and
Communication Skills
4-Practical exam Professional and Practical Skills, Inter Personal and
Teamwork Skills and Self Management Skills
6-Applied exam Professional and Practical Skills
11
11- Ways of program evaluation
Evaluator
Tool
Sample
1- Senior students
Focus group
20%
2- Alumni
Focus group 10%
3- Stakeholders ( Employers)
Questionnaire 28
4-External Evaluator(s) (External
Examiner(s))
Report 1
Program coordinator: Prof Dr. Khaled Ayad
Signature:
Date: / /
Attachment: Course Specifications
Annex 1: Courses of the Master Degree (1st, 2
nd and 3
rd semesters)
1
University: Cairo
Faculty: Physical Therapy
Department: Physical Therapy for Neuromuscular Disorders and Its surgery
Programme Specification
(2013/2014 year) A- Basic Information
1- Programme Title: Master of Science in Physical Therapy for Neuromuscular Disorders and Its
Surgery
2-Programme Type: Single
3- Department (s): Physical Therapy for Neuromuscular Disorders and Its surgery
4- Program coordinator: Prof. Dr. Nawal Abou Shady
5- External evaluator: Prof. Dr. Ebtesam Fahmy
6- Date of programme specifications approval:
- Department council approval: 22 / 12 / 2013
- Faculty council approval: 8 / 4 / 2014
B- Professional Information
Graduate attributes:
The graduate who will gain the master degree in physical therapy in specialty of
neuromuscular disorders and its surgery should be able to:
1. Apply perfectly the basics of scientific research and know how to use its different tools.
2. Apply the analytical curriculum and use it in the Physical Therapy for Neuromuscular
Disorders and Its surgery.
3. Apply the specialized knowledge and merge it with knowledge related to professional
practice in the Physical Therapy for Neuromuscular Disorders and Its surgery.
4. Identify the current problems and recent visions within the specialization of physical
therapy.
5. Define professional problems and provide proper solution for it.
6. Master the specialized professional skills and use technology to develop his/her career.
7. Communicate effectively and have good leadership skills.
8. Make proper career decision.
9. Exploit the available resources in a way that makes the best use of them and reserves
them.
10. Increase awareness about, and working on community development through local and
global changes.
11. Act honestly and stick to profession’s rules.
12. Develop him/her self academically, professionally, and continue the education.
2
1- Programme aims: This program aims to: 1/1 Provide the graduate with knowledge & theoretical bases of manual modality skills for
solving professional problems with competent practice.
1/2 Enable the graduate to do physical therapy clinical tests & proper decision-making
principles in listening to patient's problems.
1/3 Enable the graduate to use physical therapy techniques & modalities (e.g. mobilization &
manipulation techniques, visual reality training, evidence-based practice, …..etc..)
1/4 Provide the graduate the opportunity to be a member of a team work for evaluating &
treating different neurological & neurosurgical disorders.
1/5 Innovate the graduate on how to write protocols, types of journals, scientific
presentations, references, articles and pilot studies.
1/6 Enable the graduate to point out responsibility toward community, patients, relatives,
care givers & therapists.
2- Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs)
2/1 Knowledge and understanding By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
a1: Define basic information about the structure and function of the major organ
systems (neuromuscular system).
a2: Describe medical basis of different neuromuscular disorders including epidemiology,
etiology, pathology, signs and symptoms, diagnosis and course.
a3: Enumerate the basic principles and theories of motor control in relation to the
nervous system.
a4: Define main terms and basis of the clinical biomechanics and related pathomechanics
during rehabilitation of neuromuscular disorders.
a5: Enumerate the physiological aspects of exercises and the underlying mechanism of
metabolism during exercises.
a6: Identify recent advances in physical therapy evaluation and treatment for neuromuscular
disorders.
a7: Investigate the quality of selected instruments (Isokinetic, Biodex & Motion Analysis
Systems,….etc,) for patient evaluation and treatment.
a8: Identify the concepts of research process.
a9: Define clinical and evidence based concepts of physical therapy practice.
For elective courses, the programm aims to: a10: Describe the basis of various radiological and electrophysiological diagnostic tools used
during evaluation of neurological cases (X-rays, CT, f-MRI, radioisotope, angiography,
EMG & NCS, Somatosensory evoked potential).
a11: Describe theories and different methods of pain assessment and treatment (scales for pain
assessment, TENS, Interferential, Relaxation technique, Hydrotherapy & Positioning).
2/2 Intellectual Abilities By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
b1: Differentiate between different assessment & treatment approaches in neurological and
neurosurgical disorders depending on anatomy and function of the nervous system, clinical
picture and radiological findings.
b2: Criticize the different physical therapy researches in neurology & neurosurgery.
b3: Select proper type of functional training based on physiological biochemical basis.
3
b4: Correlate the acquired knowledge in radiological and electrophysiological changes to
different neurological disorders findings.
b5: Adapt the treatment plan according to priority of patient's problems and available facilities
and modify it depending on different clinical, radiological, and biomechanical findings.
b6: Report the patient's response to physical therapy program and prognosis.
For elective courses, the programm aims to: b7: Analyze the neuroanatomical and pathophysiological changes in the neurvous system and
differentiate between pain tolerance, threshold and intensity due to various problems.
b8: Modify the treatment plan according to advanced electrophysiological and radiological
reevaluation (X-rays, CT, f-MRI, radioisotope, angiography, EMG & NCS,
Somatosensory evoked potential).
2/3 Professional and Practical Skills By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
c1: Use general knowledge gained from research in different neurological conditions.
c2: Practice the normal biomechanical and physiological principles for both the patient and
the therapist during management of neuromuscular disorders.
c3: Differentiate among different neurological disorders according to clinical, mechanical,
physiological and radiological changes.
c4: Demonstrate safely and efficiently different assessment and treatment methods
(functional examination & scales, electrodiagnostic & radiliogical examination,
laboratory testing, different treatment approaches) in management of neurological
conditions according to the priority of patient problems.
For elective courses, the programm aims to: c5: Choose proper radiological or electrophysiological assessment tools (X-rays, CT, f-MRI,
radioisotope, angiography, EMG & NCS, Somatosensory evoked potential) according to
the patient needs and pathophysiological changes and modify them according to priorities of
problems.
c6: Apply different methods of assessment and treatment of pain and modify it (scales for
pain assessment, TENS, Interferential, Relaxation technique, Hydrotherapy &
Positioning ,… etc,).
2/4 General and Transferable skills By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
d1: Communicate effectively with patients and their relatives.
d2: Communicate respectively with teaching staff, other medical staff and other
demonstrators.
d3: Demonstrate competence in the use of computer based information handling and data
processing tools (internet, power point, …etc,).
d4: Listen to appreciate and evaluate the view of others.
d5: Use internet critically as a mean of communication and source of information
d6: Assess the relevance and importance of the ideas of others.
d7: Work effectively as a member of a team and participate constructively in groups.
d8: Manage changes and respond to changing demands.
d9: Teaching and presentation for individuals and groups (power point, workshops, case
studies, ….etc, ).
3- Academic Standards
3/1- General Standards:
3/1/1 Knowledge and Understanding:
4
By the end of the master degree program the graduate should be able to know and
understand:
1: Principles and theories in the physical therapy for Neuromuscular Disorders and Its
surgery, as well as of the other related fields.
2: Mutual effect between the professional practice and its implications on the physical
therapy for Neuromuscular Disorders and Its surgery.
3: Scientific developments in the physical therapy for Neuromuscular Disorders and Its
surgery.
4: Ethical and legal principles regarding the professional practices in the physical therapy
Neuromuscular Disorders and Its surgery.
5: Principles and basic quality assurance concerning the professional practices in the
physical therapy for Neuromuscular Disorders and Its surgery.
6: Principles and ethics for scientific research.
3/1/2 Intellectual Skills
By the end of the master degree program the graduate should be able to:
1: Solve problems in accordance with the analyzed and evaluated information in the
physical therapy for Neuromuscular Disorders and Its surgery.
2: Solve specific problems in the absence of some evidence base.
3: Combine different knowledge to solve professional problems.
4: Apply systematic research on scientific problems.
5: Evaluate risks of professional in the basic science of physical therapy.
6: Plan structure for developing professional practices in the physical therapy for
Neuromuscular Disorders and Its surgery.
7: Make professional decisions in different professional situations.
3/1/3 Professional and Practical Skills
By the end of the master degree program the graduate should be able to:
1: Apply perfectly basic and recent professional skills in the physical therapy for
Neuromuscular Disorders and Its surgery.
2: Write and evaluate professional clinical reports.
3: Evaluate and develop the applied techniques and mechanisms in the physical therapy
for Neuromuscular Disorders and Its surgery.
3/1/4 General and Transferable skills
By the end of the master degree program the graduate should be able to:
1: Communicate effectively verbally and nonverbally.
2: Use information technology to develop professional practice.
3: Evaluate him/herself and specify his/her educational needs.
4: Use different resources for knowledge and information.
5: Apply rules, measures and indicators for evaluating others.
6: Work in teamwork and be a leadership.
7: Manage time effectively.
8: Develop him/herself and continue education.
4- External References for Standards (Benchmarks)
- General Academic Reference Standards for the Postgraduate Studies Programs of the
National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education (NAQAAE).
5
5- Programme Structure and Contents
a. Programme duration:
The programme is conducted in three semesters:
1- First semester: for five months; starts in October 1st and ends in March 31
st . Exams
are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies two courses from the faculty requirements’
courses in addition to other department mandatory courses.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
March 1st to March 30
th .
- An application to choose the elective courses in the second semester should be
conducted before the end of the first semester from March 16th
to March 30th
.
2- Second semester: for six months; starts in May 1st and ends in October 31
st . Exams
are conducted in November.
- In this semester the student studies the remaining courses of the faculty
requirements in addition to the remaining courses of the department mandatory
courses in addition to elective courses equivalent to two credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
October 1st to October 15
th .
- The student fills a form about the elective courses he/she wants to take in the
third semester from October 16th
to October 30th
.
3- Third semester: for four months; starts from the first Saturday of December and ends
in March 31st . Exams are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies elective courses equivalent to 6 credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be filled from March
1st to March 15
th .
4- Thesis: Its duration is equivalent to six credit hours.
6
b. Programme structure:
Credit hours: 41 Theoretical : ( 28 ) Applied: ( 15 ) Mandatory : ( 22 )
Elective : ( 16 ) Thesis: ( 6) Optional:(6) Total:( 43 )
Semesters
Courses Credit Hours Percentage
1st,2
nd and 3
rd
semesters Basic Physical Therapy sciences
Social sciences & Humanities
Medical sciences
Specialization sciences
Other sciences (computer,)
Field Training
Thesis
5
4
12
9
2
3
6
12.20%
9.76%
29.27%
21.95%
4.88%
7.32%
14.62%
Total 41 100%
Basic Physical Therapy sciences (PT 602 (3), NEUR 611 (2))
Social sciences & Humanities (PT 600 (2), PT 601 (2))
Medical sciences (NEUR 600 (2), NEUR 601 (2), NEUR 604 (2), NEUR 607 (2),
NEUR 610 (2), NEUR 612(2))
Specialization sciences (NEUR 602 (2), NEUR 603 (3), NEUR 605 (2), NEUR
609(2))
Other sciences (NEUR 606 (2))
Field Training (NEUR 608 (3))
i. Programme Courses (1st semester )
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
PT
600 Bio-statistics 2 2 - - 8 2 - 3,5,8
PT
601
Research
Methodology &
Experimental
Design
2 2 - - 8 2 1 3,5,6,8
7
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
NEUR
600 Neuroanatomy 2 2 - - 1 1,7 - 2,3
NEUR
601 Neurophysiology 2 2 - - 1 1 - 2,3
NEUR
602
Advanced
neurological
Physical Therapy
2 1 2 - 5,7,8,11 1-4,5,8 2-6 1-8
NEUR
603
Advanced
neurosurgical
Physical Therapy
3 2 2 - 2,6,7,10 1,2,4,5,8 3-6 1-8
ii. Programme Courses (2nd
semester)
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course
Title
Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
PT
602
Exercise
Physiology 3 2 2 - 5,7 1,4 2,6 4,5
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
NEUR
604
Neurology and
neurosurgery 2 2 - - 2,10 4,5 - 1,2,7
NEUR
605
Independent
study I 2 2 - - 6,8-10 2,4 - 3-9
NEUR
606
Research
seminar I 2 2 - - 4,6,7,9-11 3,4 - 1-8
iii. Department elective courses (Minimum 2 credit hours in 2nd
semester and 6
credit hours in 3rd
semester)
8
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
NEUR
607 Electro-diagnosis 2 1 2 - 10 7,8 5,6 3,5,7,8
NEUR
608
Advanced
evaluation and
clinical
management I
3 1 2 3 4,6,7,10,11 1,3,5,6,8 1-6 1-9
NEUR
609 Pain management 2 2 - - 1,6,7,11 1,4,7 - 1-8
NEUR
610
Diagnostic
radiology 2 2 - - 10 4,5,8 - 1,2,5,7,8
NEUR
611
Clinical
biomechanics 2 1 2 - 4 5 2,3 3-8
NEUR
612
Biological
principles of
disease
2 2 - - 1,2 1,7 - -
6- Programme Admission Requirements
The applicant must hold a bachelor degree in physical therapy from any egyptian
universalities follow the organizing law of the universities or other equivalent
university with grade (good) at least in the general grade and (very good) in the
specialization to be studied.
Students obtained a diploma of specialization may admit if hold grade (good) at least
in the general grade and (very good) in the specialization to be studied.
Student must have spent a period of training for at least a calendar year in the area of
specialization he/she wants to join.
Student must pass an exam for english language and computer skills in accordance to
the rules laid down by the College council.
Specialty courses for Academic Departments
College council approved in June 8th
2004 and August 3rd
2004 that specialty courses
for admission to master's degree in the various specializations are as follows:
9
I- Department of Basic Sciences of Physical Therapy
Patient Observation Electotherapy and Hydrotherapy
Therapeutic Exercises Tests and Measurements
Soft tissue manipulation Rehabilitation
II- Department of Biomechanics
Motion Study Motion Analysis
III- Department of Physical Therapy for Cardiovascular / Respiratory
Disorders & Geriatrics
P.T. for Internal Medicine and Geriatrics Clinical training for Internal Medicine
and geriatrics
P.T. for Chest, Heart Diseases and
Intensive Care
Clinical training for Chest, Heart
Diseases and Intensive Care
P.T. for Cardiothoracic surgery and
Intensive Care
Clinical training for Cardiothoracic
surgery and Intensive Care
IV- Department of Physical Therapy for Gynecology & Obstetrics
P.T. for Gynecology and Obstetrics Clinical training for gynecology and
obstetrics
V- Department of Physical Therapy for Musculo-Motor Disorders and Its
Surgery
P.T. for Traumatology, Orthopedics and
its surgery
Clinical training for Traumatology,
Orthopedics and its surgery
VI- Department of Physical Therapy for Surgery
P.T. for surgery, burns and plastic
surgery
Clinical training for surgery, burns and
plastic surgery
VII- Department of Physical Therapy for Neuromuscular Disorders & Its
Surgery
P.T. for Neurology and Neurosurgery Clinical training for Neurology and
Neurosurgery
VIII- Department of Physical Therapy for Growth and Development
Disorders in Children & Its Surgery
P.T. for Pediatrics and Pediatric Surgery Clinical Training for Pediatrics and
Pediatric Surgery
10
College council decided in June 8th
2004 to consider Orthotics and Prothotics course
as one of the courses of specialty for Department of Physical Therapy for Musculo-
Motor Disorders and Its Surgery; in case of studying in this department and P.T. for
cardiothoracic surgery course as one of specialty for Department of Physical Therapy
for Surgery; in case of studying in this department.
The date of admission and registration of students is the date of approval by the
responsible vice president of the university as a commissioner of the graduate studies
and research council.
The college is entitled to impose supplementary courses to offset the preparatory year
of master degree that the student should reimburse 500 pounds for each course with
maximum of 2000 pounds with the exception of demonstrators from the payment of
such fees.
7- Regulations for Progression and Programme Completion
The student must pass all the prescribed courses (mandatory - elective) successfully.
The student should prepare a plan of a scientific research in an innovative subject
which is approved by the council of the department and approved by the graduate
studies committee and college council, and approved by the responsible authorities of
the university within two years from the date he/she registered for postgraduate study
in condition that he/she passed 14 credit hours at least (the college council decided on
January 17th
2006 that these 14 credit hours which the student achieved include
faculty requirement courses )
The student must present a thesis to the discussion and governance committee that is
constituted by the proposal of the department concerned and the approval of the
college council and the responsible authorities of the university after at least six
months from registering the research plan.
For a student to perform the practical part of the thesis in laboratories offered by the
faculty, he/she should attend a specialized training program for a period ranging from
one day (cost 50 pounds ) to five days at most (cost 250 pounds ).
The enrollment of the student is to be null if he/she is not able to obtain a master
degree within four years from the date of registration for graduate studies and the
college council may license additional year after approval of the report submitted by
the supervisor that is adopt by the responsible authorities.
11
The university grants the master degree in physical therapy upon approval by the
college council according to the specialties of the various departments.
8- Learning Methods:
8-1-Lectures (Program ILOS a1-a11, b1-b6)
8-2-Active learning: Project- Presentation - Small group discussion.- Brain storming
(Program ILOS b1-b6, c1-c6)
8-3- Practical training (Program ILOS c1-c6)
8-4-Lab sections (Program ILOS c1-c6, d1-d9)
8-5-Hospital visits (Program ILOS c1-c6, d1-d9)
8-6-Video tape (Program ILOS b1-b6, d1-d9)
9- Learning facilities:
9-1-Teaching halls
9-2-Equipped labs
9-3- Library- Internet
9-4-Work shops
9-5-Tools: Board and data show
9-6-Ass: Office hours
10- Evaluation of Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
1-Written exams Knowledge and Understanding (Program ILOS a1-a11)
2-Oral exams Professional and Practical Skills, Inter Personal and Teamwork Skills
and Self Management Skills (Program ILOS c1-c6, d1-d9)
3-Applied exam Professional demonstration and Practical Skills (Program ILOS c1-c6)
4- Practical exam
Professional demonstration and Practical Skills, Inter Personal and
Teamwork Skills and Self Management Skills (Program ILOS c1-c6,
d1-d9)
12
11- Ways of programme evaluation
Evaluator
Tool
Sample
1- Senior students
Focus group
25%
2- Alumni
Focus group
25%
3- Stakeholders ( Employers)
Questionnaire 28
4-External Evaluator(s) Report 1
Program coordinator: Prof.Dr. Nawal Abou Shady Signature:
Date of department council approval: 22 / 12 / 2013
Head of Department: Prof.Dr. Abdel Aleim Attya
Attachment: Course Specifications
Annex 1: Courses of the Master Degree (1st, 2
nd and 3
rd semesters)
1
Cairo University
Faculty of Physical Therapy
Department of Physical Therapy for Growth and Development Disorders in Children
and its Surgery
Program Specification
( Academic Year: 2013/2014)
A- Basic Information
1- Program Title: Master of Science in Physical Therapy in Specialty of Physical Therapy for
Growth and Development Disorders in Children and its Surgery
2-Program Type: Single
3-Department: Physical Therapy for Growth and Development Disorders in Children and its
Surgery
4- Program coordinator: Ass . Prof. Dr. Hebatallah Kamal
5- External evaluator:
6- Date of program specifications approval:17/12/2013
7- Faculty council approval: 8 / 4 / 2014
B- Professional Information
The graduate of the master program of Physical Therapy for Growth and Development
Disorders in Children and its Surgery, Faculty of Physical Therapy (P.T), Cairo University
will be able to initiate research ideas and conduct research under supervision. He/she will
also be able to implement demonstrations, apply clinical and/or lab sessions with respected
level of professionalism. The graduate will acquire clinical skills at a degree to enable
him/her to problem solve disorders related to paediatrics' health according to evidence based
practice. He/She will develop skills of analyzing and interpreting data collection to help
serving the community at the local level.
1. Program aims:
1.1: Provide graduate with knowledge and different types of skills necessary to act as a
specialist with accepted degree of professionalism and competency in the field of physical
therapy for Growth and Development Disorders in Children and its Surgery.
1.2: Enables the graduate to do research in this field.
1.3: Prepare the graduates for lifelong learning and continuous professional development. 1.4: Use suitable methods and tools for teaching, learning, training and evaluation to insure the
acquisition of ILO's.
The student will be also able to do some of the following, according to the chosen
elective courses: 1.5: Describe concepts of pediatric rehabilitation.
1.6:Understand the principles of reading and interpreting of different types of
radiodiagnostic tests.
2
1.7: Understand the biomechanics of musculoskeletal system in children.
1.8: Recognize different methods of speech therapy.
1.9: Identify meaning and significance of multicultural special education.
1.10: Know psychology of health risk factors.
1.11: Identify the application of leadership/ management theories in practice setting.
2. Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs)
2.1. Knowledge and Understanding a1: Identify normal and abnormal motor and fine behavior during childhood, taking into
consideration both quality and quantity of movement.
a2: Recognize the structural and functional changes as a normal consequence of growth and
development.
a3: Identify clinical differential diagnosis of specific pediatrics disorders.
a4: Identify basics and ethics of scientific research.
a5: Outline the pathological changes, interaction and related clinical features of pediatric
conditions commonly encountered by physical therapy with their relevant medical and
surgical treatment.
a6: Describe methods which are used in evaluating and treating hereditary cases.
a7: Identify steps of evaluation and theories of pediatric occupational therapy.
The student will be also able to do some of the following, according to the chosen elective
courses: a8: State the mechanics and pathomechanics of musculoskeletal system in children.
a9: List child psychological maturation and its problems across the life span.
a10: Recognize the sequences of speech and language development in children according to
their age.
a11: Recite the role of pediatric physical therapy rehabilitation and different tools used in
different pediatric cases.
a12: Specify definitions of the term social justice and examine its relationship to education
and disability.
a13: State the medical and radiological investigations in different pediatric cases.
a14: Define the character of good leader.
2.2. Intellectual Abilities
b1: Correlate the motor disability of the child & relate it to the pathological cause.
b2:Distinguish appropriate methodology for assessment and treatment of motor development
in pediatric disorders.
b3: Design research paper in pediatric field to be represented and discussed.
b4: Construct wide scope for differential diagnosis of different pediatric disorders.
b5: Design a program of treatment for different hereditary diseases according to its extent
and severity.
b6: Categorize the indications, contra indications and precautions for physical modalities
that are used in evaluation and treatment of pediatrics.
b7: Construct a plan of treatment following evaluation data analysis with consideration to
mode of child, available space, tools, instrument, managers, coworkers and other
multidisciplinary team.
b8: Formulate realistic goals taking into consideration the individual variations, degree of the
dysfunction and pathomechanics of underlying mechanism, investigations findings and
the patients complain.
The student will be also able to do some of the following, according to the chosen elective
courses:
3
b9: Categorizes the organization and types of patients treated with different rehabilitation
services .
b10: Plan interventions used in coping with a disease and promoting healthy behavior.
b11:.Relate performance parameters that describe the function of bones, skeletal muscles and
joints.
b12: Choose proper way of assessment of different types of speech disorders.
b13: Arrange the meaning and significance of multicultural special education from historical
and contemporary perspectives.
b14: Distinguish between radio diagnostic imaging in adult and children.
b15: Analyze the character of leader.
2.3. Professional and Practical Skills
c1: Assess the child clinically using different physical therapy techniques.
c2: Manipulate the child properly during assessment and treatment.
c3: Conduct the evaluation process for each child based on occupational therapy practice.
c4: Apply the relevant biomechanical concepts to control both stability and movement.
c5: Utilize problem solving concepts to plan a treatment program for each pediatric case.
c6: Construct assessment plan using formal protocols in evaluation of motor and sensory system.
c7: Rate a realistic and achievable goals of treatment based on comprehensive evaluation.
c8: Utilize suitable treatment program plan for each disabled child.
c9: Modify the available treatment tools to be suitable for different disabled children.
The student will be also able to do some of the following, according to the chosen elective
courses: c10: Practice the application of biomechanical knowledge in the design of exercises for
children.
c11: Choose an effective intervention program in evaluating different cases of learning
disabilities due to speech problems.
2.4. General and Transferable Skills
d1: Demonstrate computer based information handling and data processing tools.
d2: Use internet critically as a mean of communication and source of information.
d3: Work effectively as a member of a team and participate constructively in groups.
d4: Assess the relevance and importance of the ideas of others.
d5: Having a positive intent.
d6: Manage changes and respond to changing demands.
d7: Communicate effectively with patient relatives, and health care professionals establishing
professional and ethical relationship.
d8: Communicate accurately, clearly, confidentially, and effectively in written and oral.
d9: Listen to appreciation and evaluating the view of others.
d10: Teaching and presentation for individuals and groups.
d11: Comply with infection control principles and sterile procedure.
The student will be also able to do some of the following, according to the chosen elective
courses:
d12: Discuss recent researches of pediatric rehabilitation programs and special intervention
for children with common diagnosis.
d13: Manage time, personal emotions and stress and prioritize workloads.
3. Academic Standards
3.1. Graduate Attributes:
4
The graduate who will gain the master degree in physical therapy in specialty of Physical
Therapy for Growth and Development Disorders in Children and its Surgery should be able to:
1. Apply basics and research work principles and use its tools.
2. Use analytical approach in the field of pediatrics.
3. Apply specialized information with related knowledge in practice.
4. Be aware of current problems and new ideas in pediatrics
5. Identify professional problems and find solutions of these problems.
6. Assume suitable professional skills and use suitable technology that serves
professional performance.
7. Communicate effectively and ability to lead the team work.
8. Be able to make decisions according to different professional approaches.
9. Employee the available resources to achieve maximum benefits and maintain them.
10. Know his role in society development and saving environment according to the
international changes.
11. Behave in attitude reflecting discipline, honesty, and commitment to professional
standards.
12. Make self development academically and professionally and pursue continuous
learning.
3.2. General Standards:
3.2.1. Knowledge and Understanding:
By the end of the master degree program the graduate should be able to know and
understand:
1. Theories and basics concerned with pediatric field and other concerning relevant
fields.
2. Alternative effects of professional practice and its reflection on the environment.
3. Scientific development in pediatrics.
4. Ethical and legal principles of professional practice in pediatrics.
5. Basics and principles of professional quality in pediatrics.
6. Basics and ethics of scientific research.
3.2.2. Intellectual Skills
By the end of the master degree program the graduate should be able to:
1. Analyze and evaluate information in pediatric field and refer for it in solving
problems.
2. Solve relevant problems in absence of some data.
3. Join different knowledge to solve professional problems.
4. Do research study and/or write scientific study about research problem.
5. Evaluate risks of professional practice in pediatric field.
6. Plan for improving the performance in pediatric field.
7. Make professional decisions in different professional zones.
3.2.3. Professional and Practical Skills
By the end of the master degree program the graduate should be able to:
1. Assume main new professional skills in pediatric field.
2. Write and evaluate professional reports. 3. Evaluate means and tools in pediatric field.
3.2.4. General and Transferable skills
By the end of the master degree program the graduate should be able to:
5
1. Communicate effectively by using different types of communication.
2. Use informal technology to help professional practice.
3. Make self assessment and determine his personal educational needs.
4. Use different sources to get information and knowledge.
5. Put basis and indicators to evaluate other’s performance.
6. Work as a member in a team work and lead teams in different professional zones.
7. Manage time effectively.
8. Make self and continuous learning.
4. External References for Standards (Benchmarks)
- General Academic Reference Standards for the Postgraduate Studies Programs of the
National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education (NAQAAE).
5. Program Structure and Contents
a. Program Duration: The program is conducted in three semesters:
1- First semester: for six months; starts in October 1st and ends in March 31
st . Exams
are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies two courses from the faculty requirements’
courses in addition to other department mandatory courses.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
March 1st to March 15
th .
- An application to choose the elective courses in the second semester should be
conducted before the end of the first semester from March 16th
to March 30th
.
2- Second semester: for six months; starts in May 1st and ends in October 31
st . Exams
are conducted in November.
- In this semester the student studies the remaining courses of the faculty
requirements in addition to the remaining courses of the department mandatory
courses in addition to elective courses equivalent to two credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
October 1st to October 15
th .
- The student fills a form about the elective courses he/she wants to take in the
third semester from October 16th
to October 30th
.
3- Third semester: for four months; starts from the first Saturday of December and ends
in March 31st . Exams are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies elective courses equivalent to 6 credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be filled from March
1st to March 15
th .
4- Thesis: Its duration is equivalent to six credit hours.
b. Program structure:
Credit hours: (37) Mandatory: (10) Elective: (8)
6
Semesters Courses Credit Hours Percentage
1st,2
nd and
3rd
semesters
Basic Physical Therapy sciences 2 5.41%
Social sciences and Humanities 0 0%
Medical science 12 32.43%
Specialization sciences 19 51.34%
Other sciences (computer) 2 5.41%
Field Training 2 5.41%
Total 100%
Basic Physical Therapy sciences (Research Methodology and
Experimental Design, Bio-statistics, Exercise Physiology).
Medical sciences (Genetics, Radiology).
Specialization sciences (Hospital administration, Speech science --).
Field Training, (Advanced evaluation and clinical management,
Pediatric Physical Therapy, clinical biomechanics I, speech science
and Pediatric occupational therapy I).
i. Program Courses (1st semester )
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin A b c d
PT 600 Bio-statistics 2 2 - -
PT 601
Research
Methodology
and
Experimental
Design
2 2 - -
7
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a B c D
PED
600
Human Growth
and
Development
2 2 - -
1
1 -
1,2
PED
601
Advanced
Evaluation and
Clinical
Management I
3 2 - 1
2,3
2 1,2 1,2,3,4,5
PED
602
Research
Seminar I
1
1 - - 4 3 - 1,2,3,4,10,10
PED
605
Pediatric
Occupational
Therapy I
2 1 - 1 1,7 1,2,4,6,8 3
1,2,3,6,7,8,11
ii. Program Courses (2nd
semester)
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course
Title
Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin A b c D
PT
602
Exercise
Physiology 3 2 1 1 8 9 2,3,5,6,7
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c D
PED
603 Genetics 1 1 - - 6 5 - 1,2,8,11
PED
604
Pediatric Physical
Therapy 4 3 - 1
1,5
7 6,7,8,9 1,2,8,9
PED
606
Clinical
Neuroanatomy &
Neurophysiology
2 2 - - 1,5 2,4,8 - 1,2,11
8
iii. Department selective courses (Minimum 2 credit hours in 2nd
semester and 6
credit hours in 3rd
semester)
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr Clin a B c D
PED
607
Pediatric
rehabilitation
2
2 - - 11 9 -
5,6,12
PED
608
Behavioral
Psychology
2
2 - - 9 10 - 1,2,8
PED
609
Independent
study I
2
2 - - 11 10 - 1,2,3,4,6,7
PED
610
Clinical
biomechanics
in pediatrics I
2
1
-
2 8 11 10 2,3,4,5
PED
611
Speech
science I 2 2 - 2 10 12 11 1,2,3,8
PED
612
Special
education 1 1 - - 12 13 - 1,2,3,8
PED
613
Radiology 2 2 - - 13 14 - -
PED
614
Hospital
administration 2 2 - - 14 15 - 13
6. Program Admission Requirements
The applicant must hold a bachelor degree in physical therapy from any Egyptian
universalities follow the organizing law of the universities or other equivalent
university with grade (good) at least in the general grade and (very good) in the
specialization to be studied.
Students obtained a diploma of specialization may admit if hold grade (good) at least
in the general grade and (very good) in the specialization to be studied.
Student must have spent a period of training for at least a calendar year in the area of
specialization he/she wants to join.
Student must pass an exam for English language in accordance to the rules laid down
by the College council.
Specialty Courses for Academic Departments
College council approved in June 8th
2004 and August 3rd
2004 that specialty courses
for admission to master's degree in the various specializations are as follows:
I- Department of Basic Sciences of Physical Therapy
Patient Observation Electrotherapy and Hydrotherapy
Therapeutic Exercises Tests and Measurements
Soft tissue manipulation Rehabilitation
II- Department of Biomechanics
Motion Study Motion Analysis
9
III- Department of Physical Therapy for Cardiovascular/Respiratory
Disorders and Geriatrics
P.T. for Internal Medicine and geriatrics Clinical training for Internal Medicine
and geriatrics
P.T. for Chest, Heart Diseases and
Intensive Care
Clinical training for Chest, Heart
Diseases and Intensive Care
P.T. for Cardiothoracic surgery and
Intensive Care
Clinical training for Cardiothoracic
surgery and Intensive Care
IV- Department of Physical Therapy for Gynecology and Obstetrics
P.T. for gynecology and obstetrics Clinical training for gynecology and
obstetrics
V- Department of Physical Therapy for Musculo-Motor Disorders and Its
Surgery
P.T. for Traumatology, Orthopedics and
its surgery
Clinical training for Traumatology,
Orthopedics and its surgery
VI- Department of Physical Therapy for Surgery
P.T. for surgery, burns and plastic
surgery
Clinical training for surgery, burns and
plastic surgery
VII- Department of Physical Therapy for Neuromuscular Disorders and its
Surgery
P.T. for Neurology and Neurosurgery Clinical training for Neurology and
Neurosurgery
VIII- Department of Physical Therapy for Growth and Development Disorders
in Children and its Surgery
P.T. for Pediatrics and Pediatric Surgery Clinical Training for Pediatrics and
Pediatric Surgery
College council decided in June 8th
2004 to consider Orthotics and Prothotics course
as one of the courses of specialty for Department of Physical Therapy for Musculo-
Motor Disorders and Its Surgery; in case of studying in this department and P.T. for
cardiothoracic surgery course as one of specialty for Department of Physical Therapy
for Surgery; in case of studying in this department.
The date of admission and registration of students is the date of approval by the
responsible vice president of the university as a commissioner of the graduate studies
and research council.
The college is entitled to impose supplementary courses to offset the preparatory year
of master degree that the student should reimburse 500 pounds for each course with
maximum of 2000 pounds with the exception of demonstrators from the payment of
such fees.
7. Regulations for Progression and Program Completion
The student must pass all the prescribed courses (mandatory - elective) successfully.
The student should prepare a plan of a scientific research in an innovative subject
which is approved by the council of the department and approved by the graduate
10
studies committee and college council, and approved by the responsible authorities of
the university within two years from the date he/she registered for postgraduate study
in condition that he/she passed 14 credit hours at least (the college council decided on
January 17th
2006 that these 14 credit hours which the student achieved include
faculty requirement courses )
The student must present a thesis to the discussion and governance committee that is
constituted by the proposal of the department concerned and the approval of the
college council and the responsible authorities of the university after at least six
months from registering the research plan.
For a student to perform the practical part of the thesis in laboratories offered by the
faculty, he/she should attend a specialized training program for a period ranging from
one day (cost 50 pounds ) to five days at most (cost 250 pounds ).
The enrollment of the student is to be null if he/she is not able to obtain a master
degree within four years from the date of registration for graduate studies and the
college council may license additional year after approval of the report submitted by
the supervisor that is adopt by the responsible authorities.
The university grants the master degree in physical therapy upon approval by the
college council according to the specialties of the various departments.
8. Learning Methods:
8.1. Lectures
8.2. Active learning: Project- Presentation - Small group discussion.- Brain storming
8.3. Practical training
8.4. Lab sections
9. Learning facilities:
9.1. Teaching halls
9.2. Equipped labs
9.3. Library-Internet
9.4.Tools: Board and data show
10. Evaluation of Program Intended Learning Outcomes
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
1-Written exams a1,a2……,b1,b2…….
2-Oral exams a1,a2……,b1,b2…….,d1,d2,………
3-Applied exam a1,a2……,b1,b2…….,c1, c2……….,d1,d2,………
11
4- Practical exam a1,a2……,b1,b2…….,c1, c2……….,d1,d2,………
11- Ways of programme evaluation
Evaluator
Tool
Sample
1- Senior students Questionnaire 25%
2- Alumni Questionnaire 25%
3- Stakeholders (Employers) Questionnaire 28
4-External Evaluator(s) Report 1
Program Coordinator: Ass. Prof. Dr: Hebatallah Kamal Signature: Approval of department council: 17/12/2013
Head of Department: Prof. Dr. Eman El-Hadidy Signature:
Attachment: Course Specifications Annex 1: Courses of the Master Degree (1
st, 2
nd and 3
rd semesters)
University: Cairo
Faculty: Physical Therapy
Department: Physical Therapy for basic science
Program Specification
( 2013 / 2014 year)
A- Basic Information
1- Program Title: Ph. D. in physical therapy, specialty of basic science
2-Program Type: Single
3-Department (s): Physical Therapy for basic science
4- Program coordinator: Dr. Doaa Ibrahim Amin, Dr. Reham Hussein Diab
5- External Evaluator: Dr. Diaa Ramzy Ismail
6- Date of program specifications department approval: 17/12 / 2013
7- Faculty council approval: 8 / 4 / 2014
B- Professional Information
Graduate's attributes
1.1 Deal perfectly with principles of scientific research in the field of basic science .
1.2 Work continuously to add knowledge in the basic science of physical therapy.
1.3 Apply analytical and critical curriculum of knowledge in the basic science of
physical therapy and related fields.
1.4 Integration of specialized knowledge in the basic science of physical therapy with
the knowledge of related field, determine professional problems and find creative
solutions developing environmental relations.
1.5 Show deep awareness of the ongoing problems and theories in the basic science
of physical therapy.
1.6 Identify problems and find professional innovative solutions to solve by using
suitable technological methods for the benefit of his/her professional practice.
1.7 Mastery of a wide range of professional skills in the basic science of physical
therapy to be aware of his/her role in developing society and maintain good
environment.
1.8 The trend towards the development of methods and tools of professional practice
in the basic science of physical therapy.
1.9 Use of technological means to serve the development of professional practice in
the basic science of physical therapy.
1.10 Communicate effectively and lead a team to work in different professional
contexts and have perfection of professional skills in the basic science of
physical therapy .
1.11. Decision-making in light of available information in the basic science of
physical therapy .
1.12. Employment of available resources efficiently, develop and work on finding
new resources in the basic science of physical therapy .
1.13. Awareness of his/her role in community development and environmental
conservation in relation to basic science of physical therapy .
1.14. Act to reflect the commitment to integrity and credibility, and the rules of the
profession in the basic science of physical therapy .
1.15. Commitment to continue self-development and transfer of knowledge and
experience to others in relation to basic science of physical therapy .
1- Programes aims:
This programe amis to
1.1 provide basics of scientific research in assessment and treatment in the field of
basic science of physical therapy.
1.2 use the graduate basic approaches in implementing advanced exercise program.
1.3 use the graduate analytical approaches in basic science physical therapy practice
and related fields.
1.4 Relate different disorders with underlying mechanisms and related factors
developing their environmental relation and treatment approaches.
1.5 Interpret the graduate Knowledge and skills for competent practice and solving
professional problems.
1.6 Differentiate professional problems and advanced theories and find creative
solution to solve.
1.7 Develop manual skills in application of therapeutic modalities.
1.8 Create new advanced techniques for professional practice.
1.9 Apply advanced means to assist in progressing fields of the profession.
1.10 Organize team work management of different cases.
1.11 provide Plan for decision making in solving problems.
1.12 Rearrange available resources and techniques and developing new models.
1.13 Point out his /her responsibility toward community and conserving the
environment by explaining the precaution and risks of therapeutic modalities.
1.14 Take apart the ethical principles of application of advanced evaluation and
treatment techniques of patient problems
1.15 Modify his /her professional Knowledge and transmit experience to others.
2- Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs)
2:1 Knowledge and understanding
By successful completion of the course the graduate should be able
to:
a1: Recognize the fundamental concepts of therapeutic modalities.
a2: State the biomechanical basics of designing exercise program based on 3-dimensinal
analysis.
a3: Identify the principles and theories underlying practice of therapeutic modalities.
a4: Define basic concepts of curriculum planning and education.
a5: Restate types of experimental methods of research and recognize elements of
article criticism.
a6: Describe legal principles in designing exercise program based on ethics and laws of
the profession for physical therapy.
a7: Select the framework of quality assurance mechanisms with physical therapy
practices.
a8: Describe the precautions, indications, and contraindications of designing and
implementing exercise program
a9: Express professional decision making in assessment and treatment.
a10: Identify his/her role to save community resources protecting himself and patients
from environmental hazards.
2:2 Intellectual Skills
By successful completion of the course the graduate should be able
to:
b1: Explain the principles of tools used in motion analysis.
b2: Summarize basic concepts of different therapeutic tools.
b3: Outline the types of therapeutic modalities in assessment and treatment.
b4: Relate psychological consequences of pain on patient.
b5: Predict the underlying cause of the disorder for professional problems and
extending the solution with the available tools.
b6 :Compare effects of therapeutic modalities on different pathological conditions.
b7: Interpret the results of research in adding to the body of knowledge to serve
treating patients.
b8: Illustrate the basic writing of scientific papers with extracting its benefits to
physical therapy field .
b8: Distinguish between absolute and relative contraindications of every therapeutic
modalities.
b9: Outlines the precautions used for each exercise training.
b10: Confirm the validity and reliability of instruments used for evaluation in
physical therapy and its importance.
b11: Illustrate different strategies for effective therapeutic exercises.
b12: Explain Professional decision making in treating patient with the most effective
modality.
2/3 Professional and Practical Skills
By successful completion of the course the graduate should be able
to:
c1: Apply precisely different techniques of exercise program.
c2: Classify electrotherapeutic modalities based on the therapeutic use of electrical,
thermal, light, sonic and magnetic energy.
c3: Analyze critically different aspects of exercise program.
c4: Construct perfectly report design.
c5: Select perfectly a plan of treatment using therapeutic modalities for treatment of
different disorders.
c6: Produce developed skills in applying exercise program based on 3-D analysis.
c7: Show efficient skills of manual therapy including mobilization, soft tissue
manipulation and respiratory therapy techniques with continual analysis and
evaluation of the outcome.
c8: Apply different advanced therapeutic modalities for soft tissue, fascia and its
structures.
c9: Apply different advanced skills in using measurement and multidimensional
techniques.
c10: Classify the safety precautions and hazards associated with task specific
instructions.
2/4 General and transferable skills
By successful completion of the course the graduate should be able
to:
d1: Develop effective communication in verbally and nonverbally forms with patients,
health care team and others in an appropriate and capable manner.
d2: Take apart of managing time, personal emotions, and stress.
d3: Improve competence in the use of computer based information in handling and data
processing tools.
d4: Use internet critically as a mean of communication and source of information.
d5: Create a specific design of project in solving problems.
d6: Propose educational programs' for students and develop self assessment.
d7: Construct teaching and presentation for individuals and groups.
d8: Analyze the ideas of improvement of education.
d9: Organize team work cooperation in favors of patient services.
d10: Develop the ability to coordinate seminars and conferences.
3-Academic Standards
1-Knowledge and Understanding
By the end of the Ph.D. program the graduate should be able to define:
1. Theories, and the basics of Knowledge in the basic science of physical therapy
and related areas.
2. Fundamentals, methodologies and ethics of scientific research and it's the
various tools in the basic science of physical therapy.
3. Moral and legal principles for professional practice in the basic science of
physical therapy.
4. The principles and the basics of quality in professional practice basic science of
physical therapy
5. knowledge on the effects of professional practice on the environment and
methods of environmental development and maintenance.
6. Principles of physical therapy assessment and treatment (tools and techniques)
regarding the basic science.
2- Intellectual Skills
By successful completion of the course the graduate should be able to:
1. Analyze and assess the information about the selected topics in the basic
science of physical therapy.
2. Solve specific problems depending on the available information.
3. Perform research studies in evaluation and treatment in the basic science of
physical therapy.
3. Write scientific papers.
4. Assess the risks of professional practice.
5. Plan for developing the performance in the basic science of physical therapy.
6. Make professional decision at the different situations of human problems.
7. Invent and create in the basic science of physical therapy.
8. Dialogue and discuss depending on evidence based and proofs.
3- Professional skills By successful completion of the course the graduate should be able to:
1. Mastery of basic skills, professional and modern in the area of specialization.
2. Write and evaluate professional report.
3. Evaluation and development of tools in the basic science of physical therapy.
4. The use of technological means to serve the professional practice
5. Planning for the development of professional practice and development and the
development of the performance of others
6. Apply perfectly basic and recent professional skills of the basic science of
physical therapy.
4- General and transferable skills By successful completion of the course the graduate should be able to:
1. Effective communication in its different forms.
2. Use of information technology to serve the development of professional
practice.
3. Teach others and evaluate their performance .
4. Self evaluation and continual education .
5. Use of different sources for information and knowledge.
6. Work in a team and be a leader.
7. Managing of scientific meetings and the ability to manage time.
4- External References for Standards (Benchmarks)
Academic Standards of The National Authority For Quality Assurance and
Accreditation of Education.
5- Program Structure and Contents
a. Program duration:
The programme is conducted in three semesters:
• First semester: for six months; starts in October 1st and ends in March 31
st .
Exams are conducted in April.
• In this semester the student studies two courses from the faculty requirements’
courses in addition to other department mandatory courses.
• An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted
from March 1st to March 15
th .
• The student fills a form about the elective courses he/she wants to take
in the second semester from March 16th
to March 30th
.
• Second semester: for six months; starts in May 1st and ends in October 31
st
. Exams are conducted in November.
• In this semester the student studies the remaining courses of the faculty
requirements in addition to the remaining courses of the department mandatory
courses in addition to elective courses equivalent to two credit hours.
• An application to enter the exam of this semester should be filled from
October 1st to October 15
th .
• The student conducts a form about the elective courses he/she want to take in
the third semester from October 16th
to October 30th
.
• Third semester: for four months; starts from the first Saturday of December
and ends in March 31st . Exams are conducted in April.
• In this semester the student studies elective courses equivalent to 6 credit hours
from12 hours .
• An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
March 1st to March 15
th .
• Thesis: Its duration is equivalent to 30 credit hours fulfilled after two years.
• b. Program structure:
• Credit hours: 34 Mandatory Courses: 22
Cr.Hr.
Elective Courses: 12
Cr.Hr.
Semesters
Courses Credit Hours Percentage
1st,2
nd and 3
rd
semesters • Basic Physical Therapy
sciences
• Social sciences & Humanities
• Medical sciences
• Specialization sciences
• Other sciences
• Field Training
8
2
2
14
5
3
23.5%
5.9%
5.9 %
41.2%
14.7%
8.8%
Total 34 100%
• Basic Physical Therapy sciences (PT701-BAS700-BAS701)
• Social sciences & Humanities (BAS705)
• Medical sciences (BAS700)
• Specialization sciences(BAS702-BAS703-BAS704-BAS708-BAS709-
BAS710-BAS711)
• Other sciences (PT702-BAS707)
• Field Training (BAS704- BAS706)
• i Program Courses (1st semester )
• 1- Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
PT
700 Biochemistry 2 2 - - 1,3 2,5,7 - 4,5
PT
701 Biophysics 2 2 - - 1,3,10
2,3,5,
6,7,10 - 3,5,8
• 2- Department mandatory courses:
Cod
e Course Title
Credi
t
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lect
.
Lab/Pr
.
Cli
n a b c D
BAS
700 Biomechanics 3 3 - -
1,2,3,8,
9
1,2,7,8,
10,11,1
2
- 3,4,5,6,
8
BAS
701
Instrumentatio
n and
laboratory
practice in
physical
3 3 - - 1,2,3,5,
6,8,9,10
1,3,5,6
7,8,9,10
11,12,1
3
- 1,6,7,9
therapy
BAS
702
Research
seminar II 2 2 - - 5,6,9 7,8 -
1,3,4,5,6,7,1
0
• ii Program Courses (2nd
semester)
• 1- Faculty mandatory courses:
Cod
e
Course
Title
Credi
t
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lect
.
Lab/Pr
.
Cli
n a b c d
PT
702
Data
Processin
g and
analysis
3 2 2 - 2,3,5,
9
1,7,11,1
3
1,3,5,6,
9
3,4,5,
7
• 2- Department mandatory courses:
Co
de
Course
Title
Cred
it
hour
s
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lec
t.
Lab/
Pr.
Cli
n a b c d
BA
S
703
Independe
nt study II 2 2 - - 4,6,8,9 8,12,13 -
4,6,8,9,
10
BA
S
704
Theoretic
al
foundatio
n for
evaluation
and
measurem
ent
3 2 2 - 1,2,3,6,
7,9,10
1,2,7,10,11,1
2,13
3,4,6,9,
10
3,4,5,6,
9
BA
S
705
Clinical
applicatio
n in pain
managem
ent
2 1 2 - 1,3,8,9,
10 2,3,4,5,6,10
1,2,3,5,
7,8 1,2,3,9
• iii Department selective courses (Minimum 2 credit hours in 2nd
semester
and 6 credit hours in 3rd
semester)
Co
de
Course
Title
Cred
it
hour
s
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lec
t.
La
b/
Pr
Cli
n a b c d
BA
S
706
Manual
therapy II 2 - 4 -
1,3,7,8,
9,
10
3,5,7
,9,10,12,1
3
1,2,4,5,7
,8,
10
1,2,3,7,8,9
,10
BA
S
707
Advanced
Biostatisti
cs
2 2 - - 1,5 7,8,13 - 3,4,5,6,7,8
,10
BA
S
708
Physical
therapy
science II
2 2 - - 1,3,6,7,
8
2,3,7,
9,10 - 1,2,3,9
BA
S
709
Objective
measurem
ents in P.T
2 2 - - 1,2,8,9,
10
2,3,7,11,1
2,13 - 4,5,6,7,8
BA
S
710
Selected
topics in
pain
manageme
nt
2 2 - - 1,3,8,9,
10
2,3,4,
5,6,10 -
1,2,3,
9,10
BA
S
711
Selected
topics in
Physical
Therapy
2 2 - - 1,3,8,9,
10
2,3,7,11,1
2,13 - 6,7,8,10
6- Program Admission Requirements
• The applicant must hold a master's degree in physical therapy in the specialty
to be enrolled from a university under the Egyptian law or equivalent.
• The date of admission and registration of students is the date of approval by
the competent vice president of the university as a commissioner of the
graduate studies and research council.
• Faculty is entitled to impose supplementary courses to offset the preparatory
year of master’s degree that the student should reimburse 500 pounds for each
course with maximum of 2000 pounds with the exception of assistant teachers
from the payment of such fees.
7- Regulations for Progression and Program Completion
• The student must pass all the prescribed courses (mandatory - elective)
successfully.
• The student should prepare a plan of a scientific research in an innovative
subject which is approved by the council of the department and approved by
the graduate studies committee and faculty council, and approved by the
competent management of the university within two years from the date
he/she registered for postgraduate study in condition that he/she passed 18
credit hours at least (the faculty council decided on January 17th
2006 that
these 18 credit hours which the student achieved include faculty requirement
courses)
• The student must present a thesis to the discussion and governance committee
that is constituted by the proposal of the department concerned and the
approval of the faculty council and the competent authorities of the university
after at least two years from registering the research plan.
• For a student to perform the practical part of the thesis in laboratories offered
by the faculty, he/she should attend a specialized training program for a period
ranging from one day (cost 50 pounds ) to five days at most (cost 250 pounds).
• The enrollment of the student to be null if he/she is not able to obtain a
doctorate degree within five years from the date of registration for graduate
studies and the faculty council may license additional year after approval of
the report submitted by the supervisor that is adopt by the competent
authorities.
• The university grants the doctoral degree in physical therapy upon approval by
the faculty council according to the specialties of the various departments.
8- Learning strategies: Teaching and learning methods and facilities
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
.1-Traditional lectures Knowledge and Understanding - Intellectual skills.
• 2-Active learning
Presentation, self
learning, group
discussion, problem
solving, practical
and learning
Knowledge and Understanding, Intellectual Skills,
General and transferable Skills
• 3-Strategies
a.Evidence based
b.Self learning
c.Problem based
learning d.Outcome
based learning
Professional and Practical Skills, General Skills
• 4-Sources and
learning
requirements
• a.Two lecture halls
b.Equipped
laboratories
• c.Staff
. d. Tools
(overhead projector, black
board, models, assessment
tools
Knowledge, Understanding, Professional and Practical
Skills General and transferable Skills
9- Evaluation of Program Intended Learning Outcomes
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
1-Written exams
• MCQ
• Short notes
• Problem solving
Knowledge and Understanding - Intellectual skills.
2-Oral exams Knowledge and Understanding, Intellectual Skills,
General and transferable Skills
4-Practical exam Knowledge and Understanding, Intellectual Skills,
Professional and Practical Skills, General Skills
6-Applied exam Knowledge, Understanding, Professional and Practical
Skills General and transferable Skills
7- Note book
Presentations, researches,
conferences, workshops
Knowledge, Understanding, Professional and Practical
Skills General and transferable Skills
10- Ways of program evaluation
Evaluator
Tool
Sample
1- Senior students
Focus group
Questionnaire
All students
2- Alumni
Questionnaire
25%
3- Stakeholders ( Employers)
Questionnaire 30
4-External Evaluator(s) (External
Examiner(s))
Report
Report
1
1
Approval of department council Date: 17 /12 /2013
Approval of faculty council Date: / /
Program coordinator: Dr. Doaa Ibrahim Amin, Dr. Reham Hussein Diab .
Signature:
Head of the department: Prof.Dr. Maher El Kablawy
Signature:
Attachment: Course Specifications Annex 1: Courses of the Doctoral Degree (1st, 2
nd
and 3rd semesters)
Program Specifications Ph.D.: Biomech 2013/2014 Page 1
University: Cairo
Faculty: Physical Therapy
Department: Biomechanics
Program Specification
(2013 / 2014 year)
A- Basic Information
1- Program Title: Ph. D. in physical therapy, specialty of Biomechanics
2-Program Type: Single
3-Department (s): Biomechanics
4- Program coordinator: Prof. Dr. Salam Mohammed Elhafez
5- External Evaluator: Prof. Dr. Ahmed Waheed Mustafa
6- Date of program specifications approval: / 9 / 2013
7- Date of Faculty Council approval: / / 2013
B- Professional Information
Graduate Attributes:
A graduate of the PhD degree of biomechanics should be capable of:
1- Dealing perfectly with principles of scientific research.
2- Working continuously to add knowledge in the field of biomechanics.
3- Applying analytical and critical curriculum of knowledge of biomechanics.
4- Determinining professional problems and find creative solutions in biomechanics.
5- Developing new methods and tools for professional practice.
6- Using suitable technological methods for the benefit of his/her professional practice.
7- Being aware of his/her role in developing society and maintaining a good
environment.
8- Merging specific and related knowledge in the field of biomechanics.
9- Having perfection of professional skills in the field of practice.
Program Specifications Ph.D.: Biomech 2013/2014 Page 2
1- Program aims:
This program aims to provide the student with the knowledge, skills and ability to :
1/1 Develop an understanding of the normal mechanics of different joints of the
body.
1/2 Evaluate the joint movements from the kinematic and kinetic points of view.
1/3 Design work equipment and work places so that optimal relations between
humans and their work environment could be achieved.
1/4 Work individually or/in a group on a research project with clinical decision
making ability in selected biomechanical area gaining understanding of basic
research methods and techniques
1/5 Demonstrate competency in using simple instruments used by biomechanists as
isokinetic dynamometer, Ergometer and videography.
1/6 Demonstrate comprehensive understanding in selected topics in biomechanics
focusing on Qualitative Analysis of human performance
1/7 Identify the prerequisites for normal walking and subphases of gait cycle.
1/8 Describe gait deviation in some pathological cases using different instruments
used for gait analysis.
1/9 Recognize different techniques and packages for computer animation including
problem definition, model construction and model analysis.
1/10 Develop systematic approach to viewing radiographs.
1/11 Apply the principles and ethics for scientific research.
2- Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs)
2:1 Knowledge and understanding By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
a1: Describe the structures of each joint of the musculoskeletal system.
a2: Identify the primary action of each muscle/ muscle group as agonists, stabilizers,
neutralizers or antagonists.
a3: Recognize fundamental concepts and definitions of ergonomics and different components
of the ergo systems.
a4: Outline the steps of proper lifting and factors affecting load on the spine during lifting
a5: Identify the basic statistical operations used during data processing and analysis.
a6: Recognize methods of gathering and recording information from a wide range of sources.
a7: Interpret the theoretical basis and indications for the operation of some simple
biomechanical instruments used for gait and motion analysis.
a8: Identify certain normal and abnormal laboratory, radiology, and other diagnostic
procedure results.
a9: List the components of normal gait cycle, subphases and the main causes of pathological
gait
a10: State the theoretical basis of statistical analysis using software.
A11: Differentiate between real and virtual models of human movement simulation and
Program Specifications Ph.D.: Biomech 2013/2014 Page 3
compare it with real situation.
a12: Discover the principles for the use of diagnostic imaging.
a13: Recognize the common models and role of senses used for qualitative analysis.
2:2 Intellectual Skills By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
b1: Analyze the fundamental movements of the body joints with respect to the joint and
muscle actions.
b2: Detect the biomechanical contributions to common injuries of the body joints.
b3: Compare and contrast qualitative analysis of human movement
b4: Calculate static and dynamic forces on the human body during certain activities in the
workplace.
b5: Evaluate the design of technical systems, working environment and equipment with
emphasis on prevention of work injuries.
b6: Appraise practical issues that provide opportunities for research.
b7: Synthesize information from a number of sources in order to gain a coherent
understanding of the selected topics by the students.
b8: Synthesize information from different biomechanical evaluation and measurements for
better understanding of clinical cases.
b9: Correlate data obtained by biomechanical assessment with other medical data of the
patient.
b10: Analyze normal and pathological gait from kinematic and kinetic point of view.
b11: Specify the internal and external forces affecting normal gait.
b12: Appraise practical issues that provide opportunities for research in computer
animation.
b13: Derive information from the models to predict the behaviors that would be observed
in real situation.
b14: Correlate normal and abnormal anatomic and radiographic finding.
2/3/1 Professional and Practical Skills By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
c1: Incorporate the understanding of the body joints biomechanics into a comprehensive
evaluation needed to determine dysfunction.
c2: Implement the principles of new screening tools to redesign work areas.
c3: Use effectively research tools and measuring instruments in accordance with the
standard research guidelines.
c4: Consider patient values as important part of clinical decision making.
c5: Consider evidence based practice during adopting treatment programs.
c6: Apply the relevant biomechanical principles in evaluation of musculoskeletal and
neuromuscular disorders.
c7: Design treatment program based on the findings of biomechanical evaluation and
measurements.
c8: Incorporate the understanding of qualitative analysis to suggest strategies for
improving performance
c9: Measure accurately the spatial and the temporal parameters of the gait and abnormal
gait patterns.
c10: Conduct effective and efficient gait re-education based on findings from gait analysis.
Program Specifications Ph.D.: Biomech 2013/2014 Page 4
c11: Design program based on the findings of biomechanical evaluation and
measurements.
c12: Apply the relevant biomechanical principles in evaluation of musculoskeletal and
neuromuscular disorders.
c13: Apply the relevant biomechanical principles to motor control problems.
c14: Apply the professional concepts in dealing with patients and their relatives.
c15: Write down a final report that could be used for the design of efficient treatment
programs
2/3/2 General skills By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
d1: Demonstrate competence in the use of the computer for data presentation and processing.
d2: Use the internet as a mean of information in the field of biomechanics
d3: Write up a report on a problem and discuss it with other professionals
d4: Work effectively in a team and participate constructively in groups
d5: Respect the others point of view
d6: Display attitudes required for professional work
d7: Manage time, personal stresses and prioritizes workloads
d8: Manage changes and respond to changing demands.
d9: Express own ideas in an efficient manner
d10: Assess the relevance and importance of the ideas of others.
d11: Communicate effectively with patients and/or patients’ relatives.
d12: Communicate accurately, clearly and confidently in writing and orally
3- Academic Standards
1. Graduate Attributes:
A graduate of the PhD degree of biomechanics should be capable of:
1- Dealing perfectly with principles of scientific research.
2- Working continuously to add knowledge in the field of biomechanics.
3- Applying analytical and critical curriculum of knowledge of biomechanics.
4- Determining professional problems and find creative solutions in biomechanics.
5- Developing new methods and tools for professional practice.
6- Using suitable technological methods for the benefit of his/her professional practice.
7- Being aware of his/her role in developing society and maintaining a good
environment.
8- Merging specific and related knowledge in the field of biomechanics.
9- Having perfection of professional skills in the field of practice.
Program Specifications Ph.D.: Biomech 2013/2014 Page 5
B- General Standards:
By the end of the doctoral program of biomechanics, the graduate should be aware of:
1-Knowledge and Understanding By the end of the doctoral degree program in Biomechanics, the graduate should be able to
know and understand:
1- Principles, curriculums and ethics of scientific research and its different tools.
2- Theories, basic principles and new knowledge in physical therapy for dealing with
different biomechanical problems.
3- Effect of non-pharmacological intervention and its impact in curative procedures.
4- Principles of therapeutic interventions and its impact on adult health.
5- Principles of physical therapy assessment and treatment (tools and techniques) regarding
biomechanical problems.
6- Moral and legal principles for professional practice in the field of biomechanics.
2- Intellectual Skills
By the end of the doctoral program the graduate should be able to:
1- Analyze and assess the information about the selected topics in biomechanical
problems.
2- Solve specific problems depending on the available information.
3- Perform research studies in evaluation and treatment of biomechanics.
4- Write scientific papers.
5- Assess the risks of professional practice.
6- Plan for developing the performance in the field of biomechanics.
7- Make professional decision at the different conditions of adults with biomechanical
problems.
8- Invent and create in the field of physical therapy for biomechanics.
9- Dialogue and discuss depending on evidence based and proofs.
3- Professional skills
By the end of the doctoral program the graduate should be able to:
1- Perform definitive biomechanical examination.
2- Design a specific physical therapy plan for adults with biomechanical problems.
Program Specifications Ph.D.: Biomech 2013/2014 Page 6
3- Implement the most effective and specific modalities when designing plane for adults
with biomechanical problems.
4- Write and evaluate professional reports.
5-Evaluate and develop the applied tools and techniques in the field of biomechanical.
6- Apply perfectly basic and recent professional skills in the field biomechanics.
7- Use of technological means to serve the professional practice.
4- General and Transferable Skills
By the end of the doctoral program the graduate should be able to:
1- Manage time, personal emotions, stress and prioritize work load.
2- Respond appropriately to the individual and cultural differences between adults with
neuromuscular problems.
3- Communicate verbally and nonverbally with patients, health care team and others in an
appropriate, effective and capable manner.
4- Time management and coordinate seminars and conferences.
5- Work in a team and be a leader.
6- Self assessment and continual learning.
7- Use knowledge technology to develop professional practice.
8- Teach others and evaluate their performance.
4- External References for Standards (Benchmarks)
- General Academic Reference Standards for the Postgraduate Studies Programs of the
National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education (NAQAAE)
(March, 2009).
5- Programme Structure and Contents
a. Programme duration:
The programme is conducted in three semesters:
1- First semester: for six months; starts in October 1st and ends in March 31
st. Exams
are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies two courses from the faculty requirements’ courses
in addition to other department mandatory courses.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be filled from March 1st to
March 15th
.
Program Specifications Ph.D.: Biomech 2013/2014 Page 7
- The student fills a form about the elective courses he/she wants to take in the
second semester from March 16th
to March 30th
.
2- Second semester: for six months; starts in May 1st and ends in October 31
st. Exams
are conducted in November.
- In this semester the student studies the remaining courses of the faculty requirements in
addition to the remaining courses of the department mandatory courses in addition to
elective courses equivalent to two credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be filled from October 1st
to October 15th
.
- The student fills a form about the elective courses he/she want to take in the third
semester from October 16th
to October 30th
.
3- Third semester: for four months; starts from the first Saturday of December and ends
in March 31st. Exams are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies elective courses equivalent to 6 credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be filled from March 1st to
March 15th.
4- Thesis: Its duration is equivalent to 30 credit hours.
5-
b. Program structure:
Credit hours
(35)
Mandatory : (8 ) Elective : ( 5 ) Optional: ( 0 )
Semesters
Courses Credit Hours Percentage
1st, 2
nd and 3
rd
Semesters
Basic Physical Therapy sciences
Social sciences & Humanities
Medical sciences
Specialization sciences
Other sciences (computer,)
Field Training
2
0
4
20
9
0
5.7%
0%
11.43%
57.14%
25.7%
0
Total 35 100%
Basic Physical Therapy sciences (PT 701)
Social sciences & Humanities
Medical sciences (PT 700, BIOM 709)
Program Specifications Ph.D.: Biomech 2013/2014 Page 8
Specialization sciences (BIOM 700, BIOM 701, BIOM 702, BIOM 703, BIOM
704, BIOM 705, BIOM 706)
Other sciences (computer,) (PT 702, BIOM 707, BIOM 708)
i. Programme Courses (1st semester )
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin A B C D
PT 700 Biochemistry 2 2 - - 1,8 11 1 1,3,8,12
PT 701 Biophysics 2 2 - - 1 11 1 2,3,8,12
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin A B C D
BIOM700 Advanced
biomechanics. 3 2 2 - 1,2 1,2 1,6 1,3,7,12
BIOM701 Advanced
ergonomics. 3 2 2 - 3,4 4,5 2 2,3,4,6,7,12
BIOM702 Research seminar II. 3 3 - - 4 6 3,4 1,5, 9,12,
ii. Programme Courses (2nd
semester)
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course
Title
Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin A B C D
PT 702
Data
Processing
and analysis
3 2 2 - 10 3,8,9 4 2,3,8,12
Program Specifications Ph.D.: Biomech 2013/2014 Page 9
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin A B C D
BIOM703 Independent study
II. 3 3 - - 6 7,8 7,11 1,4,6,10,12
BIOM704
Theoretical
foundations for
evaluation and
measurements.
3 2 2 - 7,8 8,12 3,12 1,7,12
iii. Department selective courses (Minimum 2 credit hours in 2nd
semester and 6
credit hours in 3rd
semester)
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Lect Lab/Pr Clin A B C D
BIOM705 Biomechanics
of sports
injuries.
2 2 - - 13 3 16 1,5,9,12
BIOM706 Advanced gait
analysis. 2 2 2 - 7,9
10,11,1
2 9,10,12 1,2,4,6,8,12
BIOM707 Computer
programming. 2 2 2 - 7,10 8,12 6,7 1,4,6,5,7,12
BIOM708 Computer
modeling. 2 2 2 - 11 8,9,12 12,13 1,3,8,12
BIOM709 Diagnostic
radiology. 2 2 - - 12 6,13,14 14,16 1,3,8,11
6- Program Admission Requirements
The applicant must hold a master's degree in physical therapy in the specialty to be
enrolled from a university under the Egyptian law or equivalent.
The date of admission and registration of students is the date of approval by the
competent vice president of the university as a commissioner of the graduate
studies and research council.
Faculty is entitled to impose supplementary courses to offset the preparatory year
of master’s degree that the student should reimburse 500 pounds for each course
with maximum of 2000 pounds with the exception of assistant teachers from the
payment of such fees.
Program Specifications Ph.D.: Biomech 2013/2014 Page 10
7- Regulations for Progression and Program Completion
The student must pass all the prescribed courses (mandatory - elective)
successfully.
The student should prepare a plan of a scientific research in an innovative subject
which is approved by the council of the department and approved by the graduate
studies committee and faculty council, and approved by the competent management
of the university within two years from the date he/she registered for postgraduate
study in condition that he/she passed 18 credit hours at least (the faculty council
decided on January 17th
2006 that these 18 credit hours which the student achieved
include faculty requirement courses)
The student must present a thesis to the discussion and governance committee that
is constituted by the proposal of the department concerned and the approval of the
faculty council and the competent authorities of the university after at least two
years from registering the research plan.
For a student to perform the practical part of the thesis in laboratories offered by
the faculty, he/she should attend a specialized training program for a period ranging
from one day (cost 50 pounds ) to five days at most (cost 250 pounds).
The enrollment of the student to be null if he/she is not able to obtain a doctorate
degree within five years from the date of registration for graduate studies and the
faculty council may license additional year after approval of the report submitted
by the supervisor that is adopt by the competent authorities.
The university grants the doctoral degree in physical therapy upon approval by the
faculty council according to the specialties of the various departments.
8- Teaching and Learning Strategies:
- Traditional lectures
- Practical Lessons
- Clinical Lessons
- Group discussion
- Problem solving
Program Specifications Ph.D.: Biomech 2013/2014 Page 11
a- Active learning
Presentation, self-learning, and learning
b- Strategies :
Evidence based
Self learning
Problem based learning
Outcome based learning
9- Teaching and learning methods and facilities
Two lecture halls
Equipped laboratories
Staff
Tools (overhead projector, black board, models, assessment tools)
10- Evaluation of Program Intended Learning Outcomes
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
1-Written exams
MCQ
Short notes
Problem solving
Knowledge, Understanding and intellectual.
2-Practical exam Professional and Practical Skills, General Skills
3-Applied exam Knowledge, Understanding, Professional and Practical
Skills General and transferable Skills
4- Note book
Presentations, researches,
conferences, workshops
Knowledge, Understanding, Professional and Practical
Skills General and transferable Skills
Program Specifications Ph.D.: Biomech 2013/2014 Page 12
11- Ways of program evaluation
Evaluator
Tool
Sample
1- Senior students Questionnaire 25%
2- Alumni
Focus group 10%
3- Stakeholders ( Employers)
Questionnaire 30
4-External Evaluator Report
1
Program coordinator: Prof. Dr. Ghada Mohammed Elhafez.
Signature:
Date: / 9 /2013
Attachment: Course Specifications
Annex 1: Courses of the Doctoral Degree (1st, 2
nd and 3
rd semesters)
1
University: Cairo
Faculty: Physical Therapy
Department: cardiovascular/Respiratory Disorder and Geriatrics
Program Specification
(2013 / 2014 year)
A- Basic Information
1- Programme Title: Ph. D. in physical therapy specialty in cardiovascular/Respiratory
Disorder and Geriatrics
2-Programme Type: Single
3- Department (s): physical therapy for cardiovascular/Respiratory Disorder and Geriatrics
4- Program coordinator: Dr. Hany Ezzat
5- External evaluator: Prof. Dr Amany Raafat
6- Date of department council approval: 17 / 9 / 2013
7- Faculty council approval: 8 / 4 / 2014
B- Professional Information
Graduate's attributes:
1. Act continually to add to knowledge in the field of cardiovascular/ respiratory disorder
and geriatrics
2. Recognize deeply the current problems and theories in the field of specialty
3. Apply effectively the professional skills on wide scope in the field of specialty
4. Develop new methods, tools and ways for professional applications
5. Take decision according to available information
6. Using the available resources effectively, developing them and try to find new resources
7. Recognize the role of physiotherapy in society and take care of environment
1- Programme aims: This program aims to:
1/1 Enable the graduate to employ a range of academic and professional backgrounds to
gain an in-depth and critical understanding of current issues in management of
cardiovascular and cardiopulmonary cases.
1/2 Provide the graduate with basics and methodology of researches in the field of
cardiopulmonary rehabilitation
1/3 Prepare the graduate to solve the professional problems in the field of cardiovascular and
cardiopulmonary rehabilitation and take decision based on the available evaluation
data
For elective courses this program aims to one or more of the following:
2
1/4 Enable the graduate to take decision based on interpretation for the outcomes of
cardiovascular/ respiratory rehabilitation
1/5 Enable the graduate to use efficiently the key laboratory and field skills required for careers
in the field of cardiovascular and cardiopulmonary rehabilitation.
1/6 Prepare the graduate to apply advanced knowledge and professional skills to critical
understanding of rehabilitation issues.
2- Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs)
2/1 Knowledge and understanding By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
a1: Explain basic and advanced theories of physical therapy assessment and treatment for
different cardiovascular and cardiopulmonary disorder and geriatrics and related fields
a2: Describe scientific knowledge base of phsiotherapy practice incuding its gaps ,
unceratinties , defining features , contexts and the evolving nature of physiotherapy for
cardiovascular/cardiopulmonary disorders.
a3: Enumerate basic principles, methodology as well as ethics of scientific research in the
field of cardiovascular/cardiopulmonary rehabilitation
For elective courses the graduate should achieve one or more of the following:
a4: Discuss basics of quality assurance in professional practice in the field of
cardiovascular/cardiopulmonary rehabilitation
a5: Describe scientific knowledge underpins clinical practice for different cardiovascular
and cardiopulmonary disorder and geriatrics
2/2 Intellectual skills By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
b1: Systematically retrive, select and integrate appropriate information from
cardiopulmonary health sciences
b2: Integrate and link appropriate information a cross components, including material met
in different disciplines to take decision
b3: Plan and conduct a substational research project and present it in a coherent manner
that can add to knowledge
For elective courses the graduate should achieve one or more of the following:
b4: Formulate a range of phsiotherapy skills, techniques and approaches thus being able to
respond to the individual needs of physiotherapy service users based on evidence based
and proofs.
2/3 Professional and Practical Skills By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
c1: Design appropriate cardiopulmonary rehabilitation plan, bearing in mind
technical, logistical, safety and ethical limitations c2: Apply appropriate basic exercise equpiment, prescription and monitoring techniques
safely and effectively
c3: Explain the principles and limitations of a range of more advanced practical
techniques
For elective courses the graduate should achieve one or more of the following:
C4: Practice in a range of contexts including those with uncertainty or unpredictability for
developing the present technology and techniques in the field of cardiovascular and
cardiopulmonary rehabilitation
C5: Write and evaluate professional reports
3
2/4 General and Transferable skills By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
d1: Manage time, personal emotions, stress and prioritize work load.
d2: Respond appropriately to the individual and cultural differences between adults with
cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics problems.
d3: Communicate verbally and nonverbally with patients, health care team and others in an
appropriate, effective and capable manner.
For elective courses the graduate should achieve one or more of the following:
d4: Work in a team and be a leader.
d5: Using knowledge technology to develop professional practice.
3- Academic Standards
3/1- General Standards:
3/1/1 Knowledge and Understanding:
By the end of the Ph.D. degree program the graduate should be able to:
1. Explain Principles, curriculums and ethics of scientific research and its different
tools
2. Discuss theories, basic principles and new knowledge in physical therapy for
dealing with different cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics problems.
3. Enumerate effect of non-pharmacological intervention and its impact in curative
procedures.
4. Describe principles of therapeutic interventions and its impact on adult health.
For elective courses the graduate should achieve one or more of the following:
5. Discuss principles of physical therapy assessment and treatment (tools and
techniques) regarding cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics problems.
6. Explain moral and legal principles for professional practice in the field of physical
therapy for cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics.
3/1/2 Intellectual Skills
By the end of the Ph.D. degree program the graduate should be able to:
1. Analyze and assess the information about the selected topics in
cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics problems.
2. Solve specific problems depending on the available information.
3. Perform research studies in evaluation and treatment of cardiovascular/respiratory
disorder and geriatrics.
4. Assess the risks of professional practice.
5. Plan for developing the performance in the field of physical therapy for
cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics.
For elective courses the graduate should achieve one or more of the following:
6. Make professional decision at the different situations of adults with
cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics problems.
4
7. Invent and create in the field of physical therapy for cardiovascular/respiratory
disorder and geriatrics.
3/1/3 Professional and Practical Skills
By the end of the Ph.D. degree program the graduate should be able to:
1. Design a specific physical therapy plan for adults with cardiovascular/respiratory
disorder and geriatrics problems.
2. Apply perfectly basic and recent professional skills in the field of physical
therapy for cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics.
3. Use of technological means to serve the professional practice.
For elective courses the graduate should achieve one or more of the following
4. Evaluate and develop the applied tools and techniques in the field of physical
therapy for cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics.
5. Write and evaluate professional reports.
3/1/4 General and Transferable skills
By the end of the Ph.D. degree program the graduate should be able to:
1. Manage time, personal emotions, stress and prioritize work load.
2. Respond appropriately to the individual and cultural differences between adults with
cardiovascular/respiratory disorder and geriatrics problems.
3. Communicate verbally and nonverbally with patients, health care team and others in
an appropriate, effective and capable manner.
4. Time management and coordinate seminars and conferences.
For elective courses the graduate should achieve one or more of the following
5. Work in a team and be a leader.
6. Evaluate him/her and continue learning.
7. Using knowledge technology to develop professional practice.
8. Teaching others and evaluate their performance.
4- External References for Standards (Benchmarks)
- General Academic Reference Standards for the Postgraduate Studies Programs of the
National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education (NAQAAE).
5- Programme Structure and Contents
a. Programme duration:
The programme is conducted in three semesters:
1- First semester: for six months; starts in October 1st and ends in March 31
st . Exams
are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies two courses from the faculty requirements’
courses in addition to other department mandatory courses.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
March 1st to March 15
th .
5
- An application to choose the elective courses in the second semester should be
conducted before the end of the first semester from March 16th
to March 30th
.
2- Second semester: for six months; starts in May 1st and ends in October 31
st . Exams
are conducted in November.
- In this semester the student studies the remaining courses of the faculty
requirements in addition to the remaining courses of the department mandatory
courses in addition to elective courses equivalent to two credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
October 1st to October 15
th.
- An application to choose the elective courses he/she wants to take in the third
semester should be conducted from October 16th
to October 30th
.
3- Third semester: for four months; starts from the first Saturday of December and ends
in March 31st. Exams are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies elective courses equivalent to 6 credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
March 1st to March 15
th.
4- Thesis: Its duration is equivalent to 30 credit hours full field after two years.
b. Programme structure:
Credit hours: 30
minimum
Mandatory : ( 8 ) Elective : ( 5 )
Semesters
Courses Credit Hours Percentage
1st,2
nd and 3
rd
semesters Basic Physical Therapy sciences
Social sciences & Humanities
Medical sciences
Specialization sciences
Other sciences (computer,)
Field Training
2
0
14
13
3
0
6.25%
0%
43.75%
40.625%
9.375%
0%
Total 32 100%
Basic Physical Therapy sciences (Clinical exercise physiology)
Social sciences & Humanities (----------,------------)
Medical sciences (biophysics, biochemistry, histology, Data Processing and analysis)
Specialization sciences (Advanced evaluation and clinical management, Independent
studyII , Research seminar II ,Theoretical foundations for evaluation and treatment of
6
cardiopulmonary dysfunction, Issues of long term care services for elderly, Selected
special topics, Advanced theories of cardiopulmonary rehabilitation, Intensive care
unit, respiratory therapy. ----------,------------)
Other sciences (computer,) (----------,------------)
Field Training (----------,------------)
i. Programme Courses (1st semester )
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin A b C D
PT
700 Biochemistry 2 2 - - 1,3 1,2 -
PT
701 Biophysics 2 2 - - 3,4 2,4 -
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c D
CPG
700 Histology 3 3 4,5 1,3 - -
CPG
701
Advanced
evaluation and
clinical
management
3 1 3 3 1,2,3,5 1,2,3,4 1,2,3 1,2,4,5
CPG
702
Independent
studyII 3 3 - - 3,4,5 1,2,3 - -
ii. Programme Courses (2nd
semester)
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course
Title
Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c D
PT
702
Data
Processing
and
analysis
3 2 2 - 3 1,2,3 5 1,5
7
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c D
CPG
703
Research
seminar II 3 3 - - 1,3,5 1,3 - -
CPG
704
Theoretical
foundations for
evaluation and
treatment of
cardiopulmonary
dysfunction
3 2 - 2 1,5 1,4 1,2,5 3,4,5
iii. Department elective courses (Minimum 2 credit hours in 2nd
semester and 6
credit hours in 3rd
semester)
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/
Pr Clin a b c D
CPG
705
Issues of long term
care services for
elderly
2 2 - - 1,2,4 1,3,4 -
CPG
706
Selected special
topics 2 2 - - 2,4,5 1,2,3,4 -
CPG
707
Advanced theories of
cardiopulmonary
rehabilitation
2 2 - - 1,2,5 1,2,4 -
CPG
708
Intensive care unit,
respiratory therapy. 2 2 - -
1,2,3
,5 1,2,4 -
CPG
709
Clinical exercise
physiology 2 1
1,2,3
,4 1,2,3,4 -
6- Programme Admission Requirements
The applicant must hold a master degree in physical therapy in the specialty to be
enrolled from a university follow the organizing law of the universities or equivalent.
8
The date of admission and registration of students is the date of approval by the
responsible vice president of the university as a commissioner of the graduate studies
and research council.
Faculty is entitled to impose supplementary courses to offset the preparatory year of
master degree that the student should reimburse 500 pounds for each course with
maximum of 2000 pounds with the exception of assistant lecturers from the payment
of such fees.
7- Regulations for Progression and Programme Completion
The student must pass all the prescribed courses (mandatory - elective) successfully.
The student should prepare a plan of a scientific research in an innovative subject
which is approved by the council of the department and approved by the graduate
studies committee and faculty council, and approved by the responsible authorities of
the university within two years from the date he/she registered for postgraduate study
in condition that he/she passed 18 credit hours at least.
The student must present a thesis to the discussion and governance committee that is
constituted by the proposal of the department concerned and the approval of the
faculty council and the responsible authorities of the university after at least two
years from registering the research plan.
For a student to perform the practical part of the thesis in laboratories offered by the
faculty, he/she should attend a specialized training program for a period ranging from
one day (cost 50 pounds ) to five days at most (cost 250 pounds).
The enrollment of the student to be null if he/she is not able to obtain a Ph.D. degree
within five years from the date of registration for graduate studies and the faculty
council may license additional year after approval of the report submitted by the
supervisor that is adopt by the responsible authorities.
The university grants the Ph.D. degree in physical therapy upon approval by the
faculty council according to the specialties of the various departments.
8- Learning Methods:
8-1- Lecture
8-2-Active learning: Project- Presentation - Small group discussion- Brain storming
8-3- Practical training
8-4-Lab sections
9
9- Learning facilities:
9-1-Teaching halls
9-2-Equipped labs
9-3- Library- Internet
9-4-Tools: Board and data show
10- Evaluation of Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
1-Written exams a1,a2,a 3,b1,b3,b4
2-Oral exams a1,a3,a4,b1,b4,d1,d3,d3
3-Applied exam a2,a3,a5,b2,b3,4,c1, c2,d1,d4,d5
4- Practical exam a2,a5,b3,b4,c2, c4,d2,d3,d5
11- Ways of programme evaluation
Evaluator
Tool
Sample
1- Senior students
Questionnaire 25%
2- Alumni
Questionnaire 25%
3- Stakeholders ( Employers)
Questionnaire 28
4-External Evaluator(s) Report 1
Program coordinator: Dr. Hany Ezzat Signature: Date: / /
Attachment: Course Specifications
Annex 1: Courses of the Doctoral Degree (1st, 2
nd and 3
rd semesters)
1
University: Cairo
Faculty: Physical Therapy
Department: Physical therapy for Gynecology and Obstetrics
Program Specification
(2013-2014)
A- Basic Information
1- Program Title: Doctor of Physical Therapy specialty for Gynecology and Obstetrics
2-Program Type: Single
3-Department (s): Physical therapy for Gynecology and Obstetrics
4-External Evaluator: Prof. Dr. Fayz Farouk
5-Program Coordinator: Dr : Hanan El-Sayed El-Mekawy, Abeer ElDeeb
6- Date of departmental approval: Department council 25/8/2013
7- Faculty council approval: 8 / 4 / 2014
B- Professional Information:
Graduate attributes:
By successful completion of the program the graduate of Ph.D. program of physical
therapy for women’s health, Faculty of Physical Therapy, Cairo University will be able to
deal perfectly with principles and curriculum of scientific research and work continuously to
add knowledge in the field of physical therapy for women’s health, apply analytical and
critical curriculum of knowledge and merge specialized and related knowledge, also he/she
will be able to determine professional problems and find creative solutions, Show a deep
awareness of current problems and recent theories, apply perfectly a wide range of professional
skills, trend towards the development of methods and tools of professional practice, use a
technological means to develop professional practice, employ of available resources efficiently,
aware of his/her role in community development and environmental conservation, act to reflect the
commitment to integrity and credibility, and the rules of the profession develops and works on
finding new resources communicate effectively and lead a team to work in different
professional contexts, have a decision-making in light of available information, Commitment to
continuing self-development and transfer of knowledge and experience to others in the field of
physical therapy for women's health.
√
2
Program over all aims:
The program aims to provide the graduate with suitable and enough knowledge,
skills and attitudes and use appropriate teaching, learning and evaluation methods to ensure
that graduate will be able to:
1/1 Deal perfectly with principles of scientific research, statistical aligns of data gathering;
different methods of statistical analysis and enhances research work activity in
women's health.
1/2 Search continuously the updated literatures review to add new knowledge in the field
of physical therapy for obstetrics and gynecology.
1/3 Apply analytical and critical curriculum of knowledge in P.T for obstetrics and
gynecology.
1/4 Merge specific and related knowledge of biochemistry, bio-physics, histology of female
genital organs and relate different female health disorders with underlying mechanisms
and related factors suggesting and developing environmental relations and treatment
strategies.
1/5 Interpret knowledge and skills for competent practice and solving professional
problems related to obstetrics and gynecology with creative solutions depending on
individual variation.
1/6 Innovate the treatment strategies according to the expected outcomes depending on
individual variations to assist females to be independent member in society as early as
possible.
1/7 Mastering and perfection a wide range of professional and practical skills of
examination, assessment and treatment of obstetrical and gynecological cases.
1/8 Use and develop new methods and tools for professional practice in women's health
1/9 Recognize and use different technological methods that helps in decision making and
develop professional problem solving experiences related to Gynecology and
Obstetrics
1/10 Establish and maintain collaborated relationship with other clinical staff members in
different professional context.
1/11 Integrate professional skills perfectly according to available information that help in
decision making for women’s health.
1/12 Modify the treatment strategies and developing new method of treatment for
obstetrical and gynecological cases according to the available resources.
1/13 Aware of his/her role in developing society and maintain good environment for
enhancing the health of female throughout her life.
1/14 Demonstrate awareness of recent legal, moral, ethical and social issues in the field of
women’s health.
1/15 Continue research and self development in women’s health field and transfer
knowledge and experience to others.
3
Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs)
2:1 Knowledge and understanding
The program aims to prepare the graduate to be able to:
For mandatory courses:
a1-Explain deeply the advanced theories and knowledge about biochemistry and
biochemical problems.
a2- Explain deeply the current theories and the role of biophysics in human body and
discuss the use of appropriate electrotherapy in professional practice.
a3-Define idea of hypothesis tests and significance level using simple non-mathematical
approach and describe statistical control of confounding and multivariate analysis
a4- Describe different types of data, tables, bars, histogram and polygon.
a5- Explain normal and abnormal histological structure of female genital system, nerves
and muscles.
a6- Identify the pathological changes, pharmacological interaction and related clinical
features of women’s health conditions commonly encountered by Physical Therapy
with their relevant medical and surgical treatment.
a7-Explain theories, basic principles and new knowledge for dealing with different
female problems in their life stages.
a8- Explain theories of psychoprophylaxis and natural childbirth.
a9- Explain physiological and pathological changes in adolescent females and their
management.
a10- Identify the principles of clinical application of electrotherapy in different cases of
women’s health.
a11-Discuss mechanism of action, physiological effect, indication, contraindication and
possible complications as well as moral and legal imitations of different physical
therapy modalities, which used in the area of women’s health.
a12-Identify the different types of advanced evaluative and treatment procedures used in
women’s health.
a13-Explain theoretical foundation of different methods for assessing and treating various
obstetrical and gynecological problems.
a14-Identify effect of non-pharmacological intervention and its impact in curative
procedures.
For elective courses:
The graduate will be also able to do some of the following, according to the chosen
4
elective courses:
a15- Identify advanced evaluative and treatment procedures for selected special topics in
gynecology and obstetrics. (GYOB 705)
a16-Discuss new knowledge and advanced physical therapy interventions for
complicated female disorders in their life stages. (GYOB 706)
a17-Describe the quality of the subjective and objective evaluation methods in women’s
health. (GYOB 707)
a18-Discuss deeply the use of electromyography in the evaluation of the normal and
abnormal neurophysiologic activities of abdominal and pelvic floor muscles and
needed investigation for each case. (GYOB 708)
a19-Discuss ergonomic principles, list basic and advanced environmental
measurement, hazards and work design for female. (GYOB 709)
2:2 Intellectual Skills
The program aims to prepare the graduate to be able to:
For mandatory courses:
b1- Select biochemical investigations screening test for the early diagnosis of different
diseases, and discuss metabolic inter-relationship of tissue in various nutritional and
hormonal status.
b2: Assess the biophysical principles of electrotherapy modalities and their risks in
professional practice.
b3-Interpret data gathering by different methods, find probability of different events, develop
sound judgment about data applicable to clinical care, detect the correct conclusion about
diagnostic procedures and laboratory test results and evaluate study protocols and articles
submitted for publication.
b4- Analyze and assess the theoretical information about the topics in women’s health.
b5- Analyze medical and clinical information about different cases of women’s health
b6-Correlate between histology of female genital organs and the pathophysiology of female
diseases.
b7-Formulate realistic goals taking into consideration the individual variations, degree of the
dysfunction, pathological underlying mechanism, investigations findings and the patients
complain.
b8-Justify specific treatment plan of the patient using problem solving and clinical reasoning
skills, to solve specific problems depending on the available information.
5
b9-Select the most appropriate type of investigations and suitable physical therapy
modalities for treating each case in the field of women’s health.
b10- Formulate professional decision at the different situations of women's health.
b11- Judge the progression or regression of the treatment plans according to the recent
researches in the area of women’s health and suggest a new physical modalities to achieve
normal and functional activities as much as possible.
b12- Interpret results depending on evidence base and proofs.
b13-Formulate and judge research studies in evaluation and treatment of problems in the
field of women’s health.
b14- Create a scientific paper in the field of women's health.
For elective courses:
The graduate will be also able to do some of the following, according to the chosen elective
course:
b15- Interpret new medical and surgical treatment for special problems in Obstetrics and
Gynecology. (GYOB 705).
b16-Design the most appropriate and advanced type of investigations and physical therapy
modalities for treating for complicated female health disorders (GYOB 706).
b17-Compare the subjective and objective evaluation procedures in women’s health (GYOB
707)
b18- Interpret results of E.M.G. in the evaluation of female health disorders and correlate the
results of evaluation to the patient complaint (GYOB 708).
b19-Select the appropriate type of EMG investigations of female health disorders that helps
in decision making. (GYOB 708).
b20- Analyze the competency of several useful ergonomic apparatus as well as work design
depending on the capacity and capabilities of the female during different life span
(adolescent, pregnancy & menopause) program. (GYOB 709).
b21-Create a safer, healthier and effective activities in the work place for females
(adolescent, pregnancy & menopause) based on ergonomic principles program (GYOB
709).
2:3 Professional and Practical Skills
The program aims to prepare the graduate to be able to:
For mandatory courses:
c1-Use computer perfectly in biostatistics in medical and physical therapy research
6
work.
c2-Apply effectively and professionally more advanced evaluation methods for the
different female health disorders.
c3- Apply safely, effectively and perfectly basic and professional skills for different
cases of women’s health considering individual variations.
c4-Design specific physical therapy plan for women health treatment program based
on the present situation and available facilities.
c5-Write professional reports.
c6-Evaluate the patient progress from the investigations and treatment results in
different cases of women’s health.
For elective courses:
The graduate will be also able to do some of the following, according to the chosen elective
course:
c7-Apply safely, effectively and professionally therapeutic modalities for different
cases of women’s health considering individual variations . (GYOB 707)
c8- Use effectively more advanced physical therapy tools and measuring instruments in
accordance with standard guidelines with different cases of women’s health. (GYOB
707).
c9- Write professional E.M.G reports. (GYOB 708)
c10-USE perfectly and professional skills of E.M.G. in the field of P.T for women’s
health. (GYOB 708).
c11-Develop a useful ergonomic apparatus and apply ergonomic principles for safer
application in the work place for females. (GYOB 709).
2-4 General skills
The program aims to prepare the graduate to be able to:
d1-Communicate effectively with patient relatives and health care professionals establishing
professional and ethical relationship.
d2-Communicate accurately, clearly, confidently, and effectively in writing and orally and with
patients.
d3-Demonstrate competence in the use of computer based information handling and data
processing tools to develop professional practice.
d4- Teaching and presentation for individuals and groups and evaluate others.
d5-Evaluate him/herself and continue education.
d6-Use internet critically as a mean of communication and source of information.
d7-Work effectively as a member of a team and participate constructively in groups.
7
d8-Manage time, personal emotions and stress and prioritize workloads.
d9-Monitor scientific meetings.
-Academic Standards
General Academic Reference Standards for the Postgraduate Studies Programs of the
National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education (NAQAAE).
For professional standards:
Faculty academic standards were approved on faculty council in: 10/ 12 /2013
External evaluator approval: 1/12/2013
Comparison Between The Ph.D. Academic Standards of The National Authority For
Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education and Intended Learning Outcomes
(ILOs) Of The Doctoral Program of Physical Therapy for Obstetrics and Gynecology
Corresponding ILO's Of The
Doctoral Program For Physical
Therapy for Obstetrics and
Gynecology
Academic Standards Of The
Doctoral Program For Physical
Therapy for Obstetrics and
Gynecology
Academic Standards
of The National
Authority For Quality
Assurance and
Accreditation of
Education
Program aims:
This program aims to prepare the
graduate to be able to:
Graduate's attributes:
A graduate who will gain the
doctoral degree of the Obstetrics
and Gynecology of physical
therapy should be able to:
: ياصفبث انخشج
خشج بشبيج انذكخسا ف
أي حخصص جب أ ك
:لبدسا ػه
1/16 Deal perfectly with principles
of scientific research, statistical
aligns of data gathering;
different methods of statistical
analysis and enhances research
work activity in women's
health.
1. Deal perfectly with principles
and curriculums of scientific
research in the field of
physical therapy for women's
health.
إحمب أسبسبث .1.1
يجبث انبحث انؼه
1/2 Search continuously the updated
literatures review to add new
knowledge in the field of
physical therapy for obstetrics
and gynecology.
2.Work continuously to add
knowledge in the field of women's
health.
انؼم انسخش ػه . 2.1
اإلضبفت نهؼبسف ف يجبل
انخخصص
1/3 Apply analytical and critical
curriculum of knowledge in P.T
for obstetrics and gynecology
3. Apply analytical and critical
curriculum of knowledge in
the field of physical therapy
for women's health.
حغبك انج . 3.1
انخحهه انبلذ نهؼبسف ف
يجبل انخخصص انجبالث
راث انؼاللت
1/4 Merge specific and related
knowledge of biochemistry, bio-
4. Merge specialized and related
knowledge in the field of physical
ديج انؼبسف . 4.1
انخخصصت يغ انؼبسف راث
8
physics, histology of female
genital organs and relate
different female health disorders
with underlying mechanisms and
related factors suggesting and
developing environmental
relations and treatment strategies.
therapy for women's health
extrapolating their environmental
inter-relationship.
انؼاللت يسخبغب يغسا
نهؼاللبث انبئت بب
1/5 Interpret knowledge and skills
for competent practice and
solving professional problems
related to obstetrics and
gynecology with creative
solutions depending on
individual variation
5. Determine professional
problems and find creative
solutions in the field of
physical therapy for women's
health.
إظبس ػب ػمب . 5.1
ببنشبكم انجبست انظشبث
. انحذثت ف يجبل انخخصص
1/6 Innovate the treatment strategies
according to the expected
outcomes depending on
individual variations to assist
females to be independent
member in society as early as
possible.
6. Show a deep awareness of
current problems and recent
theories in the field of
physical therapy for women's
health.
ححذذ انشكالث . 6.1
انت إجبد حهال يبخكشة
نحهب
1/7 Mastering and perfection a wide
range of professional and
practical skills of examination,
assessment and treatment of
obstetrical and gynecological
cases.
7. Apply perfectly a wide range of
professional skills in the field
of physical therapy for
women's health.
إحمب غبلب اسؼب . 7.1
ي انبساث انت ف
يجبل انخخصص
1/8 Use and develop new methods
and tools for professional
practice in women's health
8 Trend towards the
development of methods and
tools of professional practice
in the field of physical therapy
for women's health.
انخج ح حغش . 8.1
عشق أداث أسبنب
جذذة نهزانت انت
1/9 Recognize and use different
technological methods that helps
in decision making and develop
professional problem solving
experiences related to
Gynecology and Obstetrics
9. Use of technological means to
serve professional practice in
the field of women's health
اسخخذاو انسبئم . 9.1
انخكنجت بب خذو يبسسخ
انت
1/10 Establish and maintain
collaborated relationship with
10. Communicate effectively and
lead a team to work in
different professional contexts
انخاصم بفبػهت . 10.1
لبدة فشك ػم ف سبلبث
يت يخخهفت
9
other clinical staff members in
different professional context.
in the field of physical therapy
for women's health.
1/11 Integrate professional skills
perfectly according to available
information that help in decision
making for women’s health.
11.Decision-making in light of
available information in the
field of physical therapy for
women's health.
احخبر انمشاس ف . 11.1
ظم انؼهيبث انخبحت
1/12 Modify the treatment
strategies and developing new
method of treatment for
obstetrical and gynecological
cases according to the
available resources.
12 Employ of available
resources efficiently,
develops and works on
finding new resources in the
field of physical therapy for
women's health.
حظف اناسد . 12.1
انخبحت بكفبءة حخب
انؼم ػه إجبد ياسد جذذة
1/13 Aware of his/her role in
developing society and maintain
good environment for enhancing
the health of female throughout
her life.
13. Awareness of his/her role in
community development and
environmental conservation
in the field of physical
therapy for women's health.
انػ بذس ف . 13.1
حت انجخغ انحفبػ ػهى
انبئت
1/14 Demonstrate awareness of recent
legal, moral, ethical and social
issues in the field of women’s
health.
14. Act to reflect the
commitment to integrity and
credibility, and the rules of
the profession in the field of
physical therapy for women's
health.
انخصشف بب ؼكس . 14.1
االنخزاو ببنزات انصذالت
لاػذ انت
1/15 Continue research and self
development in women’s health
field and transfer knowledge and
experience to others.
15. Commitment to continuing
self-development and transfer
of knowledge and experience to
others in the field of physical
therapy for women's health..
االنخزاو ببنخت . 15.1
انزاحت انسخشة مم ػه
خبشاح نخش
2- Intended Learning
Outcomes (ILOs)
2/1 Knowledge and
understanding
By the end of the doctoral
program the graduate should be
able to:
2-Academic Standards
2.1-Knowledge and
Understanding
By the end of the doctoral
program the graduate should
be able to understand:
المعاييز القياسية - 2
العامة
المعزفة و الفهم 2-1
ببخبء دساست بشبيج انذكخسا
جب أ ك انخشج لبدسا ػهى
: انفى انذسات بكم ي
a1-Explain deeply the advanced
theories and knowledge about
biochemistry and biochemical
problems.
a2-Explain deeply the current
theories and the role of
biophysics in human body and
discuss the use of appropriate
electrotherapy in professional
practice.
a5- Explain normal and abnormal
histological structure of female
1. Demonstrate theories,
basic principles and new
knowledge in physical
therapy for dealing with
different female problems
in their life stages.
انظشبث 1.1.2
اسبسبث انحذث ي
انؼبسف ف يجبل انخخصص
انجبالث راث انؼاللت
10
genital system, nerves and
muscles.
a6- Identify the pathological
changes, pharmacological
interaction and related clinical
features of women’s health
conditions commonly
encountered by Physical Therapy
with their relevant medical and
surgical treatment.
a7-Explain theories, basic principles
and new knowledge for dealing
with different female problems in
their life stages.
a8- Explain theories of
psychoprophylaxis and natural
childbirth,
a9-Explain physiological and
pathological changes in
adolescent females and their
management.
a3- Define idea of hypothesis tests
and significance level using
simple non-mathematical
approach, and describe statistical
control of confounding and
multivariate analysis.
a4- Describe different types of data,
tables, bars, histogram and
polygon.
2. Identify principles,
curriculums and ethics of
scientific research and its
different tools in the field
of physical therapy for
women's health.
أسبسبث يجبث 2.1.2
أخاللبث انبحث انؼه
أداح انخخهفت
a10-Identify the principles of clinical
application of electrotherapy in
different cases of women’s
health
a11-Discuss mechanism of action,
physiological effect, indication,
contraindication and possible
complications as well as moral
and legal limitations of different
physical therapy modalities,
which used in the area of
women’s health.
3. Recognize moral and legal
principles for professional
practice in the field of
physical therapy for
women's health.
انببدئ اخاللت 3.1.2
انمبت نهبسست انت ف
يجبل انخخصص
a12-Identify the different types of
medical evaluative and
treatment procedures used in
women’s health.
a13-Explain different methods for
4. Recognize principles and
basic quality assurance
regarding the professional
practices in the field of physical
therapy for women's health.
يببدئ أسبسبث 4.1.2
انجدة ف انبسست انت ف
يجبل انخخصص
11
evaluating and treating various
obstetrical and gynecological
problems.
For elective course
a15- Identify advanced evaluative
and treatment procedures for
selected special problems in
gynecology and Obstetrics.
(GYOB 705)
a16-Discuss new knowledge and
advanced physical therapy
interventions for complicated
female disorders in their life
stages. (GYOB 706)
a17-Describe the quality of
subjective and objective
physical therapy evaluative
methods in women’s health.
(GYOB 707)
a18- Discuss deeply the use of
electromyography in the
evaluation of the normal and
abnormal neurophysiologic
activities of abdominal and
pelvic floor muscles and needed
investigation for each case
(GYOB708)
a14-Discuss principles, physiological
effect and mechanism of action of
non-pharmacological intervention
and their impact in curative
procedures.
For elective course
a19- Discuss ergonomic principles,
basic and advanced
environmental measurement,
hazards and work design for
female (GYOB709)
4. Explain principles of
physical therapy
interventions and its
impact on women's health
and methods of
development and
conservation of
environment in Egyptian
society.
انؼبسف انخؼهمت 5.1.2
بآثبس يبسسخ انت ػهى انبئت
. عشق حت انبئت صبخب
2/2- Intellectual Skills
By the end of the doctoral
program the graduate should be
able to:
2.2- Intellectual Skills
By the end of the doctoral
program the graduate should
be able to:
المهارات الذهنية
ببخبء دساست بشبيج انذكخسا
جب أ ك انخشج لبدسا
: ػهى
b4-Analyze and assess the
theoretical information about the
1. Analyze and assess the
information about the selected
ححهم حمى 1.2.2
انؼهيبث ف يجبل انخخصص
انمبس ػهب االسخببط يب
12
selected topics in women’s health.
b5-Interpret medical and clinical
information about different cases
of woman’s health
b6- Correlate between histology of
female genital organs and the
pathophysiology of female
diseases.
For elective course
b15- Interpret new medical and
surgical treatment for special
problems in Obstetrics and
Gynecology. (GYOB 706)
b17-Compare between the subjective
and objective procedures in
women’s health.(GYOB 707)
topics in the field of physical
therapy for women's health
and extrapolating from it.
b7-Formulate realistic goals taking
into consideration the individual
variations, degree of the
dysfunction, pathological
underlying mechanism,
investigations findings and the
patients complain.
b8-Justify specific treatment plan of
the patient depending on the
available information.
2. Solve specialized problems
depending on the available
information
حم انشبكم 2.2.2
انخخصصت إسبدا ػهى
انؼغبث انخبحت
b12-Formulate research studies in
evaluation and treatment of
problems in the field of women’s
health.
3. Perform research studies in
evaluation and treatment of
problems in the field of
physical therapy for women's
health.
إجشاء دساست بحثت 3.2.2
حضف إنى انؼبسف
b13- Create a scientific paper in the
field of women's health.
4. Write scientific papers. 4.2.2 صبغت أساق ػهت
b1: Select biochemical investigations
screening test for the early
diagnosis of different diseases,
and assess the risks of abnormal
results of biochemical lab
investigations.
b2: Assess the biophysical principles
of electrotherapy modalities and
their risks in professional practice.
For elective course
b20-Analyze the competency in the
usage of several useful ergonomic
apparatus as well as work design
depending on the capacity and
5. Assess the risks of
professional practice.
حمى انخبعش ف 5.2.2
انبسسبث انت
13
capabilities of the female during
different life span (adolescent,
pregnancy & menopause).(GYOB
709)
b9-Select the most appropriate type
of investigations and suitable
physical therapy modalities for
treating for each case in the field
of women’s health.
For elective course
b16-Design the most appropriate and
advanced type of investigations
and physical therapy modalities
for complicated female health
disorders (GYOB706)
6. Plan for developing the
professional practice in the
field of physical therapy for
women's health.
انخخغظ نخغش اداء 6.2.2
ف يجبل انخخصص
b10- Formulate professional decision
at the different situations of
women's health.
b11- Judge the progression or
regression of the treatment plans
according to the recent researches
in the area of women’s health and
suggest a new physical modalities
to achieve normal and functional
activities as much as possible.
For elective course
b19-Select the appropriate type of
E.M.G investigations of female
health disorders that helps in
decision making.(GYOB708)
7. Make professional decision
at the different situations in
the field of physical therapy
for women's health.
احخبر انمشاساث انت 7.2.2
ف سبلبث يت يخخهفت
For elective course b21-Create a safer, healthier and
effective activities in the work
place for females (adolescent,
pregnancy & menopause) based
on ergonomic principles.
3. Invent and create in the
field of physical therapy
for women's health.
اإلبذاع / االبخكبس 8.2.2
b3-Interpret data gathering by
different methods, and probability
of different events, develop sound
judgment about data applicable to
clinical care, formulate the correct
conclusion about diagnostic
procedures and laboratory test
results and evaluate study
protocols and articles submitted
for publication.
b14- Interpret results depending on
4. Dialogue and discuss
depending on evidence
based and proofs.
انحاس انمبش انبى 9.2.2
ػهى انبشا
14
evidence base and proofs.
For elective course
b18-Interpret results of E.M.G. in the
evaluation of female health
disorders and correlate results of
evaluation to patient complaint.
(GYOB 708)
2/3- Professional skills
By the end of the doctoral program
the graduate should be able to:
2.3- Professional skills
By the end of the doctoral
program the graduate should
be able to:
: المهارات المهنية
ببخبء دساست بشبيج انذكخسا
جب أ ك انخشج لبدسا
: ػهى
c3-Apply safely, effectively and
perfectly basic and professional
recent skills for different cases of
women’s health.
For elective course
c7- Apply perfectly and
professionally therapeutic
modalities for different cases of
women’s health considering
individual variations. (GYOB
707)
1- Apply perfectly basic and
recent professional skills in
the field of physical therapy
for women's health.
إحمب انبساث 1.3.2
انت اسبست انحذثت ف
يجبل انخخصص
c5-Write professional reports.
c6-evaluate the patient progress
from the investigations and
treatment results in different
cases of women’s health.
For elective course
c9-Write professional E.M.G report.
(GYOB 708)
2. Write and evaluate professional
reports
كخببت حمى انخمبسش 2.3.2
انت
C8-Use effectively more advanced
physical therapy tools and
measuring instruments in
accordance with standard
guidelines with different cases of
women’s health.
C6- Evaluate the patient progress
from the investigations and
treatment results in different cases
of women’s health.
For elective course
c11- Develop a useful ergonomic
3. Develop the applied tools and
techniques in the field of physical
therapy for women's health.
حمى حغش انغشق 3.3.2
اداث انمبئت ف يجبل
انخخصص
15
apparatus and apply ergonomic
principles for safer application in
the work place for females
(Advanced ergonomics for female
- GYOB 709).
c1: Use computer perfectly in
biostatistics in medical and
physical therapy research work.
For elective course
c10-Use perfectly professional skills
of E.M.G in the field of P.T for
Gynecology and Obstetrics.
(GYOB 708)
4. Use technological means to
serve the professional practice.
اسخخذاو انسبئم 4.3.2
انخكنجت بب خذو انبسست
انت
c1- Design specific physical therapy
plans for women health treatment
program based on the present
situation and available facilities.
For elective course
Develop the applied tools and
techniques in the field of P.T for
women’s health. (GYOB 707)
5. Plan to develop professional
practice and performance of
others.
انخخغظ نخغش 5.3.2
انبسست انت حت حت
أداء اخش
2/4- General Skills
By the end of the doctoral program
the graduate should be able to:
4- General Skills
By the end of the doctoral
program the graduate should
be able to:
المهارات العامة و المتنقلة
ببخبء دساست بشبيج انذكخسا
جب أ ك انخشج لبدسا
: ػهى
d1- Communicate effectively with
patient relatives and health care
professionals establishing
professional and ethical
relationship.
d2-Communicate accurately, clearly,
confidently, and effectively in
writing and orally.
1. Communicate verbally and
nonverbally with patients,
health care team and others
in an appropriate, effective
and capable manner
انخاصم انفؼبل 1.4.2
بؤاػ انخخهفت
d3-Demonstrate competence in the
use of computer based information
handling and data processing tools
to develop professional practice.
2- Use information technology
to develop professional
practice
اسخخذاو حكنجب 2.4.2
انؼهيبث بب خذو حغش
انبسست انت
d4- Teaching and presentation for
individuals and groups and evaluate
others
3. Teach others and evaluate
their performance
حؼهى اخش حمى 3.4.2
أداءى
16
d5- Evaluate him/her self and continue
education.
4. Self evaluation and
continuous education
انخمى انزاح انخؼهى 4.4.2
انسخش
d6- Use internet critically as a mean of
communication and source of
information.
5. Use different resources for
information and
knowledge
اسخخذاو انصبدس 5.4.2
انخخهفت نهحصل ػهى
انؼهيبث انؼبسف
d7- Work effectively as a member of a
team and participate constructively
in groups.
6. Work in a team and be a
leader
i. انؼم ف فشك
لبدة فشق انؼم
d8-Manage time, personal emotions
and stress and prioritize workloads.
d9- Monitor scientific meeting
7. Monitor scientific meetings and
able to manage time
perfectly.
إداسة انهمبءاث انؼهت 7.4.2
انمذسة ػهى إداسة انلج
1- Program Structure and Contents
a. Program duration:
The program is conducted in three semesters:
1- First semester: for six months; starts in October 1st and ends in March 31
st . Exams
are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies two courses from the faculty requirements’
courses in addition to other department mandatory courses.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
March 1st to March 15
th .
- The student conducts a form about the elective courses he/she wants to take in
the second semester from March 16th
to March 30th
.
2- Second semester: for six months; starts in May 1st and ends in October 31
st . Exams
are conducted in November.
- In this semester the student studies the remaining courses of the faculty
requirements in addition to the remaining courses of the department mandatory
courses in addition to elective courses equivalent to two credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
October 1st to October 15
th .
- The student fills a form about the elective courses he/she want to take in the
third semester from October 16th
to October 30th
.
3- Third semester: for four months; starts from the first Saturday of December and ends
in March 31st . Exams are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies elective courses equivalent to 6 credit hours.
17
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
March 1st to March 15
th .
4- Thesis: Its duration is equivalent to 30 credit hours.
b. Program structure:
Credit hours: 30 (minimum) Mandatory Courses: 22 Elective Courses: 8
i. Program Courses (1st semester )
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
PT
700 Biochemistry 2 2 - - 1 1 1 3,6,8
PT
701 Biophysics 2 2 - - 2 2 - 3,6,8
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin (a) (b) (c) (d)
GYOB
700
Histology of
female genital
organs
3 3 - - 5 6 --- 3,6,8
GYOB
701
Advanced
evaluation and
clinical
management II
3 2 - 3 6,12 5,7,8,
9,11 2,6
1,2,3,
6,7,8
GYOB
702
Independent
study for
gynecology and
obstetrics II
3 2 2 - 7,11,14 4,7,9,10,11,
13,14 3,4 2,4,6,7,8
ii. Program Courses (2nd
semester)
Semesters
Courses Credit Hours
Percentage
1st ,2
nd and 3
rd Semesters
Basic Physical Therapy sciences
Social sciences & Humanities
Medical sciences
Specialization sciences
Other sciences (computer,)
Field Training
2
1
7
18
1
1
6.67%
3.33%
23.34%
60%
3.33%
3.33%
Total 30 100%
18
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr. Clin (a) (b) (c) (d)
PT 702 Data Processing
and analysis 3 2 2 - 3,4 3 1
3,6,
7,8
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr Clin (a) (b) (c) (d)
GYOB
703
Research Seminar for
Gynecology and
Obstetrics II
3 3 - - 8,9,
10,11
4,9,
14 ----
3,4,6,
8,9
GYOB
704
Theoretical foundations
for evaluation and
treatment of
gynecological and
obstetrical dysfunction
3 2 2 - 6,7,
12,13
5,7,
9,11 5,6
1,2,6,
7,8
iii. Department selective courses (Minimum 2 credit hours in 2nd
semester and 6
credit hours in 3rd
semester)
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Lect. Lab/Pr Clin (a) (b) (c) (d)
GYOB
705
Selected special topics
in gynecology and
obstetrics.
2 2 - - 6,7,15 4,7,12,
13,15 --- 3,6,8
GYOB
706
Advanced
gynecological and
obstetrical physical
therapy (II)
2 2 - - 7,11,16 8,10,16 --- 3,6,8
GYOB
707
Therapeutic activities
for gynecology and
obstetrics cases
2 1 2 - 7,11,
14,17
4,8,10,
12,13,17
5,6,
7,8 2,4,7,9
GYOB
708
Advanced E.M.G. for
abdominal and pelvic
floor muscles
2 1 2 - 7,18 18,19 9,10 2,4,6,7,8
GYOB
709
Advanced ergonomics
for female 2 1 2 - 19 20,21 11 2,4,7,9
6- Program Admission Requirements
The applicant must hold a master's degree in physical therapy in the specialty to be
enrolled from a university under the Egyptian law or equivalent.
19
The date of admission and registration of students is the date of approval by the
competent vice president of the university as a commissioner of the graduate studies
and research council.
Faculty is entitled to impose supplementary courses to offset the preparatory year of
master’s degree that the student should reimburse 500 pounds for each course with
maximum of 2000 pounds with the exception of assistant lecturer from the payment
of such fees.
7- Regulations for Progression and Program Completion
The student must pass all the prescribed courses (mandatory - elective) successfully.
The student should prepare a plan of a scientific research in an innovative subject
which is approved by the council of the department and approved by the graduate
studies committee and faculty council, and approved by the responsible authorities of
the university within two years from the date he/she registered for postgraduate study
in condition that he/she passed 18 credit hours at least (the faculty council decided on
January 17th
2006 that these 18 credit hours which the student achieved include
faculty requirement courses)
The student must present a thesis to the discussion and governance committee that is
constituted by the proposal of the department concerned and the approval of the
faculty council and the responsible authorities of the university after at least two
years from registering the research plan.
For a student to perform the practical part of the thesis in laboratories offered by the
faculty, he/she should attend a specialized training program for a period ranging from
one day (cost 50 pounds ) to five days at most (cost 250 pounds).
The enrollment of the student to be null if he/she is not able to obtain a doctorate
degree within five years from the date of registration for graduate studies and the
faculty council may license additional year after approval of the report submitted by
the supervisor that is adopt by the responsible authorities.
The university grants the doctoral degree in physical therapy upon approval by the
faculty council according to the specialties of the various departments.
8- Learning Methods;
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
20
1- Traditional
learning: Lecture
a1 to a18
b1,3,9,14 ,16,17
2- Active learning:
Project- Presentation
- Small group
discussion.- Brain
storming
a7,11,14,16,17
b1,2,4,5,6 ,7,8,10 ,11,12,13,15,18,19
d2,3,4,5,6,7,8
3- Practical
training
c2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10
d1,4,7,9
4- Lab sections c1, d7
5- Field Training a19, b20,b21,c11, d2,4,d7,d9
9- Learning facilities:
9-1-Teaching halls
9-2-Equipped labs
9-3- Library- Internet
9-4-Tools: Board and data show
9-5- patients
10- Evaluation of Program Intended Learning Outcomes
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
1-Written exams
Knowledge and Understanding- Intellectual Skills.
a1 to a20
b1 to b20
2-Oral exams
Knowledge and Understanding, Intellectual Skills and General Skills.
a6,7,11,12,13, 14,17,18,19
b 7,8,9,10,11,12,17,18,19,20
d2
3-Practical exam
Professional Skills- General Skills- Knowledge and Understanding .
c2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11
d1
4-Applied exam Professional Skills- General Skills.
c1,d8
5-Log book General skills.
d 2,3,4,5,6,7, 9
21
11- Ways of program evaluation
Evaluator
Tool
Sample
1- Senior students
Questionnaire
Focus group
100%
2- Alumni
Questionnaire
50%
3- Stakeholders ( Employers)
Questionnaire 10
4-External Evaluator(s) Report 1
5- Other
Department head: Prof.. Dr. Hanan El-Sayed El-Mekawy
Program coordinator: Dr. Hanan El-Mekawy, Abeer ElDeeb
Signature:
Date: / /
Attachment: Course Specifications
Annex 1: Courses of the Doctoral Degree (1st, 2
nd and 3
rd semesters)
1
University: Cairo
Faculty: Physical Therapy
Department: Physical therapy for musculoskeletal disorders and its surgery
Program Specification
(2013/2014 year)
A- Basic Information
1- Program Title: Ph. D. In physical therapy specialty of musculoskeletal disorders and its
surgery
2-Program Type: Single
3- Department (s): physical therapy for musculoskeletal disorders and its surgery
4-External Evaluator: prof. dr. Hamdy Radwan/ Dr. Alsayed Hassan Kamel (waiting their
approval)
5-Program Coordinator: Prof. Dr. Lilian Albert
6- Date of program specifications approval: 25/9/2014
7- Faculty council approval: 8 / 4 / 2014
B- Professional Information
Graduate attributes:
The graduate who will gain Ph.D. degree in physical therapy in specialty of musculoskeletal
disorders and its surgery should be able to:
1. Deal perfectly with principles of scientific research in musculoskeletal disorders
and its surgery.
2. Work continuously to add knowledge in the field of physical therapy for
musculoskeletal disorders and its surgery.
3. Apply analytical and critical curriculum of knowledge in physical therapy for
musculoskeletal disorders and its surgery. 4. Merge specific and related knowledge in the field of physical therapy for
musculoskeletal disorders and its surgery.
5. Predict the problems encountered by the graduates in the field of practice and find
creative solutions in the field of physical therapy for musculoskeletal disorders
and its surgery.
6. Develop new methods and tools for professional practice in orthopedic physical
therapy.
7. Apply perfectly professional skills in the field of orthopedic physical therapy.
8. Trend towards the development of methods and tools of professional practice in
the field of orthopedic physical therapy.
2
9. Use of technological means to serve to develop professional practice in the field
of orthopedic physical therapy.
10. Communicate effectively and lead a team to work in different professional
contexts.
11. Decision-making according to available information in the field of orthopedic
physical therapy
12. Employ of available resources efficiently, develops and works on finding new
resources in the field of orthopedic physical therapy
13. Participate in development of community and environmental conservation in the
field of orthopedic physical therapy.
14. Commitment to continuing self-development and transfer of knowledge and
experience to others related to orthopedic physical therapy.
15. Commitment to continuing self-development and transfer of knowledge and
experience to others related to musculoskeletal disorders and its surgery
B- Professional Information
1- Program aims: This program aims to:
1/1 Provide the graduates with knowledge and different types of skills necessary to act
as a consultant with high degree of professionalism and competency in the field of
physical therapy for musculoskeletal disorders.
1/2 Enable the graduate to construct research in new trend of the field of the
musculoskeletal disorders and orthotics and prosthetics.
1/3 Increase the awareness of the graduates for lifelong learning and continuous
professional development.
1/4 Use suitable and advanced methods and tools for teaching, learning, training and
evaluation to insure the acquisition of ILOs.
1/5 Acquire enough knowledge about recent procedures in orthopedic physical therapy
and analyze each procedure according to the required outcome of treatment and
decide which procedure matches with each individual orthopedic case.
1/6 Understand and correlate the integral relationship between different musculoskeletal
structures
For elective courses this program aims to one or more of the following:
1/7 Understand and correlate the integral relationship between different
musculoskeletal structures supported on radiological bases.
1/8 Assess Gait deviation in different conditions
1/9 Develop enough knowledge about recent procedures in orthopedic physical
therapy
1/10 Detect the causes of gait deviations related to malfunction of either orthotics or
prosthetics
1/11 Choose measurement techniques according to required data
1/12 Understand the different pathophysiological effects on the musculoskeletal system
2- Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs)
2/1 Knowledge and understanding By the end of the doctoral degree program graduate should be able to:
3
a1 -Identify the different procedures used as new trends in assessment and
treatment of traumatic and orthopedic conditions.
a2 -Recognize specific principles and theories of procedures in orthopedic physical
therapy.
a3 -Explain the principles of constructing plan of treatment and setting goals taking
into account relevant biomechanical factors and determine its impact on physical
therapy practice.
a4 -Describe the structures of different regions of the musculoskeletal system, the
function of each anatomical structure and identify the different pathomechanical
changes that may occur in these structures.
a5 -Identify each anatomical structure on cadavers and mention the specific anatomical
structures in each anatomical region.
a6 -Identify the motor control disturbances related to different pathological
musculoskeletal conditions and describe the changes that result from these
disturbance
a7 -Recognize the advances in constructing a plan of treatment taking into account
motor control improvement.
a8 -Recognize specific principles and theories upon which procedures should be
analyzed and the goals of treatment based upon the analysis of procedures.
a9 Identify the way of constructing the research questions and how to involve it in
suitable research design.
a10 -Know structural and functional relationships of protein, lipid and carbohydrates
and recognize compositions and quantity of food intake and utilization of food
intake by living organisms.
a11 -Know different types of data, statistical methods and use of SPSS in biostatistics
of physical therapy research work
a12 -Understand biophysical principles based upon which physical therapy modalities
are based.
For elective courses the graduate should achieve one or more of the following:
a13 -Recognize specific principles upon which radiology is based on with the
identification of the different pathomechanical changes related to different
pathological conditions based on radiological findings.(ORTH 708)
a14 -Describe normal gait kinematics, kinetics and abnormal gait deviation with
recognition of different methods of gait analysis.(ORTH 709)
a15 -Recognize specific principles upon which scientific reading should be based and
the goals of scientific reading. (ORTH 710)
a16 -Recognize specific principles and theories upon which EMG studies are designed
and the goals of treatment and follow up based upon these findings. (ORTH 711)
a17 -Identify and explain biomechanical and functional rational for constructing and
prescribing each orthotic or prosthetic device. (ORTH 712)
a18 -Recognize specific principles upon which objective measurements of movement
performance should be based. (ORTH 713)
a19 -Recognize the pathophysiology of different musculoskeletal conditions and the
goals of treatment based on pathophysiological changes. (ORTH 714)
4
2/2 Intellectual skills By the end of this program graduate will be able to:
b1 -Interpret results depending on evidence based practice.
b2 -Formulate realistic goals taking into consideration the findings and the patients
complains.
b3 -Correlate between the function and the dysfunction of each anatomical structure.
b4 -Correlate significant biomechanical data with relevant techniques of physical
therapy in both evaluation and treatment.
b5 -Analyze selected motor control strategy for different pathological conditions.
b6 -Analyze the different procedures used in assessment treatment.
b7 -Recognize how to interpret data gathering by different methods and detect the
correct conclusions about assessment and treatment procedures based on data
processing and analysis.
b8 -Correlate between principles of biophysics and methods of assessment and
treatment in physical therapy.
b9 -Make analysis of many diseases according to biochemical basis.
b10 -Criticize a clinical and systematic research article and decide on the level of
evidence of a research work and determine if the research work economically suitable
or not.
b11 Treat the research work to cope with changing demands
For elective courses the graduate should achieve one or more of the following:
b12 – Correlate radiological findings and clinical data with relevant techniques and
procedures. (ORTH 709)
b13 Analyze phases of abnormal patterns of gait with correlation of findings to possible
causes and differentiates between normal and abnormal kinematic and kinetic
analysis of gait. (ORTH 709)
b14 -Analyze strategy of movement performance. (ORTH 713)
b15 -Evaluate study protocols and articles submitted for publication. (ORTH 710)
b16 -Analyze strategy for EMG assessment and correlate EMG findings with relevant.
patient complaint (ORTH 711)
b17 -Design new devices on scientific base according to the patient’s needs and
Correlate between dysfunction and its cause in malfunction of orthotics. (ORTH 712)
b18 -Correlate pathophysiological findings with relevant techniques and procedures of
physical therapy(ORTH 714)
2/3 Professional and Practical Skills By the end of this program graduate will be able to:
c1 Conduct efficiently assessment and treatment techniques by the aid of advanced
regional anatomy.
c2 Use the most recent evidence in order to objectively analyze procedure.
c3 Use effectively physical therapy tools and measuring instruments in the
biomechanics lab and different clinical situations according to the standard
guidelines.
5
c4 Apply the physiological principles in evaluation of musculoskeletal disorders and
adapt treatment program to the present situation and available facilities.
c5 develop an efficient palpating skills of each anatomical region based on the
anatomical back ground and identify the muscular function of each anatomical
region in order to objectively manage musculoskeletal conditions.
c6 Apply the relevant motor control principles and equipment in evaluation of the
related musculoskeletal disorders.
c7 Consider the recent trends and studies of motor control in treating the related
orthopedic conditions.
c8 Conduct efficiently the recent advances in orthopedic assessment.
c9 Construct different therapeutic exercises program based on biochemical knowledge
in addition to the use of biochemical investigations in monitoring the progress of
certain disease.
c10 Prepare and organize data for statistical analysis using spss.
c11 Use methods of physical therapy efficiently according to the biophysical principles
considering the safety measures.
For elective courses the graduate should achieve one or more of the following:
c12 Use effectively the findings of different radiological methods as in musculoskeletal
disorders. (ORTH 708)
c13 Apply gait analysis in the motion lab and detect gait abnormality in a certain phases
of gait and Write professional report about gait analysis. (ORTH 709)
c14 Conduct efficiently measurements of movement performance. (ORTH 713)
c15 Apply effectively the most recent trends in the field of musculoskeletal physical
therapy. (ORTH 710)
c16 Conduct efficiently EMG procedures and interpret the findings and use it in
evaluation of different orthopedic conditions.(ORTH 711)
c17 Demonstrate the causes of dysfunction of the orthotics and prosthetics and create
new forms of orthotics and prosthetic devices based on biomechanical and
functional principles.(ORTH 712)
c18 Conduct efficient physical therapy procedures for each individual condition based
on pathophysiological changes.(ORTH 714)
2/4 General and Transferable skills By the end of this program graduate will be able to:
d1 -Demonstrate competence in the use of computer based information and data
processing tools.
d2 -Use internet critically as a mean of communication and source of information :
d3 -Work effectively as a member of a team and participate constructively in groups.
d4 -Deal with accurate measurement devices.
d5 -Display the potential for competence and attitude required for professional work
including initiatives, leadership and team skills.
d6 -Communicate effectively with patient relatives, health care professionals
establishing professional, ethical relationship, research centers and institutes.
d7 -Teach and present for individuals and groups and.
6
3- Academic Standards
3/1- General Standards:
The graduate who will gain the master degree in physical therapy in specialty of
musculoskeletal disorders and its surgery should be able to:
1. Deal perfectly with principles of scientific research in musculoskeletal disorders
and its surgery.
2. Work continuously to add knowledge in the field of physical therapy for
musculoskeletal disorders and its surgery.
3. Apply analytical and critical curriculum of knowledge in physical therapy for
musculoskeletal disorders and its surgery.
4. Merge specific and related knowledge in the field of physical therapy for
musculoskeletal disorders and its surgery.
5. Determine professional problems and find creative solutions in the field of physical
therapy for musculoskeletal disorders and its surgery.
6. Develop new methods and tools for professional practice in orthopedic physical therapy.
7. Apply perfectly professional skills in the field of orthopedic physical therapy.
8. Trend towards the development of methods and tools of professional practice in the field
of orthopedic physical therapy. 9. Use of technological means to serve to develop professional practice in the field of
orthopedic physical therapy.
10. Communicate effectively and lead a team to work in different professional contexts
and have perfection of professional skills in the field of orthopedic physical therapy.
11. Decision-making in light of available information in the field of orthopedic physical
therapy.
12. Employ of available resources efficiently, develops and works on finding new
resources in the field of orthopedic physical therapy.
13. Awareness of his/her role in community development and environmental
conservation in the field of orthopedic physical therapy.
14. Act to reflect the commitment to integrity and credibility, and the rules of the
profession in the field of orthopedic physical therapy.
15. Commitment to continuing self-development and transfer of knowledge and
experience to others related to orthopedic physical therapy.
11.3/2- general standards:
3/2/1 Knowledge and understanding By the end of the doctoral degree program graduate should be able to:
a1 -Identify the different procedures used as new trends in assessment and
treatment of traumatic and orthopedic conditions.
a2 -Recognize specific principles and theories of procedures in orthopedic physical
therapy.
a3 -Explain the principles of constructing plan of treatment and setting goals taking
into account relevant biomechanical factors and determine its impact on physical
therapy practice.
a4 -Describe the structures of different regions of the musculoskeletal system, the
function of each anatomical structure and identify the different pathomechanical
changes that may occur in these structures.
7
a5 -Identify each anatomical structure on cadavers and mention the specific anatomical
structures in each anatomical region.
a6 -Identify the motor control disturbances related to different pathological
musculoskeletal conditions and describe the changes that result from these
disturbance
a7 -Recognize the advances in constructing a plan of treatment taking into account
motor control improvement.
a8 -Recognize specific principles and theories upon which procedures should be
analyzed and the goals of treatment based upon the analysis of procedures.
a9 Identify the way of constructing the research questions and how to involve it in
suitable research design.
a10 -Know structural and functional relationships of protein, lipid and carbohydrates
and recognize compositions and quantity of food intake and utilization of food
intake by living organisms.
a11 -Know different types of data, statistical methods and use of SPSS in biostatistics
of physical therapy research work
a12 -Understand biophysical principles based upon which physical therapy modalities
are based.
3/2/2 Intellectual skills By the end of the doctoral degree program graduate should be able to:
b1 -Interpret results depending on evidence based practice.
b2 -Formulate realistic goals taking into consideration the findings and the patients
complains.
b3 -Correlate between the function and the dysfunction of each anatomical structure.
b4 -Correlate significant biomechanical data with relevant techniques of physical
therapy in both evaluation and treatment.
b5 -Analyze selected motor control strategy for different pathological conditions.
b6 -Analyze the different procedures used in assessment treatment.
b7 -Recognize how to interpret data gathering by different methods and detect the
correct conclusions about assessment and treatment procedures based on data
processing and analysis.
b8 -Correlate between principles of biophysics and methods of assessment and
treatment in physical therapy.
b9 -Make analysis of many diseases according to biochemical basis.
b10 -Criticize a clinical and systematic research article and decide on the level of
evidence of a research work and determine if the research work economically suitable
or not.
b11 Treat the research work to cope with changing demands.
b12 Assess the risks of professional practice.
3/2/3 Professional and Practical Skills By the end of the doctoral degree program graduate should be able to:
8
c1 Conduct efficiently assessment and treatment techniques by the aid of advanced
regional anatomy.
c2 Use the most recent evidence in order to objectively analyze procedure.
c3 Use effectively physical therapy tools and measuring instruments in the
biomechanics lab and different clinical situations according to the standard
guidelines.
c4 Apply the physiological principles in evaluation of musculoskeletal disorders and
adapt treatment program to the present situation and available facilities.
c5 develop an efficient palpating skills of each anatomical region based on the
anatomical back ground and identify the muscular function of each anatomical
region in order to objectively manage musculoskeletal conditions.
c6 Apply the relevant motor control principles and equipment in evaluation of the
related musculoskeletal disorders.
c7 Consider the recent trends and studies of motor control in treating the related
orthopedic conditions.
c8 Conduct efficiently the recent advances in orthopedic assessment.
c9 Construct different therapeutic exercises program based on biochemical knowledge
in addition to the use of biochemical investigations in monitoring the progress of
certain disease.
c10 Prepare and organize data for statistical analysis using spss.
c11 Use methods of physical therapy efficiently according to the biophysical principles
considering the safety measures.
3/2/4 General and Transferable skills By the end of the doctoral degree program graduate should be able to:
d1 -Demonstrate competence in the use of computer based information and data
processing tools.
d2 -Use internet critically as a mean of communication and source of information.
d3 -Work effectively as a member of a team and participate constructively in groups.
d4 -Deal with appropriate measurement devices.
d5 -Display the potential for competence and attitude required for professional work
including initiatives, leadership and team skills.
d6 -Communicate effectively with patient relatives, health care professionals
establishing professional, ethical relationship, research centers and institutes.
d7 -Teach and present for individuals and groups.
4- External References for Standards (Benchmarks)
- General Academic Reference Standards for the Postgraduate Studies Programs of the
National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education (NAQAAE).
5- Program Structure and Contents
a. Program duration:
The program is conducted in three semesters:
9
1- First semester: for six months; starts in October 1st and ends in March 31
st. Exams
are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies two courses from the faculty requirements’
courses in addition to other department mandatory courses.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
March 1st to March 15
th.
- An application to choose the elective courses in the second semester should be
conducted before the end of the first semester from March 16th
to March 30th
.
2- Second semester: for six months; starts in May 1st and ends in October 31
st. Exams
are conducted in November.
- In this semester the student studies the remaining courses of the faculty
requirements in addition to the remaining courses of the department mandatory
courses in addition to elective courses equivalent to two credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
October 1st to October 15
th.
- An application to choose the elective courses he/she wants to take in the third
semester should be conducted from October 16th
to October 30th
.
3- Third semester: for four months; starts from the first Saturday of December and ends
in March 31st. Exams are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies elective courses equivalent to 6 credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
March 1st to March 15
th.
4- Thesis: Its duration is equivalent to 30 credit hours full field after two years.
b. Program structure:
Credit hours: (30 ) Mandatory : ( 9 ) Elective : ( 7 )
10
Basic Physical Therapy sciences (PT701,PT702)
Social sciences & Humanities ( - )
Medical sciences ( PT700, ORTH701,ORTH707,ORTH708,ORTH714)
Specialization sciences ( ORTH702,703,705,709,710,711,713 )
Other sciences (-)
Field Training ( ORTH700,712 )
i. Program Courses (1st semester )
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
PT
700 Biochemistry 2 2 - - 10 9 9 1,7
PT
701 Biophysics 2 2 - - 12 8 11 1,7
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a B C d
ORTH
700
Advanced
orthopedic
biomechanics
3 2 2 - 2,3 4 3,4 1,3
ORTH
701
advanced
regional
anatomy
3 2 2 - 4,5 3 1,5 2,5,6
ORTH
702
Foundation of
motor control
II
2 2 - - 6,7 5 - 1,3,7
ii. Program Courses (2nd
semester)
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Semesters
Courses Credit Hours
Percentage
1st ,2
nd and 3
rd Semesters
Basic Physical Therapy sciences
Social sciences & Humanities
Medical sciences
Specialization sciences
Other sciences (computer,)
Field Training
6
0
8
14
0
2
19.93%
0%
26.6%
46.6%
3.33%
6.6
Total 30 100%
11
Code Course
Title
Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c D
PT
702
Data
Processing
and
analysis
3 2 2 - 11 7 10 1
2-Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a B c d
ORTH
703
Analysis of
procedures in
physical
therapy for
musculoskeletal
disorders
3 3 - - 8,9 7,10,11 - 1,2,3,5,6,7
ORTH
705
Research seminars
in orthopedic
physical therapy
2 2 - - 2 1,10 - 1,3
ORTH
707
Recent advances
in traumatology
and orthopeadics
2 2 - - 1,2 7 2,8 3,6
iii. Department elective courses (Minimum 2 credit hours in 2nd
semester and 6
credit hours in 3rd
semester)
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Theoretical Lab/
Pr Clin a b c D
ORTH
708
X-ray in orthopedic
physical therapy 2 2 - - 13 2,12 12 6,7
ORTH
709
Gait analysis
3 2 2 - 14 13 13 4,5
ORTH directed readings in 2 2 - - 15 6,7, - 1,3
12
710 orthopaedic P.T. 15
ORTH
711
EMG in
kinesiology and
biomechanics
3 2 2 2,16 16 16 1,2,3,4
,5,6,7
ORTH
712
Advanced Orthosis
and Prosthesis
2 2 - - 17 17 17 2,5.7
ORTH
713
Measurement of
movement
performance
3 2 2 - 1,18 6,14 3,14 2,4,7
ORTH
714
Advanced
pathophysiology of
the musculoskeletal
system
3 2 2 - 19 18 18 2,3
6- Program Admission Requirements
The applicant must hold a master degree in physical therapy in the specialty to be
enrolled from a university follow the organizing law of the universities or equivalent.
The date of admission and registration of students is the date of approval by the
responsible vice president of the university as a commissioner of the graduate studies
and research council.
Faculty is entitled to impose supplementary courses to offset the preparatory year of
master degree that the student should reimburse 500 pounds for each course with
maximum of 2000 pounds with the exception of assistant lecturers from the payment
of such fees.
7- Regulations for Progression and Program Completion
The student must pass all the prescribed courses (mandatory - elective) successfully.
The student should prepare a plan of a scientific research in an innovative subject
which is approved by the council of the department and approved by the graduate
studies committee and faculty council, and approved by the responsible authorities of
the university within two years from the date he/she registered for postgraduate study
in condition that he/she passed 18 credit hours at least (the faculty council decided on
January 17th
2006 that these 18 credit hours which the student achieved include
faculty requirement courses)
13
The student must present a thesis to the discussion and governance committee that is
constituted by the proposal of the department concerned and the approval of the
faculty council and the responsible authorities of the university after at least two
years from registering the research plan.
For a student to perform the practical part of the thesis in laboratories offered by the
faculty, he/she should attend a specialized training program for a period ranging from
one day (cost 50 pounds ) to five days at most (cost 250 pounds).
The enrollment of the student to be null if he/she is not able to obtain a Ph.D. degree
within five years from the date of registration for graduate studies and the faculty
council may license additional year after approval of the report submitted by the
supervisor that is adopt by the responsible authorities.
The university grants the Ph.D. degree in physical therapy upon approval by the
faculty council according to the specialties of the various departments.
8- Learning Methods:
8-1- Lecture
8-2-Active learning: Project- Presentation - Small group discussion.- Brain storming
8-3- Practical training, case study
8-4-Lab sections, video films
9- Learning facilities:
9-1-Teaching halls
9-2-Equipped labs
9-3- Library- Internet
9-4-Tools: Board and data show
10- Evaluation of Program Intended Learning Outcomes
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
1-Written exams Knowledge and Understanding
2-Oral exams Knowledge and Understanding, Intellectual Skills and
Communication Skills
14
11- Ways of program evaluate
Evaluator
Tool
Sample
1- Senior students
Questionnaire 25%
2- Alumni
Questionnaire 25%
3- Stakeholders ( Employers)
Questionnaire 28
4-External Evaluator(s) Report 1
Program coordinator: Prof Dr. Lilian Albert
Signature: Date: / /
Attachment: Course Specifications
Annex 1: Courses of the Doctoral Degree (1st, 2
nd and 3
rd semesters)
4-Practical exam Professional and Practical Skills, Inter Personal and
Teamwork Skills and Self Management Skills
6-Applied exam Professional and Practical Skills
1
University: Cairo
Faculty: Physical Therapy
Department: Physical therapy for Surgery
Programme Specification
( 2013-2014 year)
A- Basic Information
1- Programme Title: Ph. D. In physical therapy specialty of Surgery
2-Programme Type: Single
3- Department (s): Physical therapy for surgery
4- Program coordinator: Dr. Ashraf Hassan
5- External evaluator: prof. Dr/ Mohamed Sadek Badawy.
6- Date of programme specifications approval department council: 8 /9 / 2013
7- Faculty council approval: 8 / 4 / 2014
B- Professional Information
Graduate Attributes:
a- A graduate of postgraduate Ph. D. of physical therapy for surgery should be able to:
a. Deal perfectly with principles of scientific research.
b. Work continuously to add knowledge in the field of physical therapy for
surgery and burn.
c. Apply analytical and critical curriculum of knowledge in physical
therapy for surgery and burn.
d. Determine professional problems and find creative solutions in the field
of physical therapy for surgery and burn.
e. Develop new methods and tools for professional practice.
f. Use suitable technological methods for the benefit of his/her
professional practice.
g. Aware of his/her role in developing society and maintain good
environment.
2
h. Merge specific and related knowledge in the field of physical therapy
for s surgery and burn.
i. Have perfection of professional skills in the field of practice.
1- Program aims: This program aims for:
1/1 Restating basics of scientific research in assessment and treatment in the field of physical
therapy of surgery.
1/2 Interpreting Knowledge and skills for competent practice and solving professional problems.
1/3 Differentiating between professional problems and advanced theories and find creative
solution to solve.
1/4 Organizing team work management of different burn and surgery cases.
1/5 Rearranging available resources and techniques and developing new models.
1/6 Pointing out the student’s responsibility toward community and conserving the environment
by explaining the precaution and risks of therapeutic modalities
1/7 Applying advanced means to assist in progressing fields of the profession-
1/8 Modifying the student’s professional Knowledge and transmitting experience to others.
For elective courses the program aims for gaining one or more of the following:
1/9Applying analytical approaches in the physical therapy of surgery practice and related
fields (SURG 706).
1/10 Relating different disorders with underlying mechanisms and related factors developing
their environmental relation and treatment approaches (SURG 707).
1/11 Developing manual skills in application of therapeutic modalities (SURG 708).
1/12 Creating new advanced techniques for professional practice (SURG 709).
1/13 Organizing basic approaches in implementing advanced exercise program in surgery
(SURG 710).
1/14 Taking apart the ethical principles of application of advanced evaluation and treatment
techniques of patient problems (SURG 712).
1/15 Planning for decision making in solving problems (SURG 713).
2- Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs)
2/1 Knowledge and understanding This program aims to enable the student to
a1: Describe advanced evaluation procedures for burned and surgical patients.
a2: List the goals of physical therapy approaches for burned and surgical patients.
a3: Recognize new theories for using physical therapy in burn and surgery.
a4: Describe methods of treatment of burn and post-surgical patient and their effects.
a5: Recognize the effect of different treatments with burn and post-surgical patient.
a6: Recognize theoretical basis of clinical treatment of post-surgical patients.
a7: Define physiological aspects of burn wound.
a8: Define normal gait and list prerequisites for normal gait.
a9: Define different surgical terms and describe approaches for each of them.
a10: Explain techniques of physiotherapy for burn and surgery.
a11: Identify the main goals of physical therapy for burned and surgical patient.
a12: List contraindication of different physical therapy techniques.
a13: Describe pathological basis of different surgical cases.
a14: Recognize theoretical basis of how to improve performance for burn & surgical cases.
a15: Describe histological structures of skin and list its main functions.
3
a16: Discover knowledge about basis of wound healing and effect of treatment.
a17: Describe Biochemical basis of human body.
a18: Identify the bio-physic principles of human body
a19: Design rehabilitation programs of burned and surgical patient.
For the elective courses: the graduate should be able to gain one or more of the
following:
a20: Identify kinematics and kinetic changes during gait as a result of surgery or burn (SURG
706, 713).
a21: Relate needs of ozone therapy and hyperbaric oxygen therapy for burned patient (SURG
707).
a22: Recognize the new trends in physical therapy for surgical patients in ICU (SURG 708).
a23: Recognize the relationship between genetics and obesity (SURG 709).
a24: State the needs and effect of biofeedback and interferential current in voiding problems
(SURG 710).
a25: Match the principles of research and evidence based physical therapy advanced
electrical evaluation for post-operative cases (SURG 712).
a26: Differentially diagnose the causes of pathological walking after burn and surgery (SURG
713).
2/2 Intellectual skills
This program aims to enable the student to
b1: Analyses the advanced evaluation procedures for burned and surgical patients.
b2: Differentiate between different surgeries.
b3: Select proper rehabilitation program for burn patient.
b4: Analyses causes of surgical infection.
b5: Differentiate between the uses of different P.T modalities in surgery.
b6: Select an effective treatment for rare surgical patient.
b7: Analyses different methods of assessment of burn and post-surgical cases.
b8: Differentiate between biomechanical and biological criteria of disabled burned patient.
b9: Select Proper methods in the evaluation of walking after surgery.
b10:Differentiate between infected and non-infected wound with selection of proper
management for every wound case
b11: Differentiate between physical therapy and traditional methods for tissue healing.
b12: Differentiate between different skin disorders and their effective treatment.
b13: Explain the physiological changes as result of burn and surgery.
b14: Explain the pathological principles in burn and surgery
b15: Apply the bio-physic principles of human body
b16: Design proper rehabilitation for cardiopulmonary system for burned as well as major
surgery patients.
For the elective courses: the graduate should be able to gain one or more of the
following:
b17: Explain the parameters of normal gait and pathological gait (SURG 706).
b18: Explain and utilize different statistical analysis of different types of research in the field of
physical therapy for rare cases in burn and surgery (SURG 707).
b19: Explain the common equipment in ICU and intensive care monitoring (SURG 708).
4
b20: Differentiate between common skin disorders (SURG 709).
b21: Formulate effective treatment plan for un-usual surgical cases (SURG 710).
b22: Organize relevant obtained data for the prediction of post-operative prognosis (SURG
712).
b23: Relate the spatial & temporal parameters of gait in the prediction of the level of gait
abnormalities (SURG 713).
2/3 Professional and Practical Skills
This program aims to enable the student to
c1: Model effective management for surgical patient.
c2: Prepare ambulation protocol after surgery.
c3: Report effects of physiotherapy on post-surgical cases.
c4: Report effective rehabilitation program for surgical patient.
c5: Prepare surgical patient for returning to his activity as early as possible.
c6: Report biomechanical and physiological criteria of disabled patients after burn or
surgery.
c7: Report different tissue types.
c8: Design rehabilitation protocols for dealing with burn and surgery patient.
c9: Show the effects of chemical and electrical burn on burned patient.
c10: Choose physical therapy program in dealing with obese patient.
c11: Prepare rehabilitation protocol voiding dysfunctions.
C12: Apply different modalities for management of post-operative patient.
C13: Apply different assessment methods used in burn and post-surgical cases.
C14: Apply advanced methods for evaluation and report the results.
c15: Select suitable methods for analysis of normal and pathological gait.
2/4 General and Transferable skills
This program aims to enable the student to
d1: State a positive target in the management of burn and surgical patients and the plan for
achieving it.
d2: Use internet critically as a mean of communication with and source of new information of
the role of physical therapy in management and dealing with different burn and
surgical cases.
d3: Co-operate effectively as a member of a team in dealing and managing burn and surgical
patients.
d4: Use the advanced trends and ideas of other physical therapist in the field of physical
therapy for burn and surgical cases
d5: Manage time, personal emotions and stress
d6: Prioritize workloads during managing burn and surgical patients.
d7: Record burn and surgical patients’ demands and the appropriate methods in managing
these changes.
d8: Share the ideas of others in the field of physical therapy for burn and surgical cases.
d9: Use internet critically as a mean of communication and as a source for current
advanced physical therapy approaches for unusual surgical and skin conditions.
For the elective courses: the graduate should be able to gain one or more of the
following:
5
d9: Demonstrate competence in the usage of computer as a source of information in the role of
physical therapy for burn and surgical patients (SURG 706, 709, 710).
d10: Communicate effectively with burn and surgical patient relatives and health care
professionals for establishing a professional and ethical relationship (SURG 707).
d11: Manage effectively as a member of a team in dealing with patients in ICU
(SURG 708).
d12: Display the potential for leadership and team skills in surgical department (SURG 712).
d13: Lead a team responsible for rehabilitation of patient suffering from gait abnormalities
after surgery (SURG 713).
3- Academic Standards
3/1- Graduate attributes:
The academic standards for Ph.D. degree in the spectrum of physical therapy for surgery,
which approved by faculty committee in / /2013 that revised and approved in /
/2013 are:
4-General Standards:
4.1 Knowledge and Understanding:
By the end of the doctoral program the graduate should be able to
understand:
4.1.1 Principles, curriculums and ethics of scientific research and its
different tools.
4.1.2 Theories, basic principles and new knowledge in physical therapy
for dealing with different surgery and burn problems.
4.1.3 Effect of non-pharmacological intervention and its impact in
curative procedures.
4.1.4 Principles of therapeutic interventions and its impact on adult
health.
4.1.5 Principles of physical therapy assessment and treatment (tools and
techniques) regarding surgery and burn problems.
4.1.6 Moral and legal principles for professional practice in the field of
physical therapy for surgery and burn disorders.
4.2 Intellectual Skills:
By the end of the doctoral program the graduate should be able to:
6
1. Analyze and assess the information about the selected topics in
surgery and burn problems.
2. Solve specific problems depending on the available information.
3. Perform research studies in evaluation and treatment of surgery
and burn cases.
4. Write scientific papers.
5. Assess the risks of professional practice.
6. Plan for developing the performance in the field of physical
therapy for surgery and burn cases.
7. Make professional decision at the different situations of adults
with surgery and burn problems.
8. Invent and create in the field of physical therapy for surgery and
burn.
9. Dialogue and discuss depending on evidence based and proofs.
4.3 Professional skills:
By the end of the doctoral program the graduate should be able to:
1. Perform definitive physical therapy assessment for surgery and
burn cases.
2. Design a specific physical therapy plan for adults with surgery and
burn problems.
3. Implement the most effective and specific modalities when
designing plane for adults with surgery and burn problems.
4. Write and evaluate professional reports.
5. Evaluate and develop the applied tools and techniques in the field
of physical therapy for surgery and burn.
6. Apply perfectly basic and recent professional skills in the field of
physical therapy for surgery and burn.
7. Use of technological means to serve the professional practice.
7
4.4 General and Transferable Skills:
By the end of the doctoral program the graduate should be able to:
4.4.1 Manage time, personal emotions, stress and prioritize work load.
4.4.2 Respond appropriately to the individual and cultural differences
between subjects with surgery and burn problems.
4.4.3 Communicate verbally and nonverbally with patients, health care
team and others in an appropriate, effective and capable manner.
4.4.4 Time management and coordinate seminars and conferences.
4.4.5 Work in a team and be a leader.
4.4.6 Self assessment and continual learning.
4.4.7 Using knowledge technology to develop professional practice.
4.4.8 Teaching others and evaluate their performance.
5- External References for Standards (Benchmarks)
- General Academic Reference Standards for the Postgraduate Studies Programs of the
National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education (NAQAAE).
6- Programme Structure and Contents
a. Programme duration:
The programme is conducted in three semesters:
1- First semester: for six months; starts in October 1st and ends in March 31
st. Exams
are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies two courses from the faculty requirements’
courses in addition to other department mandatory courses.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
March 1st to March 15
th.
- An application to choose the elective courses in the second semester should be
conducted before the end of the first semester from March 16th
to March 30th
.
2- Second semester: for six months; starts in May 1st and ends in October 31
st. Exams
are conducted in November.
- In this semester the student studies the remaining courses of the faculty
requirements in addition to the remaining courses of the department mandatory
courses in addition to elective courses equivalent to two credit hours.
8
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
October 1st to October 15
th.
- An application to choose the elective courses he/she wants to take in the third
semester should be conducted from October 16th
to October 30th
.
3- Third semester: for four months; starts from the first Saturday of December and ends
in March 31st. Exams are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies elective courses equivalent to 6 credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
March 1st to March 15
th.
4- Thesis: Its duration is equivalent to 30 credit hours full field after two years.
b. Programme structure:
Credit hours: ( 36 ) Mandatory : ( 24 ) Elective : ( 12 )
Semesters
Courses Credit Hours Percentage
1st,2
nd and 3
rd
semesters Basic Physical Therapy sciences
Social sciences & Humanities
Medical sciences
Specialization sciences
Other sciences (computer,
Field Training
9
0
15
12
0
0
25-%
0%
41.67%
33.33%
%
%
%
Total 36 100%
Basic Physical Therapy sciences :(Surg701, SURG 703, SURG 705, SURG 706)
Medical sciences: (PT 700, PT 701, SURG 700,SURG 702, SURG 703,
SURG708).
Specialization sciences:( SURG 709, SURG 710, SURG 711, SURG 712)
i. Programme Courses (1st semester )
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b C d
PT
700 Biochemistry 2 2 - - 22 20 16 1,2
PT
701 Biophysics 2 2 - - 23 21 17 1,2
9
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b C d
SURG
700 Physiological aspects of tissue healing 3 2 2 - 7, 16 13 6 2
SURG
702 Histological aspects of tissue healing 2 2 - - 15 8 7
SURG
703
Advanced evaluation and clinical
Management II 3 1 - 4 1,3 1,7
10,13,14,15
4,7
ii. Programme Courses (2nd
semester)
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c D
PT 702 Data Processing and analysis 3 2 2 - 24 17 18
1,2
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
SURG
701
Pathological aspects
of tissue healing 1 1 - - 13 4,10,14
SURG
704 Independent study (II) 3 3 - - 2,4,10 3,12
4,8,11
1,2,3, 7,8
SURG
705 Research seminar II 3 3 - - 3,6,11 5,6,16 2,5,12 2,3,5
10
iii. Department elective courses (Minimum 2 credit hours in 2nd
semester and 6
credit hours in 3rd
semester)
Code Course Title Credit hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoret
ical
Lab/
Pr Clin A b c D
SURG
706 Pathomechnical analysis
2
2 - - 8,20 8,9,17 6,15 1,2,9
SURG
707 Selected special topics part I
2 2 - -
3,14,19
,21 2,3,10,18 1,3,4,5,8,12,14 3,4,5,8,9,10
SURG
708
General surgery and intensive
care 2 2 - - 22 16,19 5,8,12 2,3,8,9,11
SURG
709 Selected special topics part II 2 2 -
12,14,1
9,23 12,16,20
1,3,4,
5, 8,10,11,
12,14
2,5,9
SURG
710
Current advanced P.T
approaches for some surgical
conditions
2 1 2 - 6,9,14,
24 2,6,21
1,3,4,
5,8,11,
12
2,4,10
SURG
711
Advanced electrotherapy and
tissue healing 2 2 - -
4,6,12,
21 5,11 7,8,9 2,9
SURG
712
Advanced electrical evaluation
and some surgical conditions
2
2
-
- 1,,3,25
1,22
9,13,14 1,2,4,8,9, 12
SURG
713 Walking and surgery 2 2 - - 8,20,26 9,23 2,6,15
1,3,6,7,8,9,1
3
6- Programme Admission Requirements
The applicant must hold a master degree in physical therapy in the specialty to be
enrolled from a university follow the organizing law of the universities or equivalent.
The date of admission and registration of students is the date of approval by the
responsible vice president of the university as a commissioner of the graduate studies
and research council.
Faculty is entitled to impose supplementary courses to offset the preparatory year of
master degree that the student should reimburse 500 pounds for each course with
maximum of 2000 pounds with the exception of assistant lecturers from the payment
of such fees.
7- Regulations for Progression and Programme Completion
The student must pass all the prescribed courses (mandatory - elective) successfully.
The student should prepare a plan of a scientific research in an innovative subject
which is approved by the council of the department and approved by the graduate
studies committee and faculty council, and approved by the responsible authorities of
11
the university within two years from the date he/she registered for postgraduate study
in condition that he/she passed 18 credit hours at least (the faculty council decided on
January 17th
2006 that these 18 credit hours which the student achieved include
faculty requirement courses)
The student must present a thesis to the discussion and governance committee that is
constituted by the proposal of the department concerned and the approval of the
faculty council and the responsible authorities of the university after at least two
years from registering the research plan.
For a student to perform the practical part of the thesis in laboratories offered by the
faculty, he/she should attend a specialized training program for a period ranging from
one day (cost 50 pounds ) to five days at most (cost 250 pounds).
The enrollment of the student to be null if he/she is not able to obtain a Ph.D. degree
within five years from the date of registration for graduate studies and the faculty
council may license additional year after approval of the report submitted by the
supervisor that is adopt by the responsible authorities.
The university grants the Ph.D. degree in physical therapy upon approval by the
faculty council according to the specialties of the various departments.
8- Learning Methods:
8-1- Lecture ILOs ( a1,2,3,4,10,11,12,14,19,b1,2,3,5,6,7,12,16) 8-2-Active learning: Project- Presentation - Small group discussion. - Brain
storming (b1,7,16,c1,3,4,5,8,12,14)
8-3- Practical training (c12,13,d1-13)
8-4-Lab sections (d2,4,5,6,7,9)
9- Learning facilities:
9-1-Teaching halls
9-2-Equipped labs
9-3- Library- Internet
9-4-Tools: Board and data show
12
10- Evaluation of Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
1-Written exams To assess Knowledge and Understanding (a1,2,3,4,10,11,12,14,15) and
intellectual skills (b1,2,3,5,6,12,16)
2-Oral exams To assess Knowledge and Understanding (a5,6,7,9,13,15,16,19)
Intellectual Skills (b2,4,7,8,9,10,16) and General Skills (d1,3,5,6,8).
3-Applied exam To assess Professional and Practical Skills (c11,12,13,14,15)and
General Skills (d3,5,6,7,8).
4- Practical exam To assess Professional and Practical Skills (c1-10).
11- Ways of programme evaluation
Evaluator
Tool
Sample
1- Senior students
Questionnaire 25%
2- Alumni
Questionnaire 25%
3- Stakeholders ( Employers)
Questionnaire 28
4-External Evaluator(s) Report 1
Program coordinator: Dr. Ashraf Hassan Signature: Date: 8/9/2013
Date of department council approval: 8/9/2013
Head of department: Prof .Dr Adel Noseir
Attachment: Course Specifications
Annex 1: Courses of the Doctoral Degree (1st, 2
nd and 3
rd semesters)
1
University: Cairo
Faculty: Physical Therapy
Department: Physical Therapy for Neuromuscular Disorders and Its surgery
Programme Specification
(2013 / 2014 year) A- Basic Information
1- Programme Title: Ph.D. in Physical Therapy for Neuromuscular Disorders and Its surgery
2-Programme Type: Single
3- Department (s): Physical Therapy for Neuromuscular Disorders and Its surgery
4- Program coordinator: Prof.Dr. Mohammed Nabil Albahrawy
5- External evaluator: Prof. Dr. Ebtesam Fahmy
6- Date of programme specifications approval:
- Department council approval: 22 / 12 / 2013
- Faculty council approval: 8 / 4 / 2014
B- Professional Information
Graduate attributes:
A graduate who will gain the doctoral degree in physical therapy for neuromuscular
disorders and its surgery should be able to:
1. Deal perfectly with principles of scientific research.
2. Work continuously to add knowledge in the field of physical therapy for
neuromuscular disorders and its surgery.
3. Apply analytical and critical curriculum of knowledge in physical therapy for
neuromuscular disorders and its surgery.
4. Integrate the specialized knowledge of Neuromuscular rehabilitation with the knowledge
of related fields and deriving and creating environmental relations between them.
5. Be aware about the ongoing problems and theories in the physical therapy for
neuromuscular disorders and its surgery.
6. Determine problems and find proper professional innovative solutions to solve using
suitable technological methods for the benefit of his/her professional practice.
7. Master a wide range of professional skills in the physical therapy for neuromuscular
disorders and its surgery; to be aware of his/her role in developing society and
maintain good environment.
8. Trend towards the development of new methods and tools of professional practice in
the physical therapy for neuromuscular disorders and its surgery.
9. Use technological means to serve the professional practice in the physical therapy for
neuromuscular disorders and its surgery.
10. Communicate effectively and lead a team to work in different professional contexts
and in physical therapy for neuromuscular disorders and its surgery.
11. Make proper decisions in light of available information in the physical therapy for
2
neuromuscular disorders and its surgery.
12. Employ available resources efficiently, develop and work on finding new resources
in the physical therapy for neuromuscular disorders and its surgery.
13. Aware about his/her role in community development and environmental conservation
in relation to physical therapy for neuromuscular disorders and its surgery.
14. Act to reflect the commitment to integrity and credibility, and the rules of the
profession of physical therapy for neuromuscular disorders and its surgery.
15. Be committed to continuing self-development and transfer of knowledge and
experience to others in the field of physical therapy for neuromuscular disorders and
its surgery.
1- Program aims: This program aims to:
1/1 Enable the graduate to restate basics of scientific research in assessment and treatment in
the field of physical therapy for Neuromuscular Disorders and Its surgery.
1/2 Prepare the graduate to organize basic approaches in implementing advanced exercise
program in the field of Neuromuscular Disorders and Its surgery.
1/3 Enable the graduate to Integrate different disorders with underlying mechanisms and
related factors to develop their environmental relation and treatment approaches.
1/4 Provide the graduate the ability to interpret knowledge and skills for competent practice
and solving professional problems.
1/5 Offer the graduate the possibility to discriminate among professional problems and
advanced theories and find creative solution to solve it.
1/6 Prepare the graduate to develop manual skills in application of therapeutic modalities in
neuromuscular rehabilitation.
1/7 Enable the graduate to organize team work management of different cases.
1/8 Provide the graduate the ability to justify his /her responsibility toward community and
conserving the environment by explaining the precaution and risks of therapeutic modalities.
1/9 Offer the graduate the possibility to modify his /her professional knowledge and mediate
experience to others.
1/10 Prepare the graduate to be a producer, designer, initiator and a conductor of novel
research ideas; he/she will be a career developer & courses designer.
1/11 Enable the graduate to act as a leader of a team conducting researches and developing
programs to serve community at a local, national & international level.
2- Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs)
2/1 Knowledge and understanding By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
a1: Discuss the clinical research and evidence based concepts of physical therapy practice.
a2: Define recent advanced information about the structure and function of the major organ
systems.
a3: Illustrate different principles and theories of motor control.
a4: Enumerate the pathological conditions affecting the central and peripheral nervous
system and the difference between them.
a5: Identify biomechanical and biological changes in central and peripheral nervous systems
in different neurological, neurosurgical and neuropsychatric conditions.
a6: Identify the different electro-diagnostic and radiological imaging tools used for
neurological diagnosis (X-rays, CT, f-MRI, PET, ultrasonography, EMG & NCS,
Somatosensory evoked potential, etc…).
a7: Explain the neurophysiological mechanism of pain, types of pain, physical therapy
3
methods of assessment and treatment of pain (assessment scales, cool, heat, soft laser,
magnetic stimulation, proprioceptive stimulation … etc,).
a8: Identify the principles of physical therapy assessment and treatment (tools and
techniques; e.g: functional scales, radiological & electrophysiological asessment tools,
treatment approches, electrotherapy, visual reality training & mobilization techniquies)
regarding different neurological, neurosurgical and neuropsychatric conditions.
a9: Discuss the moral and legal principles for professional practice in the field of physical
therapy for neuromuscular disorders and its surgery.
2/2 Intellectual skills: By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
b1: Point out the abnormalities of the nervous system according to neuroanatomical,
neurophysiological, and pathological basis.
b2: Explain the influence of motor and sensory systems on motor control and their
integration according to the results of electro-diagnosis and radiological imaging (X-rays, CT,
f-MRI, angiography, radioisotope, EMG & NCS, Somatosensory evoked potential, etc…).
b3: Differentiate between different neurological, neurosurgical, neuropsychatric conditions
from their clinical picture electrophysiological and radiological findings.
b4: Design research studies in the field of pathomechanics of different neurological,
neurosurgical, and neuropsychatric disorders.
b5: Analyze different clinical researchs and evidence based concepts of physical therapy
practice.
b6: Assess the risks of professional practice while dealing with different neurological and
neurosurgical cases.
b7: Modify the patient treatment plan according to the evidence based practice.
b8: Determine the outlines of medical treatment of different neurological disorders and its
effect on the physical therapy treatment.
b9: Create suitable measurement tools for assessment & treatment in the field of physical
therapy for neuromuscular disorders and its surgery.
b10: Demonstrate and discuss depending on evidence based and proofs.
2/3 Professional and Practical Skills By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
c1: Perform general & specific organ-system examination using (X-rays, CT, f-MRI,
angiography, radioisotope, EMG & NCS, Somatosensory evoked potential, etc…) for different
neurological & neurosurgical disorders.
c2: Handle the different clinical and laboratory tools (functional scales, radiological &
electrophysiological asessment tools, treatment approches, electrotherapy, visual reality
training & mobilization techniquies) used for assessment and management of neurological,
neurosurgical and neuropschyiatric disorders. c3: Organize the proper ambulation protocol for neurological, neurosurgical and
neuropsychatric conditions.
c4: Write, evaluate and interpret professional reports in cases with neuromuscular problems.
c5: Apply different steps & sequences of research in different neurological conditions.
c6: Apply safely and effectively different therapeutic modalities & techniques (cool, heat, soft
laser, magnetic stimulation, proprioceptive stimulation, electrotherapy, visual reality training &
mobilization techniquies) used for treatment of different neurological, neuropsychatric cases
and high risky patients.
c7: Apply perfectly the basic and recent clinical biomechanical and physiological principles
during management of neurological, neurosurgical and neuropsychatric conditions.
4
2/4 General and Transferable skills By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
d1: Manage time, personal emotions, stress and prioritize work load.
d2: Interact appropriately to the individual and cultural differences between patients with
neuromuscular problems.
d3: Communicate verbally and nonverbally with patients, health care team and others in an
appropriate, effective and capable manner.
d4: Time management and coordinate seminars and conferences.
d5: Work in a team and be a leader.
d6: Evaluate him/herself and continue learning and teaching others and evaluate their
performance.
d7: Using knowledge technology to develop professional practice.
3- Academic Standards
3/2- General Standards:
3/2/1 Knowledge and Understanding:
By the end of the doctoral program the graduate should be able to understand:
1. Principles, curriculums and ethics of scientific research and its different tools.
2. Theories, basic principles and new knowledge in physical therapy for dealing with
different neuromuscular problems.
3. Effect of non-pharmacological intervention and its impact in curative procedures.
4. Principles of therapeutic interventions and its impact on adult health.
5. Principles of physical therapy assessment and treatment (tools and techniques)
regarding neuromuscular problems.
6. Moral and legal principles for professional practice in the field of physical therapy
for neuromuscular disorders and its surgery.
3/2/2 Intellectual Skills
By the end of the doctoral program the graduate should be able to:
1. Analyze and assess the information about the selected topics in neuromuscular
problems.
2. Solve specific neuromuscular & neurosurgical problems depending on the available
information.
3. Perform research studies in evaluation and treatment of neuromuscular disorders and
its surgery.
4. Write scientific papers.
5. Assess the risks of professional practice.
6. Plan for developing the performance in the field of physical therapy for
neuromuscular disorders and its surgery.
7. Make professional decision at the different situations of patients with neuromuscular
problems.
8. Invent and create in the field of physical therapy for neuromuscular disorders and its
surgery.
9. Dialogue and discuss depending on evidence based and proofs.
3/2/3 Professional and Practical Skills
5
By the end of the doctoral program the graduate should be able to:
1. Perform definitive neurological examination.
2. Design a specific physical therapy plan for adults with neuromuscular problems.
3. Implement the most effective and specific modalities and Use of technological means
to serve the professional practice when designing plane for adults with
neuromuscular problems.
4. Write and evaluate professional clinical reports.
5. Evaluate and develop the applied tools and techniques in the field of physical therapy
for neuromuscular disorders and its surgery.
6. Apply perfectly basic and recent professional skills in the field of physical therapy
for neuromuscular disorders and its surgery.
3/2/4 General and Transferable skills
By the end of the doctoral program the graduate should be able to:
1. Manage time, personal emotions, stress and prioritize work load.
2. Respond appropriately to the individual and cultural differences between adults with
neuromuscular problems.
3. Communicate verbally and nonverbally with patients, health care team and others in
an appropriate, effective and capable manner.
4. Manage time and coordinate seminars and conferences.
5. Work in a team and be a leader.
6. Evaluate him/herself and continue learning and teaching others and evaluate their
performance.
7. Use knowledge and technology to develop professional practice.
4- External References for Standards (Benchmarks)
- General Academic Reference Standards for the Postgraduate Studies Programs of the
National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education (NAQAAE).
5- Programme Structure and Contents
a. Programme duration:
The programme is conducted in three semesters:
1- First semester: for six months; starts in October 1st and ends in March 31
st . Exams
are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies two courses from the faculty requirements’
courses in addition to other department mandatory courses.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
March 1st to March 15
th .
- An application to choose the elective courses in the second semester should be
conducted before the end of the first semester from March 16th
to March 30th
.
6
2- Second semester: for six months; starts in May 1st and ends in October 31
st . Exams
are conducted in November.
- In this semester the student studies the remaining courses of the faculty
requirements in addition to the remaining courses of the department mandatory
courses in addition to elective courses equivalent to two credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
October 1st to October 15
th .
- An application to choose the elective courses he/she wants to take in the third
semester should be conducted from October 16th
to October 30th
.
3- Third semester: for four months; starts from the first Saturday of December and ends
in March 31st . Exams are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies elective courses equivalent to 6 credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
March 1st to March 15
th .
4- Thesis: Its duration is equivalent to 30 credit hours fullfield after two years.
b. Programme structure:
Credit hours: 67 Theoretical : (29 ) Applied: (20) Mandatory : (22)
Elective : (15) Thesis: (30) Optional:(6) Total: (67)
Semesters
Courses Credit Hours Percentage
1st,2
nd and 3
rd
semesters Basic Physical Therapy sciences
Social sciences & Humanities
Medical sciences
Specialization sciences
Other sciences (computer,)
Field Training
Thesis
7
1
12
12
2
3
30
10.4 %
1.5 %
17.9 %
17.9 %
2.9 %
4.4 %
44.7 %
Total 67 100%
Basic Physical Therapy sciences (PT 701 (2), NEUR 703 (2), NEUR 705 (3))
Social sciences & Humanities (NEUR 712 (1))
Medical sciences (PT 700 (2), NEUR 701 (2), NEUR 706 (2), NEUR 708 (3), NEUR
709 (3))
Specialization sciences (NEUR 700 (3), NEUR 707(3), NEUR710 (3),
NEUR711(3))
Other sciences (computer,) (PT 702 (3))
Field Training (NEUR 702 (1), NEUR 704 (2))
7
i. Programme Courses (1st semester )
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
PT
700 Biochemistry 2 2 - - 2,4 1 - 5,7
PT
701 Biophysics 2 2 - - 2,4 1 - 5,7
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c D
NEUR
700 Electrodiagnosis 3 2 2 - 6 2,3 2,4,6,7 1-3,5-7
NEUR
701
Diagnostic
radiology 2 2 - - 6 2,3 - -
NEUR
702
Applied neuro-
rehabilitation 1 - 2 - 8,9 6,9 1-4,6,7 1-7
NEUR
703
Concepts and
principles
related to
sensory and
motor control
2 2 - - 2,3 2,7,9 - 3,6,7
ii. Programme Courses (2nd
semester)
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course
Title
Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
PT
702
Data
Processing
and
analysis
3 2 2 - 1 5 2,5 2,7
8
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c d
NEUR
704
Physical
therapy for
pathomechanics
in neurological
disorders
2 2 - - 4,5 3,6,9 - 1-7
NEUR
705
Theoretical
foundation,
evaluation and
treatment of
neurological
dysfunction
3 2 2 - 7,8,9 2,4,5,8,10 1-3,5-7 1-7
NEUR
706 Neuroscience 2 2 - - 1,3,7 1-3,8 - 6,7
iii. Department elective courses (Minimum 2 credit hours in 2nd
semester and 6
credit hours in 3rd
semester)
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Programme ILOs
Theoretical Lab/
Pr Clin a b c d
NEUR
707
Advanced evaluation
and clinical
management II
3 1 - 6 8,9 2,7,9 1,2,6,7 3,5,7
NEUR
708
Advanced
neuroanatomy 3 3 - - 2,7 1 - 6,7
NEUR
709
Pathophysiology in
Neurology 2 2 - - 2,4,5 1-3 - 6,7
NEUR
710 Independent study II 3 3 - - 6-8 7,9 - 3,5-7
NEUR
711 Research seminar II 3 3 - - 1,3,8,9 2-5,10 - 1-7
NEUR
712 Neuropsychiatry 1 1 - - 2,4,5 4,10 - 2-4
9
6- Programme Admission Requirements
The applicant must hold a master degree in physical therapy in the specialty to be
enrolled from a university follow the organizing law of the universities or equivalent.
The date of admission and registration of students is the date of approval by the
responsible vice president of the university as a commissioner of the graduate studies
and research council.
Faculty is entitled to impose supplementary courses to offset the preparatory year of
master degree that the student should reimburse 500 pounds for each course with
maximum of 2000 pounds with the exception of assistant lecturers from the payment
of such fees.
7- Regulations for Progression and Programme Completion
The student must pass all the prescribed courses (mandatory - elective) successfully.
The student should prepare a plan of a scientific research in an innovative subject
which is approved by the council of the department and approved by the graduate
studies committee and faculty council, and approved by the responsible authorities of
the university within two years from the date he/she registered for postgraduate study
in condition that he/she passed 18 credit hours at least (the faculty council decided on
January 17th
2006 that these 18 credit hours which the student achieved include
faculty requirement courses)
The student must present a thesis to the discussion and governance committee that is
constituted by the proposal of the department concerned and the approval of the
faculty council and the responsible authorities of the university after at least two
years from registering the research plan.
For a student to perform the practical part of the thesis in laboratories offered by the
faculty, he/she should attend a specialized training program for a period ranging from
one day (cost 50 pounds ) to five days at most (cost 250 pounds).
The enrollment of the student to be null if he/she is not able to obtain a Ph.D. degree
within five years from the date of registration for graduate studies and the faculty
council may license additional year after approval of the report submitted by the
supervisor that is adopt by the responsible authorities.
The university grants the Ph.D. degree in physical therapy upon approval by the
faculty council according to the specialties of the various departments.
10
8- Learning Methods:
8-1- Lecture (Program ILOS a1-a9, b1-b10)
8-2-Active learning: Project- Presentation - Small group discussion.- Brain storming
(Program ILOS b1-b10, c1-c7).
8-3- Practical training (Program ILOS c1-c7).
8-4-Lab sections (Program ILOS c1-c7, d1-d7).
9- Learning facilities:
9-1-Teaching halls
9-2-Equipped labs
9-3- Library- Internet
9-4-Tools: Board and data show
10- Evaluation of Programme Intended Learning Outcomes
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
1-Written exams Knowledge and Understanding, intellectual skills (Program
ILOS a1-a9, b1-b10)
2-Applied exam Professional and practical skills (Program ILOS c1-c7)
3- Practical exam Professional and practical skills, inter Personal and Teamwork Skills
and self Management Skills (Program ILOS c1-c7, d1-d7)
4-Clinical exam
Professional and practical skills, Knowledge and Understanding,
intellectual skills and Communication skills (Program ILOS a1-a9, b1-
b10, c1-c7, d1-d7)
11- Ways of programme evaluation
Evaluator
Tool
Sample
1- Senior students
Focus group 20%
2- Alumni
Focus group 10%
3- Stakeholders ( Employers)
Questionnaire 28
4-External Evaluator(s) Report 1
Program coordinator: Prof.Dr. Mohammed Nabil Albahrawy Signature:
Head of Department: Prof.Dr. Abdel Aleim Attya
Date of department council approval : 22 / 12 / 2013
Attachment: Course Specifications
Annex 1: Courses of the Doctoral Degree (1st, 2
nd and 3
rd semesters)
1
Cairo University
Faculty of Physical Therapy
Department of Physical Therapy for Growth and Development Disorders in Children
and its Surgery
Program Specification
(Academic Year, 2013/2014)
A- Basic Information
1- Program Title: PHD of Physical Therapy specialty for Growth and Developmental
Disorders in Children and its Surgery
2-Programme Type: Single
3- Department (s): Physical Therapy specialty for Growth and Developmental Disorders in
Children and its Surgery
4- Program coordinator: Ass. Prof. Dr. Manal Salah El Dien
5- External evaluator: Prof. Dr. Shadia Abd El Aziz
6- Date of program specifications approval: 17/12/2013
7- Faculty council approval: 8 / 4 / 2014
B- Professional Information
Graduate Attributes:
A graduate who will gain the doctoral degree of physical therapy for growth and
development disorders in children and its surgery should be able to:
Assume effectively the basics and approaches of scientific research.
Continuous working to add knowledge in the field of pediatrics.
Apply the analytical approach and criticize the knowledge in the field of pediatrics
and other related fields.
Combining specialized knowledge with relevant knowledge extracting and
developing the inter-relation between them
Show deep awareness with the current problems and modern theories in the field of
pediatrics.
Detect professional problems and create solutions to solve them.
Assume wide range of professional skills in the field of pediatrics.
Direct for development of new ways, instruments and modalities for professional
practice.
Use suitable technical modalities to serve professional practice.
Communicate effectively and ability to lead the team work in different professional
zones.
Make decisions according to the available information.
Use available resources effectively and develop them to find new resources.
Aware of his role to develop the society and preserving of population.
Behave in attitude reflecting discipline, honesty, and commitment to professional
standards.
2
Make continuous self-development, translation of knowledge and experience to
others.
1- Program Overall Aims: This course will provide the graduate with knowledge and different types of skills
necessary to act as a consultant with accepted degree of professionalism and competency.
The graduate of the Ph.D. program are considered as experts and knowledgeable in the
physical therapy research and practice of most updated and evidence based practice in the
field of physical therapy for growth and developmental disorders in children and its surgery.
The student will also be able to conduct research, independently initiate, implement, and
present ideas which are highly recommended to be a novel one. He/she should have highly
advanced skills, be able to design a new course/ curriculum, act as a leadership in his/her
carrier. He/she also can update development according to needs of the community and
educational strategy. He/she can design a government and national programs for common
problems in pediatric society.
This program aims to enable the graduate to:
1- Relate the clinical skills used for treatment of different cases to pathological
disorders.
2- Confirm and validate clinical skills that support community services.
3- Design new pediatric rehabilitation programs to deal with different pediatric
problems which are common in the society.
4- Organize seminars for teaching physical therapists to transfer practical and
professional skills as preparation for being a leadership in hospital.
5- Conduct surveys about different problems in pediatrics which are common in
the Egyptian society.
6- Develop critical thinking and the ability to make judgments and promotes
implementation of evidence based practice.
7- Analyze each procedure according to the required outcome of treatment and
decide which procedure matches with each individual case.
8- Recognize the main principles of motor control and learning theories and new
physical therapy trends in improving motor control.
9- Modify each procedure in accordance to the required outcome for both patient
and therapist.
10- Recognize the normal biochemistry of child’s body systems and the biochemical
abnormalities in different diseases.
11- Increase efficiency of statistical aligns of data gathering and understands different
methods of statistical analysis.
2- Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOs)
2/1 Knowledge and understanding By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
a1: Recognize structural and functional relationships of proteins, lipids and
carbohydrates, and quantity of food intake and its relation to the development of motor
delayed child
a2: deal with different types of data and detect the suitable statistical analysis for each
type of data.
a3: Identify the type of evaluation needed in the detection of the affection of different
body systems in children.
a4: Identify the different types of advanced evaluation procedures used in pediatrics
3
a5: Identify the different procedures used as new trends in measuring movement
performance in pediatrics.
A6: Recognize specific principles upon which objective and valid measurements of
movement performance should be based on, and the goals of measurements of movement
performance in pediatrics.
a7: Recognize physical therapy modalities used in pediatrics and its differences from
adults.
a8: Explain different theories of motor learning.
a9: Implement clinical practice based on research evidence.
a10: Identify the motor control disturbances related to different pathological conditions
and the changes that result from these disturbances.
a11: Recognize the advances in constructing a plan of treatment taking into account
motor control improvement.
a12: State health and social care policy and implement ethical and moral bases during
evidence based practice
a13: Identify the biomechanical and functional rational for constructing and prescribing
each orthotic or prosthetic device.
For elective courses:
By the end of this course the graduate should achieve some of the following objectives:
a14: Recognize specific principles upon which physical therapy evaluation is based on
with the identification of the different path mechanical changes related to different
pathological conditions in children. PED 705. 707. 708
a15: Explain the principles of constructing plan of treatment and setting goals taking into
account relevant biomechanical factors and determine its impact on physical therapy
practice in the pediatric field. PED 705.707.708.710
a16: Identify the physiological and pathological patterns of basis of EMG and recognize
specific principles and theories upon which EMG studies are conducted. PED 709
a17: Recognize specific principles and theories upon which movement should be
analyzed and the goals of treatment based upon the analysis. PED 708
a18: Know how to deal with the child in different moods disorders.
a19: Understand the clinical picture of patients with speech, language, voice disorders
and swallowing problems. PED 706
a20: identify the prerequisites for the development of play and ADL in children. PED703
2/2 Intellectual skills By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
b1: Construct a specific assessment strategy, taking into consideration relevant
conditional factors.
b2: Develop a strategy for reaching a specific target for each child.
b3: Correlate acquired data with relevant techniques and procedures for reaching proper
treatment plan for each child.
b4: Analyze the different abnormal functions of the musculoskeletal system in children
and correlate between the dysfunction and its impact on the deviation from normal.
b5: Analyze the different procedures used in pediatrics treatment and correlate analyzed
data with relevant techniques and procedures.
b6: Analyze strategy of movement performance.
b7: Select appropriate motor control strategy for different pathological conditions.
b8: Correlate the analyzed data with relevant techniques and procedures of treatment of
pediatric physical therapy.
4
b9: Evaluate study protocols and articles submitted for publication from the statistical
point of view.
b10: Correlate between principles of biophysics and methods of assessment and
treatment in physical therapy.
b11: Use biochemical investigations screening tests for the early diagnosis of diseases.
For elective courses:
By the end of this course the graduate should achieve some of the following objectives:
b12: Predict the sequelae of the movement disorder resulted from different pediatric
disorders. PED 705 .707.710
b13: set goals and Interpret results depending on evidence based practice in pediatrics
field. PED 710
b14: create the frame of work depending on health and social policy practice. PED 710
b15: Considers moral, ethical and legal issues in relation to pediatric physical therapy
practice. PED 702.706
b16: Analyze strategy for EMG assessment and correlate EMG findings with relevant
techniques and procedures. PED 709
b17: Correlate the impact of emotional disabilities on physical and ADL activities
performance PED 708
2/3 Professional and Practical Skills By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to:
c1: Use available evidence in order to objectively manage different pediatric cases.
c2: Conduct efficiently measurements of movement performance of each new trend.
C3: Use available evidence in order to objectively analyze procedure.
C4: Use effectively and safely the relevant evaluation and treatment techniques.
C5: Use effectively physical therapy tools and measuring instruments of biomechanics
according to the standard guidelines.
C6: Design and adapt treatment program to the present situation and available facilities and
apply the relevant biomechanical and physiological principles in evaluation of pediatrics
disorders.
C7: Apply the relevant motor control principles in evaluation of the related pediatrics
disorders.
C8: Consider the recent trends and studies of motor control in treating the related pediatrics
conditions.
C9: Conduct efficiently the recent advances in pediatric assessment.
c10: Construct different therapeutic exercises program based on biochemical knowledge in
addition to the use of biochemical investigations in monitoring the progress of certain
disease.
c11: Prepare and organize data for statistical analysis using tables and graphs.
c12: Advice new forms of orthotics and prosthetic devices based on biomechanical and
functional principles.
For elective courses:
By the end of this course the graduate should achieve some of the following objectives:
c13: Use effectively and safely the relevant EMG evaluative treatment equipment.
c14: Conduct efficient physical therapy procedures for each individual condition based on
pathophysiological changes.
2/4 General and Transferable skills
5
By successful completion of the program the graduate should be able to
d1: Use information technology and management systems sufficiently.
d2: Demonstrate competence in the use of technology based information and data
processing tools specially information and communication technology.
d3: Communicate efficiently with colleagues and participate in group research work and
Work effectively as a member of a team.
d4: Assess the relevance and importance of the ideas of others
d5: modify behavior in the light of experience and advice
d6: Display the potential for competence and attitude required for professional work
including initiatives, leadership and team skills.
d7: Apply efficiently the new trends in pediatric physical therapy based on the analysis of
treatment procedures.
d8: Establish clinical correlation of basic biochemical knowledge to physical therapy.
d9: Manage changes and respond to changing demands.
d10: Communicate effectively with child’s parents, health care professionals for
establishing professional, ethical relationship.
d11: Make decisions based on ethical, moral and scientific principles.
d12: Working with others, negotiation, conciliation and development of partnerships.
3- Academic Standards
3/1- Graduate attributes:
A graduate who will gain the doctoral degree of physical therapy for growth and
development disorders in children and its surgery should be able to:
Assume effectively the basics and approaches of scientific research.
Continuous working to add knowledge in the field of pediatrics.
Apply the analytical approach and criticize the knowledge in the field of
pediatrics and other related fields.
Combining specialized knowledge with relevant knowledge extracting and
developing the inter-relation between them
Show deep awareness with the current problems and modern theories in the field
of pediatrics.
Detect professional problems and create solutions to solve them.
Assume wide range of professional skills in the field of pediatrics.
Direct for development of new ways, instruments and modalities for professional
practice.
Use suitable technical modalities to serve professional practice.
Communicate effectively and ability to lead the team work in different
professional zones.
Make decisions according to the available information.
Use available resources effectively and develop them to find new resources.
Aware of his role to develop the society and preserving of population.
Behave in attitude reflecting discipline, honesty, and commitment to professional
standards.
Make continuous self-development, translation of knowledge and experience to
others.
6
3.2-General Standards:
3.2.1 Knowledge and Understanding:
By the end of the doctoral program the graduate should be able to:
1- Understand theories, basics and recent knowledge in pediatric field and relevant
fields.
2- Understand basics, approaches, ethics of scientific research and its different tools.
3- Know ethical and legal principles in professional practice in pediatric field.
4- Know principles and basics of quality in professional practice in pediatric field.
5- Understand related knowledge of professional practice on environment and ways
of its development and preservation.
3.2.2 Intellectual Skills:
By the end of the doctoral program the graduate should be able to:
2.2.1 Analyze and evaluate the information in pediatric field and use it in
measurement and extraction from it.
2.2.2 Solve specialized problems depending on the available information.
2.2.3 Perform research studies that add to knowledge.
2.2.4 Formulate scientific papers.
2.2.5 Evaluate risks in professional practice.
2.2.6 Plan to improve performance in pediatrics.
2.2.7 Take professional decisions in different professional zones.
2.2.8 Create and innovate.
2.2.9 Make discussion and argument based on proof and documentations.
3.2.3 Professional skills:
By the end of the doctoral program the graduate should be able to:
2.3.1 Assume basic and recent professional skills in pediatrics.
2.3.2 Write and evaluate professional reports.
2.3.3 Evaluate and improve materials and methods in pediatrics.
2.3.4 Use high technology methods to serve professional practice.
2.3.5 Plan to improve professional practice and to develop other’s performance.
3.2.4 General and Transferable Skills:
By the end of the doctoral program the graduate should be able to:
2.4.1 Communicate effectively using different types of communication.
2.4.2 Use information technology to serve improvement of professional practice.
2.4.3 Teach others and evaluate their performance.
2.4.4 Self-assessment and continual learning.
2.4.5 Use different sources to gain knowledge and information.
2.4.6 Work in a team and lead a team work.
2.4.7 Manage seminars and able to make time management.
7
4- External References for Standards (Benchmarks) - General Academic Reference Standards for the Postgraduate Studies Programs of the
National Authority for Quality Assurance and Accreditation of Education (NAQAAE).
5- Program Structure and Contents
a. Program Duration: The program is conducted in three semesters:
1- First semester: for six months; starts in October 1st and ends in March 31. Exams
are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies two courses from the faculty requirements’
courses in addition to other department mandatory courses.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
March 1stto March 15
th.
- An application to choose the elective courses in the second semester should be
conducted before the end of the first semester from March 16th
to March 30th
.
2- Second semester: for six months; starts in May 1st and ends in October 31
st. Exams
are conducted in November.
- In this semester the student studies the remaining courses of the faculty
requirements in addition to the remaining courses of the department mandatory
courses in addition to elective courses equivalent to two credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
October 1stto October 15
th.
- An application to choose the elective courses he/she wants to take in the third
semester should be conducted from October 16th
to October 30th
.
3- Third semester: for four months; starts from the first Saturday of December and ends
in March 31st. Exams are conducted in April.
- In this semester the student studies elective courses equivalent to 6 credit hours.
- An application to enter the exam of this semester should be conducted from
March 1stto March 15
th.
4- Thesis: Its duration is equivalent to 30 credit hours full field after two years.
b. Program Structure:
Credit hours: (34 ) Mandatory : ( 26 ) Elective : ( 8 )
Field Training, (Advanced evaluation and clinical management II, Orthotics and
prosthesis in pediatrics and Pediatric occupational therapy II).
Semesters
Courses Credit Hours Percentage
1st,2
nd and 3
rd
semesters Basic Physical Therapy sciences
Social sciences & Humanities
Medical sciences
Specialization sciences
Other sciences (computer,)
Field Training
3
4
3
16
5
3
8.82
11.76
8.83
47.06
14.71
8.82
Total 34 100%
8
i. Program Courses (1st semester)
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b C d
PT
700 Biochemistry 2 2 - - 1 11 - 8
PT
701 Biophysics 2 2 - - 1 10 - -
2. Department mandatory courses:
Code Course
Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b c D
PED
700
Advanced
evaluation
and clinical
management
II
3 2 - 3 3,4,5,6,7 1,3,5 2,3,6,7,8,9 5,7,9
PED 702
Research
seminar II 2 2 - - 2,4,5,7,9,11 3,7,10,15 - 1,2,3,4,6,12
PED
703
Pediatric
occupational
therapy II
2 2 - 3 3,4,7 1,3,4,5,6,7 1,3,4,6 3,9,10
ii. Program Courses (2nd
semester)
1. Faculty mandatory courses:
Code Course
Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b C D
PT
702
Data
Processing
and
analysis
3 2 2 - 2 - 11 1,2,3
2-Department mandatory courses:
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Theoretical Lab/Pr. Clin a b C D
PED701
Advanced
pediatric
physical
therapy
3 2 - - 4,5,6,7,8,9 1,3,4,5,8,12 - 1,2,
11
PED704 Orthotics and
prosthesis in
pediatrics 2 2 - 3 13 4 1,3,5,6,12 3,9,10
9
iii. Department elective courses (Minimum 2 credit hours in 2nd
semester and 6
credit hours in 3rd
semester)
Code Course Title Credit
hours
No. of H/W Program ILOs
Theoretical Lab/ Pr
Cli
n a B C D
PED 705 Clinical
biomechanics in
pediatrics II
2 2 - - 3,5,6,13
,14,15 6 ,12 - 3,9,10
PED
706 Speech science II
2 2 - - 19 3,15 -
3,5,9,11
,12
PED707 Independent study 3 3 - - 3,4,5,6,
7 ,9
,14,15
3,6,7,8,
10,12 -
1,2,3,4,6
,10,12
PED708
Emotional aspects of
physical disabilities
2 2 - - 14,15,1
7,18 17 -
3,4,5,6,
10,11,12
PED709 Clinical
neurophysiology II 1 - 2 - 16 16 13,14 1,3,7,11
PED 710 Pediatric
rehabilitation II 2 2 - -
6,7,15,2
0
1,2,3,4,
5,6,7,12
,13,14 -
3, 9,
10,11,12
6- Program Admission Requirements
The applicant must hold a master degree in physical therapy in the specialty to be
enrolled from a university follow the organizing law of the universities or equivalent.
The date of admission and registration of students is the date of approval by the
responsible vice president of the university as a commissioner of the graduate studies
and research council.
Faculty is entitled to impose supplementary courses to offset the preparatory year of
master degree that the student should reimburse 500 pounds for each course with
maximum of 2000 pounds with the exception of assistant lecturers from the payment
of such fees.
7- Regulations for Progression and Program Completion
The student must pass all the prescribed courses (mandatory - elective) successfully.
The student should prepare a plan of a scientific research in an innovative subject
which is approved by the council of the department and approved by the graduate
studies committee and faculty council, and approved by the responsible authorities of
the university within two years from the date he/she registered for postgraduate study
in condition that he/she passed 18 credit hours at least (the faculty council decided on
January 17th
2006 that these 18 credit hours which the student achieved include
faculty requirement courses)
The student must present a thesis to the discussion and governance committee that is
constituted by the proposal of the department concerned and the approval of the
faculty council and the responsible authorities of the university after at least two
years from registering the research plan.
For a student to perform the practical part of the thesis in laboratories offered by the
faculty, he/she should attend a specialized training program for a period ranging from
one day (cost 50 pounds ) to five days at most (cost 250 pounds).
10
The enrollment of the student to be null if he/she is not able to obtain a Ph.D. degree
within five years from the date of registration for graduate studies and the faculty
council may license additional year after approval of the report submitted by the
supervisor that is adopt by the responsible authorities.
The university grants the Ph.D. degree in physical therapy upon approval by the
faculty council according to the specialties of the various departments.
8- Learning Methods:
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
8-1Lectures
a1------------a20
8-2-Active learning
Project-
Presentation -
Small group
discussion.- Brain
storming
b1------------------b17
8-3- Practical
training
a1------------a20, b1------------------b17,c1------------c14,
d1-----------------d12
8-4-Lab sections
c1---------------------c14
8-5-Research
paper-internet
search assignment
d1-----------------d12
9- Learning facilities:
9-1-Teaching halls
9-2-Equipped labs
9-3- Library- Internet
9-4-Tools: Board and data show
10- Evaluation of Program Intended Learning Outcomes
Method Intended Learning Outcomes (ILOS) to be measured
1-Written exams
Knowledge and understanding and intellectual skills
a1------------a20, b1------------------b17
2-Oral exams Knowledge and understanding and communication skills
a1------------a20, d1-----------------d12
11
3-Applied exam
Knowledge and understanding clinical and transferable skills
a1------------a20, b1------------------b17,c1------------c14,
d1-----------------d12
4- Practical exam
Knowledge and understanding, clinical, interpersonal and teamwork
skills and self -management skills.
a1------------a20, b1------------------b17,c1------------c14,
d1-----------------d12
11- Ways of program evaluation
Evaluator
Tool
Sample
1- Senior students
Focus group 20%
2- Alumni
Focus group 20%
3- Stakeholders ( Employers)
Questionnaire 28
4-External Evaluator(s) Report 1
Program Coordinator: Ass. Prof. Dr. Manal Salah El Dien
Signature:
Approval of department council: 17/12/2013
Head of the Department council: Prof. Dr. Eman El-Hadidy Signature: